Keele University, located in the middle of England, is internationally recognised for the quality of its teaching and research. Every year we welcome postgraduate students from the UK and over 100 countries worldwide: about 50% of our full-time Masters students are from overseas. Students come here because of our academic reputation, our courses relevant to careers, the excellence of our research and training, and our beautiful and spacious campus. 120 countries worldwide More than 50% of our full-time Masters students come from overseas We are in the top 5 for student satisfaction Th e top 100 in the Times Higher World’s best young universities Over 85% of our research is deemed world-class or of international importance We have a 94% Graduate employment rate. About Keele

Reasons to Choose Keele 1-2 Study Options 3-4 Great Support Network 5-6 Supporting Students at Keele 7-8 The Campus and Other Facilities 9-12 The Local Area 13 Travelling to Keele 14 Fees and Scholarships 15-16 Postgraduate Taught Applications 17-18 Research Applications 19-22 Faculty of Health 23 Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences 24 Faculty of Natural Sciences 25-26 Research Institutes 27-36

Subject Index

Business and Management 39-62 Counselling 63-68 Education 69-80 Environment 81-84 Health 85-90 Humanities 91-98 Information Technology 99-102 Law 103-116 Media Studies 117-118 Medicine 119-148 Nursing 149-156 Pharmacy 157-162 Physiotherapy 163-172 Politics 173-176 Psychology 177-184 Science 185-190 Social Science 191-200 Get in Touch 201-202

Get an insider’s welcome at: www.facebook.com/KeeleUniversity Reasons to Choose Keele

1 Reasons to Choose Keele When you choose a postgraduate course or a research degree, you are making an investment for the future. You will be looking for a qualifi cation that will enhance your career prospects and a university that will support you throughout your studies.

• Keele is England’s largest university • The Keele Postgraduate Association campus, with 617 acres of landscaped (KPA) provides excellent social parkland, fi elds, woodlands and lakes. facilities for postgraduate students • The main campus is self-contained, and represents their interests to with all teaching buildings, the the University. Library, student residences, shops and • Accommodation is available on campus. entertainment all on site. Research • Welcome Week provides advice and and library facilities are also available guidance about starting your studies, at the University Hospital site and the as well as supporting you in sorting out Guy Hilton Research Centre. fi nance and other practicalities • Keele is a research-led university. • It is even possible to add a foreign In 2008, the most recent Research language to your studies through the Assessment Exercise, 85% of our Language Learning Unit, which offers research was internationally recognised six different languages across 10 levels, and 11% was rated as world-class. You may be a complete beginner or • Keele offers a range of taught simply want to brush up your existing programmes, many with full and skills, or perhaps you are looking for part-time options, and a wide variety a formal language qualifi cation. LLU of research opportunities, with both also offer dedicated English language taught and research components as support to all students. Whatever your well as international opportunities. need, we can provide a fl exible, guided • There are nearly 1,000 full-time route to achieving your goals. See postgraduate students each year, www.keele.ac.uk/llu/modernlanguages and over 1,500 part-time UK and • For all UK/EU and international students EU postgraduates at any time. who have graduated from Keele with • Experience Keele for yourself via a fi rst degree, a discount of £1,000 is our YouTube channel: available on some taught postgraduate www.youtube.com/keeleuniversity course tuition fees.

2 Study Options

Postgraduate Certificate can be taken as stand-alone degrees or as a and Modular Courses step towards a higher research qualification. MPhil programmes are usually one year in There are professional certificates duration, two years part-time. in Leadership and Management, Teacher Education and in Law. Professional Doctorates Professional doctorate programmes are Master and Postgraduate increasingly the choice of professionals in Diploma Courses a number of fields, particularly health and The taught Masters course is 12 months education. Professional doctorates are more full-time; students wanting to study structured programmes divided into two part-time will usually study over 2-3 years. stages. Stage 1 is a two-year programme of research training and interaction with a The first two-thirds of the course is taught, cohort of peers. This is formalised within with assessment through coursework and modules which have assessment, though examinations. The final third of the course the number of credits and modules will vary is a research project and writing of a with the programme. At the end of Stage 1 dissertation. Students who do not wish there is a progression process before to work on the dissertation can stop their participants may commence to Stage 2. studies after the taught elements and Stage 2 (minimum two years) constitutes the gain a Postgraduate Diploma. research project which is based on the MRes participant’s professional practice. Research findings should be broadly transferable to The Master of Research provides an the workplace. The final degree is awarded excellent introduction to research methods on the basis of a thesis which sets out the and provides a firm foundation for those definition, purpose, methods, results and who wish to pursue a research-related conclusions of the research project in the career or doctoral study in the Humanities same way as for a PhD. and the Social Sciences. Students follow a structured programme of training in a range PhD of research skills and methodologies, to The principal research degree available enable them to approach a research project at Keele is the PhD, which includes the in a systematic and professional way. design and implementation of an original Increasingly, students wishing to take research project leading to the creation doctoral programmes in the Humanities and and interpretation of new knowledge. It is Social Sciences are required first to written up into a thesis which describes undertake a year’s research training (or your research project, its definition, purpose, equivalent), and an MRes programme will methods, results and conclusions. These are provide the preparation required to degrees by research alone, with a high level successfully complete a PhD. MRes of research training. You will produce a programmes are usually one year in thesis, which at PhD level is a work of duration, two years part-time. original scholarship worthy of publication in MPhil a learned journal. You work closely with a supervisor who provides guidance and Some people may prefer to take an MPhil support. Most of our research degrees can degree which is a shorter programme be undertaken by full-time or part-time with a smaller scale project than the PhD. study. Standard PhDs are three years in These programmes comprise a thesis on duration (six years part-time). You will a specified research topic, together with a register for a number of formal research selection of research training modules. training modules, which will help you They offer a broad training in the skills and develop skills you need to carry out your techniques of contemporary research and research and broaden your generic skills

3 as a professional researcher. International All the professional courses (in health, (non-EU/EEA) students can only register for medicine and social work) carry full a full-time PhD. However, we have a range of external recognition and validation, opportunities whereby part of the studies so that you can be assured that you are are carried out in countries where we have continuing to gain relevant expertise made arrangements with local universities, during your career. e.g. Turkey, Saudi Arabia, France and www.keele.ac.uk/cpdcourses Pakistan. Most research degrees require a good first degree (usually at least a 2:1) or Research Registration equivalent qualification in a relevant subject and Timescales – some also require additional criteria such as relevant work experience. You may start your PhD or MPhil programme at any time of the year (though most start Short Courses and in September/October), and may register Part-time Study Modes either full-time or part-time (International PGR students may only register on a Keele offers a wide range of short courses full-time basis). Professional doctorate and Masters programmes for professional programmes have a single entry each year development. We recognise that these and they are part-time programmes. Timely need to fit around work and life completion is an important part of the commitments so, for instance, nearly discipline of research as it shows your skills all our Masters courses have part-time at planning, time-management, and your study options and can be taken on a ability to finish a long-term project. We module-by-module basis, so that you can expect most full-time research students to plan the way in which you approach your have completed their PhD in 36-40 months studies. A number of our courses also and we provide training and support to this have block teaching and distance learning end. You must submit your thesis within the support, so that your time at Keele and at maximum period allowed, as set out below. home can be used efficiently. This is Only in exceptional cases may these limits particularly important if you live and be exceeded. work some distance from the University. PhD – full-time 48 months, part-time International students from outside the 96 months European Union (EU) or the European Economic Area (EEA) are not eligible to MPhil – full-time 24 months part-time study part-time in the UK, as they have 48 months to be registered as full-time students in Professional doctorates – part-time order to obtain a visa. The courses listed 84 months as part-time in this guide are therefore The normal time for completion (full-time) normally not available to students classified is three years for a PhD, one year for an as paying the overseas rate, unless they are MPhil, and four years (part-time) for resident in the UK or EU/EEA, but are still professional doctorates. classified as overseas for fees. Learn More Professional Development Full details on any of these options can be Opportunities found at www.keele.ac.uk/postgraduate Keele offers continuing professional and www.keele.ac.uk/pgresearch development in health subjects such as If you need any information about study physiotherapy, pharmacy, nursing and modes, the type of programme which would postgraduate medicine and in many cases be best for you, entry requirements or these short courses can build up into a details on professional recognition, please higher qualification from Keele. contact the relevant Course Administrator.

4 5 Great Support Network

Teaching and Support in the UK, which may be convenient if you live at a distance from Keele. Whether you have just graduated, are returning to university after several For more information on the Library see years in employment, or are coming to www.keele.ac.uk/library study in the UK for the fi rst time – don’t IT Services worry, that is why we have a wide range of support services to ensure you get IT services supports computing facilities the most from your studies at Keele. across Keele and the hospital campuses, from the internet access in the study For Taught Masters programmes, bedrooms on the main campus to open teaching will mainly be through lectures, access PCs in the libraries and facilities seminars and small discussion groups in the teaching rooms. IT help and advice where tutors will help direct your learning is available from the IT Service Desk rather than telling you what you should which is based in the campus Library. know; those working towards a PhD All Keele students are given an IT account, will work closely with their supervisor. giving access to the campus wired and Whichever form of postgraduate study wireless network, email, internet, the latest you elect, Keele offers a range of software, archived fi le storage space, resources and support services to help colour and black and white printing. Keele you, including a comprehensive Careers IT is a member of the eduroam community Service which will help you prepare for which means that you can have access employment as well as identify specifi c to wireless internet in participating job and career opportunities. institutions in the UK, Europe, Asia-Pacifi c, University Library Canada and USA. The campus Library offers a variety For more information on the of study environments ranging from IT facilities see www.keele.ac.uk/it silent to group study and has bookable rooms and individual study carrels. Wireless networking is widely available. The University also runs a Health Library based at the nearby University Hospital of North Staffordshire. The Library offers access to over 300,000 e-books, around 600,000 print books and subscribes to approximately 6,000 journal titles, most of which are online. Specialist online databases are available to assist your research plus extensive print special collections and archives. You can also draw on the resources of other libraries through the inter-library loan service and the Library is also a member of the SCONUL (Society of College, National and University Libraries) Access scheme which enables postgraduate students to use and borrow from most other academic libraries

6 Supporting Students at Keele

At Keele we are all committed to Student Support and Development supporting and enhancing the student Services (SSDS) is made up of a number experience. University staff and the of services, all of which aim to support and many support services all work together develop students whilst they are studying to provide a relevant, effective and here at Keele. Staff are able to provide comprehensive service. This ensures support, information and guidance in the that all of our students are provided following areas: with the best opportunity to achieve • Money and fi nances and succeed in the beautiful learning and living environment that is Keele • Careers and employability University. No matter what the question, • Disability and dyslexia support issue or concern, we are here to support • Study skills and support our students. Professional staff who have expertise in areas such as student fi nance, • Life in Halls of Residence health, disability, accommodation or • International student support work-related problems are all committed • Counselling and emotional wellbeing to ensuring that our students learn the educational, personal and professional English Language Support skills required to build the lives and careers they want. Keele`s English Language Unit (ELU) ensures that all students whose fi rst Student Support and Development language is not English have access to Services is the fi rst stop for any student ongoing and as-needed language requiring support, wanting course or support throughout their time at Keele. careers advice or looking to get more Our staff of professional language involved in University life. With a broad specialists can help you strengthen the range of support and development skills that are essential to success with services, there will always be an answer to your studies and research. You can enrol on any question asked – whatever it might be. one of our popular `Academic English`

7 classes, designed specifically to meet many vibrant International events on campus the needs of international postgraduate and trips across and beyond the UK for students and researchers, sign up for international students. individual `one-to-one` sessions with a To find out about the various services that member of our team or even work towards SSDS can offer check out our webpages at: an external English language qualification. www.keele.ac.uk/studentsupport Find out more about how the ELU can help you build your confidence and skills Advice and Support at Keele in English alongside your postgraduate degree studies from our webpages at: ASK (Advice & Support at Keele) delivers www.keele.ac.uk/llu/englishlanguage free, independent and confidential advice on a whole range of issues, and not just If you do not meet the recognised English University-related matters. We can help language entry requirements for your with whatever life throws at you, including chosen programme, you may wish to academic, health, family, wellbeing, improve your level of academic English by accommodation, finance, legal and attending a pre-sessional English Language international issues. We work closely with our course. Please contact Keele International VP Education, VP Welfare and KPA President, for details of the courses available. who can provide representation on your Disability and Dyslexia Support behalf. If you aren’t sure whether to ask us about something, ask us anyway! If we aren’t The University welcomes applications from the right people to help, we probably know students with disabilities. We encourage who is. Find us on the ground floor of the you to discuss any issues you might have Students’ Union or call us with our Disability Advisers prior to making on +44 (0) 1782 734800. an application for study, and if you have a mobility impairment we suggest that you Health Care make a visit to the campus at an early stage. If you are under medical treatment or This will enable you to make an informed suffering from any disability, you are asked choice about the suitability of the institution. to report to the University’s Medical Officer The University has a number of as soon as possible, bringing with you any accessible rooms in Halls of Residence. relevant information from your own doctor. Where possible priority will be given to There is a dental service on campus under our disabled students. the charge of a full-time Dental Officer. For further details about all services EU/EEA students should check to see within Student Support and Development if they are entitled to receive medical Services and information relating to treatment through a reciprocal health care student support at Keele, go to: agreement between their home country www.keele.ac.uk/studentsupport and the UK. Usually an EHIC (European Health Insurance Card) must be applied for Supporting International Students in advance. If not we highly recommend Staff in International Student Support are that you purchase health insurance prior available to discuss any issues that may arise to arriving in the UK. This should cover you and will either give you advice and support, during travel and for the duration of your or direct you to the most appropriate source stay in the UK. of help in the University. They also organise

8 The Campus and Other Facilities Keele Postgraduate Association University Accommodation The Keele Postgraduate Association Keele campus is a fantastic place to (KPA) is Keele University’s union for live with a choice of accommodation, postgraduates. Every postgraduate student acres of gardens and woodland and just is a member of Keele University Students’ about everything you need is right here Union (KUSU) and the KPA. We are on campus. your voice within the University; we are responsible for representing your academic On Campus needs and safeguarding your welfare. There are different types of The KPA Clubhouse is located by accommodation, which are allocated in Horwood and Keele Hall and is there to order of a list of priorities and so you are make sure you have a good time when recommended to apply as early as possible you’re not studying. Why not visit when if you have a particular preference for a you come to look round. In the meantime, type of room. If you apply by the end of if you have any questions about being a June (to arrive at Keele in September) and postgraduate at Keele, don’t hesitate to will be a full-time student, you are given drop me a line. priority for an offer of accommodation. Andy Irwin All the rooms for postgraduate students KPA President 2012-13 are single occupancy (we have some one Email: [email protected] bedroom flats) and on a fixed, 51-week letting period (which is the duration of www.keelepostgraduate.wordpress.com the Masters programme). If you require a & www.facebook.com/Keelepostgrads shorter time period (for instance if you are The KPA has its own annually elected taking a Postgraduate Diploma) then you sabbatical officer (the KPA President) will need to look for accommodation off who is responsible for ensuring that campus (see opposite). postgraduate views are represented in Campus accommodation is all self-catering, all manner of university decision-making. based in postgraduate blocks and houses. As well as the President, the KPA has The rooms are centrally heated and fully numerous part-time officers who support furnished, with a bed, desk, chair, desk the various activities of the KPA. The KPA lamp and wardrobe as well as carpets and also runs its famous Clubhouse – situated curtains or blinds; you will need to supply behind the Students’ Union on the edge of your own bed linen, towels, crockery, Horwood Hall. The Clubhouse offers a cooking utensils and cutlery – all these leisure space for postgraduate students, can be bought locally. EU students will serves the best food on campus and also need to book accommodation for features a fantastic bar with frequent International Orientation. evening entertainment. We hope to be able to welcome you in the future. You will be sent a form to apply for accommodation when you accept an offer of a place at Keele. Prices of accommodation for 2013/14 will be available in March 2013 and will be sent to all students who have applied to Keele. You will need to send an advance payment of £450 with your acceptance to secure the room. Of this, £300 will be used

9 towards payment of the first instalment of Room type Total Approx. accommodation fees. The remaining £150 is cost* weekly rent a deposit, which is refundable at the end of the occupancy period. Room in a traditional block £3,690 £73 without a washbasin All student rooms have a data point, Room in a flat £3,882 £77 so if you have a PC or laptop, you can connect to the University computer En suite (includes shower, £6,300 £124 network and have Internet access. Currently toilet and washbasin) this is a free service. For more information, go to www.keele.ac.uk/hallsnet *Please note that all fees quoted are 2012-2013 rates and correct at time of All rooms are also fitted with a telephone. going to print. The service is operated on a pre-paid arrangement by phone card, which can be Learn More topped up as you use your telephone. For further details please contact All telephones can be used for internal Student Accommodation Office, calls without charge, and can receive Keele University, Staffordshire incoming calls. ST5 5BG, United Kingdom Telephone: +44 (0) 1782 734152 Off Campus Email: [email protected] If you are coming to Keele with your family, www.keele.ac.uk/studyatkeele/ there are a limited number of houses and accommodation/postgrads flats available on campus. You can also find suitable accommodation off campus. Places of Worship The Student Accommodation Office On campus we have an interdenominational can provide advice and information on Chapel, which provides a focus for properties in the local area which has some Christian worship and a quiet/prayer room of the cheapest rents in the country. called The Space, which individuals of any or no faith can use for personal worship or We strongly advise you to contact us as quiet contemplation. early as possible for details. Alternatively, you can find details of accommodation on: There is a Mosque (located in Barnes www.keelestudentpad.co.uk/home Hall but open to all students on and off campus) with facilities for Muslim worship. We recommend that students bringing their family travel alone to Keele a few There are also student societies dedicated weeks before the beginning of the course, to supporting students in their religious when single accommodation can be rented worship and life, including an Islamic at Keele on a temporary basis whilst Society, Keele Evangelical Christian Union looking for suitable accommodation in the and CathSoc. local area. Watch the video: Life at Keele – UK and international students www.youtube.com/keeleuniversity

10 11 Eating and Shopping All Keele students are issued with a ‘Keele Card’ which, as well as being your All student accommodation on Library and ID card, can also be used, campus has kitchen facilities so you with pre-paid credit, to buy food and can cook meals for yourself and for drink on campus, with excellent discounts friends. There is a small supermarket and offers on food and drink in many of on campus and two convenience stores. the restaurants and cafés. Each vary in size but are designed to enable students to purchase essential You will also fi nd a newsagents, food and drink items for self-catering, bookshop, bank and several ATMs on including many staple ingredients campus, and the Students’ Union has for international cuisine. Look out a general shop selling stationery and for our special offers each month in other goods, a Post Offi ce and a store. There are also two large Print Shop for low cost printing and supermarkets a short bus ride away photocopying. For further information in Newcastle-under-Lyme, and some about restaurants, cafés, shops and excellent quality and good value bars including opening times visit: eating places on campus. www.keele.ac.uk/tastekeele Many of the teaching rooms are Sports located in the Chancellor’s Building where there is the Comus Restaurant, There are excellent facilities for a Le Café coffee shop and Vite and wide range of indoor and outdoor Eat takeaway selling sandwiches, sports at Keele. The University cold snacks and hot and cold drinks. Sports Centre has a well-equipped There are many other places to eat, Fitness Centre, an indoor climbing drink and socialise including Hawthorns wall, courts for basketball, fi ve-a-side Restaurant, Lindsay Café Bar, Keele football, badminton, squash, table Postgraduate Association Clubhouse tennis, netball, karate and aerobics. and the Students’ Union building. There are classes throughout the year Student Bars are located near in activities such as squash, trampolining, to the main Halls of Residence aerobics, yoga and keep fi t. and can be found at Hawthorns, Outdoors there is an astro pitch and Horwood and Barnes Halls. 46 acres of playing fi elds for grass These small but lively bars each hockey, football and rugby, netball, have their own distinctive character tennis, cricket and almost anything else. offering non-alcoholic and alcoholic There are two golf courses and a driving drinks as well as social entertainment range just across the road from campus. on a regular basis. The University Athletic Union organises over 30 sports clubs for fun and for competition.

12 Th e Local Area Introduction to the Local Area facilities. Festival Park, located between Newcastle and Hanley, has a cinema, The nearest town to Keele is bowling alley, a dry ski-slope, and a Newcastle-under-Lyme which has a good swimming pool with chutes, slides, etc. selection of shops selling clothes, jewellery, electrical goods, books, CDs, DVDs, and The main theatre for the area is the two large supermarkets. There is also a New Victoria Theatre, just outside the Chinese medicine centre. Newcastle has a centre of Newcastle. There are regular street market in the centre on Mondays, features including a Shakespeare play in Wednesdays, Fridays and Saturdays, the early summer, and a pantomime at with a farmers’ market on the last Friday Christmas. The main theatre in Stoke-on- of the month. Fruit and vegetables are Trent is The Regent in Hanley, where West probably cheaper here than anywhere End plays and musicals are performed. else, and the market stalls are also a The area around Keele is called cheap source of pots and pans, crockery, ‘The Potteries’ because this is the UK’s bed linen, and clothing. (indeed in its time one of the world’s) There is a large, multi-screen cinema, leading centre for pottery and fi ne china. a swimming pool and a public library, There are a number of factories offering which has CDs and DVDs to borrow as tours and demonstrations, together with well as books. The main shopping centre is the chance to visit their ‘seconds’ shops. Hanley, which is easily reached by bus from campus. Here there is a large shopping centre and a wide variety of shops and

13 Travelling to Keele

The University is easily accessible by London Gatwick Airport rail or road from most major English If you are travelling by train, travel to cities; London is less than two hours London Victoria station (by coach or away by train and both Manchester and Underground) and then take the Birmingham International airports are Underground (Victoria line) to within an hour’s drive. London Euston rail station and take Keele University is two miles west of the train to Stoke-on-Trent or Crewe. Newcastle-under-Lyme, on the A525 The National Express coach from road to Whitchurch, Nantwich and Crewe. Gatwick to Stoke-on-Trent (Hanley bus Hawthorns Hall is a mile further west, station) requires you to change coaches just off the A525, in Keele village. at Birmingham. A regular bus service through the Arrival by Rail campus connects the University with the neighbouring village of Keele, with The nearest railway station is the nearest town, Newcastle-under-Lyme, Stoke-on-Trent; there is a connecting bus and also with the major local centres of service to the University or take a taxi. Stoke-on-Trent and the Potteries. Alternatively, travel to Crewe railway station and use the hourly bus service to Arrival by Air Keele village, or a taxi. Manchester International Airport Arrival by Coach This is the nearest airport to Keele (about Coaches from all parts of the country 40 miles away). Onward travel is easiest by call at Hanley or Newcastle-under-Lyme National Express coach; you can also take a bus stations. Buses to Keele leave every train to Stoke-on-Trent or Crewe stations. 15 minutes. Birmingham International Airport Arrival by Car Birmingham International airport is nearly 60 miles from Keele. Onward travel using From the North – leave the M6 either train or coach is straightforward. motorway at junction 16 and, turning left, follow the A500 and the A34 to Meet and Greet Newcastle-under-Lyme, then onto the A525 Whitchurch road to Keele. We offer a ‘Meet and Greet’ service for students who are starting in September, From Manchester Airport – take the M56 and who arrive at Manchester and westbound to exit 7 for the A556 to M6 Heathrow airports on specific dates. southbound. Then proceed as directed ‘from the north. London Heathrow Airport The easiest way to travel from From the East – follow the main roads Heathrow to Keele is to travel to to Newcastle-under-Lyme, then onto the London Euston rail station on the A525 Whitchurch road to Keele. Underground from Heathrow, then take From the South – leave the M6 motorway the train to Stoke-on-Trent or Crewe. at junction 15 and follow the A519 to Newcastle-under-Lyme, then onto the A525 Whitchurch road to Keele. From the West – from Crewe: approach by the A525 or Whitchurch road; from Shrewsbury: via the A53.

14 Fees & Scholarships

The University charges an annual tuition Professional Doctorate fee. This covers the cost of your tuition, Tuition Fees 2012-13: examination and graduation, and includes membership of the National Union of Home and EU students Students. Fees are payable at the start of your programme. EdD (Education) £1,770 The fees you pay depend on whether you Social Work £1,770 are classed as an overseas student for fees purposes. The criteria for defi nition are DBA (Health) set by the British Government. For further Years 1 and 2 £4,540 information, a brief guide is available at www.ukcisa.org.uk Year 3 onwards £2,270 It is important that you plan correctly how much you will be spending over Keele Graduate Bursaries the duration of your course at Keele A discount of £1,000 is available on some University. Tuition fees are fi xed but your taught postgraduate course tuition fees living expenses may vary. for all UK/EU and international students who have graduated from a fi rst degree Postgraduate Research Tuition programme or the Certifi cate in Counselling Fees 2012-13 at Keele. Keele Graduate Bursaries are available for all taught postgraduate PhD, MD, DM, and MPhil Degrees courses other than those where fi nancial support is already available – such as the Home and EU students Postgraduate Certifi cate in Education, Full-time £3,825 Social Work or certain courses where the student fee is directly funded by the Part-time £2,105 National Health Service. Postgraduate Taught Masters Details of course fees can be found on the relevant course entry at www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses Please note fees will be subject to an annual increase each year (usually no more than 3-5% although the University reserves the right to apply higher levels of increase). PhD Degree The standard annual tuition fees for 2012-13 are listed in the following table. Please note fees will be subject to an annual increase each year (usually no more than 3-5% although the University reserves the right to apply higher levels of increase).

15 KPA Bursaries The KPA has successfully launched a bursary scheme which aims to provide additional fi nancial support to postgraduate students in undertaking training and dissemination and research activities. The bursaries are open to ALL postgraduates at Keele and awards given can reach a maximum of £500 for each individual applicant. Last year, through the bursary scheme, the KPA has supported 10 students, funding them collectively with just under £3,500. We have used this funding to support a range of student academic activities including: training in the use of specialist scientifi c equipment, attendance at conferences and workshops, and use of the National Archive in Kew. Studentships Keele University has a number of studentships available; these are funded internally or from external sponsors such as research councils or from industry. If you are interested in any of the studentships available you can apply online. Research Council Funding The main sources of funding in the UK are the Research Councils, each of which covers different fi elds of study. Only UK and EU nationals are eligible for support (and EU nationals are not currently eligible for living costs, only tuition fees unless resident for 3 years in the UK). Most Research Council Studentships are awarded for doctoral study (PhDs, or occasionally professional doctorates). Competition for these funds is high. For details of studentships and scholarships for research fi nd out more at www.keele.ac.uk/pgresearch/ feesandfi nance

16 Postgraduate Taught Applications

Entry Requirements Courses where applications are not The particular entry requirements for each course through Keele are given on the Keele website www.keele.ac.uk/ Applications for some professional courses are made postgraduate As a general rule, you will need the through a national central admissions system. If you equivalent of a UK honours degree at second-class wish to apply for these courses you should contact standard or higher and if English is not your fi rst the following: language, you will need to provide an appropriate qualifi cation. Staff will be happy to advise on the Postgraduate Certifi cate of Education (PGCE) acceptability of your qualifi cations before you apply. Contact: Graduate Teacher Training Registry (GTTR) www.gttr.ac.uk English Language Requirements MA in Social Work Anyone applying from a country where English Contact: Universities and Colleges Admissions is not the fi rst language is required to show Service (UCAS) evidence of English language competence, www.ucas.com obtaining at least an IELTS score of 6.5 (with no sub-test lower than 5.5) or hold a Common Professional Exam in Law (CPE) previous degree which has been taught and Contact: CPE Central Applications Board examined in English, unless the specifi c entry www.lawcabs.ac.uk for the course indicates otherwise. The MSc course in Molecular Parasitology and For a comparison of IELTS scores to other English Vector Biology is run jointly by the Universities of Language qualifi cations please see: Keele, Manchester and Salford, and all applications www.keele.ac.uk/english-language- are handled by Salford. You may obtain details of requirements the course from the School of Life Sciences at Keele (and the website), but application forms should be Making an Application obtained from, and sent to: Keele has an online application form which is Admissions Secretary available at www.keele.ac.uk/postgraduate School of Environment and There is no application fee. Life Sciences This online application will allow you to complete University of Salford, Salford your personal details and enter your qualifi cations Manchester M5 4WT, UK (those completed or those you are still studying for). Telephone: +44 (0) 161 295 5525 You can also upload your personal statement and Email: [email protected] scanned/PDF copies of transcripts and copies of www.els.salford.ac.uk certifi cates. When you make an application you will Closing Dates be given a web login to allow you to track the progress of your application, and submit any further For MSc Neuromusculoskeletal Health Care, information required prior to the submission of your MSc Physiotherapy and MSc Neurological application. Full details are given on the website. Rehabilitation, there is an application closing date of 30 June 2013, and we will only consider Please note that we encourage you to apply as applications from applicants who meet all soon as possible, and before you complete any conditions of entry to the course and supply all qualifi cations required for entry, including English their relevant documentation to us by 31 July 2013. language tests where appropriate. You will need to include a personal statement, explaining why you For the majority of courses there is no offi cial closing are applying for the particular course and including date but we advise that applications for courses that details of any relevant work or professional start in September should, if possible, be made by experience. You will need to supply Keele University the end of June at the very latest. with originals or certifi ed copies of relevant qualifi cations before you will be allowed to enrol at Keele.

17 If you know that you are not able to meet our Pre-arrival Information English language requirements, you should apply Once you have accepted the unconditional offer earlier, so that an offer can be made to attend a of a place at Keele, or met the conditions of any pre-sessional English Language course. If you wish offer, then you will be sent pre-arrival information. to live on campus it is particularly important that We will send this out from July 2013 for students you apply early. starting their course in September 2013. In addition, If you apply later than one month before the start of your School will contact you about starting your your intended course, we cannot guarantee that all course and any preparations you need to make. the paperwork will be completed by the start date. The actual date of your arrival in the UK will also Processing Applications be affected by whether you are taking any pre-sessional English Language courses. You will receive an acknowledgement of your application within 24 hours and we aim to process How to Pay applications, and dispatch our decision on Tuition fees can be paid in a maximum of two your application, within 10 working days. instalments. For September starters payments are You should note that the processing of your due in October and January. For students living in application might be delayed if the information University accommodation payment is split into provided on your form is incomplete or if we are three instalments of 40%, 40% and 20% with awaiting copies of qualifications. Sometimes our payments due in October, January and May. offer of a place is conditional upon performance in examinations that you still have to take – this could The exact dates will be specified on the include English language tests. Offers may also be invoice you receive once you have enrolled at conditional on you sending us references, the University. certificates or transcripts. Once a decision on Keele University accepts payments by the your application has been reached, this will be following methods: cash, cheque, credit or debit sent to you by email. card, bank transfer, online through eVision or by Please make sure that you send us all relevant direct debit. information as soon as possible, otherwise there Sponsored students must provide written may be a delay in making your offer unconditional confirmation from their sponsor of the amount and this will delay us issuing you with the paperwork of funding they are receiving, together with full for you to apply for your student visa. address details and any reference that needs to Accepting a Place be quoted on the invoice. For general enquiries and to make payment of Once you have received your offer, you will need fees please contact the Income Office either by to email us to accept your offer. Full details of email [email protected] or by telephone how to do this will be in your offer letter. + 44 (0) 1782 733469 / 734323 / 734324 / 733152 Please note that if we make you an offer of a or go to www.keele.ac.uk/finance/income place at Keele, this does not mean that the University will provide any financial assistance. Learn More Any scholarship or bursary awards will be made If you have any questions about Keele courses to you separately. and acceptable qualifications, please see www.keele.ac.uk/studyatkeele If you accept an offer from Keele, you must agree to observe the Charter, Statutes, Ordinances and For details of our Masters courses refer to the Regulations of the University. taught directory: www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses If you have declared a disability on your application form, and if we make you an offer of a place, then we will inform our Disability Services Co-ordinator who will contact you to discuss your support needs (see also page 8).

18 Research Applications

This section is designed to guide you through the Contact the Research Institute processes so that the correct decision is made All research is conducted within the Research both for yourself and for Keele. Institutes (RIs), and contact details for these We focus on applications for PhD programmes, are available from the website. but the same processes apply to MPhil We recommend that once you have identifi ed programmes and include the following steps: the subject area in which you wish to undertake • Should you seek direct entry to a PhD or do a a research degree, you contact the respective Masters degree fi rst? RI to express your interest in applying. This • Contact the Research Institute pre-application stage will allow you to discuss • Check the entry requirements including English your research proposal, supervision and entry to language requirements the research programme and identify whether further work on a Keele application is likely to • Explore funding options be productive. • Make a formal application It is useful to give the following information in Note that the application process for professional your fi rst email or other contact: doctorates is more straightforward and you can • Name either fi rst contact the Research Institute • Intended degree (PhD or MPhil) informally or make a direct application. • Broad fi eld of intended research (discipline) Should you seek direct entry to a • More specifi c topic(s) of interest PhD or do a Masters degree fi rst? • Either a brief research proposal or some Direct entry from a good fi rst degree (normally a research ideas or a request for projects in your 2.1 or above) is still the norm in science disciplines, preferred subject area but most humanities and social science disciplines • Indicate any preferred supervisor if known also look for relevant research training in the form • Indicate whether you are seeking funding of a Masters qualifi cation before they will accept • University-level qualifi cations (including class students to a PhD. Many of these programmes of fi rst degree, GPA or fi nal overall percentage) give MRes qualifi cations, but some give other and relevant professional experience qualifi cations (MA, MSc) though they are still • English Language qualifi cation, where applicable essentially research training. The RI will be able to give you a preliminary view MRes programmes have been designed to provide a about whether your proposed research and formal research training programme as preparation background would be a good fi t with their for a PhD or a research career. research strengths and, if so, identify an For a full A-Z list of research areas available at appropriate supervisor. They will also be able to Keele please go to give an initial view about funding opportunities. www.keele.ac.uk/researchsubjects Entry Requirements For details of our Masters courses including MRes courses, refer to the taught directory: Before submitting an application, ensure that you www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses meet the entry requirements. • Qualifi cations and experience – any academic and professional qualifi cations or industrial experience you may have are normally taken into account, and in some cases form an integral part of the entrance requirement • Research programmes – entry to our research programmes usually requires an honours degree with a fi rst or 2.1 classifi cation, or the equivalent if you have been educated outside the UK

19 • Non-standard qualifications – if your Explore Funding Options qualifications are non-standard or different from It is your responsibility to ensure you have the entry requirements stated, please contact sufficient funds to pay your annual tuition fees the relevant Research Institute to discuss and to cover living expenses. The latest whether your application would be considered studentships can be found at • Check you have met the required English www.keele.ac.uk/pgrstudentships language requirements Please note: Entry to many programmes is highly Make a Formal Application competitive; consequently, we also consider the No formal offer will be made until an online skills, attributes, motivation and potential for application has been submitted. success of an individual when deciding whether to make an offer. Online Application and After we have received your application, you may, Relevant Documentation if you live in the UK, be invited for an interview or To complete an online application, please note to visit us to discuss your application. you will need the following information: English Language Requirements • An outline of your proposed research. Contact the Research Institute to establish whether this In addition to academic qualifications, you are should be a full research proposal or a summary very likely to be required to produce evidence of of interest, experience and expertise your English language ability. This is because in order to benefit from your studies, you need to • Copies of transcripts and certificates verifying demonstrate that you have a good level of written your qualifications and spoken English before taking up a place here. • Details of two references from referees who can Some research programmes may have slightly comment on your academic and professional different requirements than those stated and the work as appropriate. Please provide email offer will include full details where this is the case. addresses for your referees. Referees are Please see the table below and check the website automatically emailed when you submit an for details for specific programmes. online application. We will accept references that are emailed directly if they are sent from For a comparison with other English Language the referee’s own academic or professional qualifications please see: email address www.keele.ac.uk/pgresearch/ entryrequirements/ If you have already been in discussion with an RI englishlanguagerequirements and prospective supervisor, please make sure that you indicate clearly on the form the relevant If you hold a first and/or second degree which Research Institute and name of the supervisor. has been taught and examined in English, you are likely to be exempt from the English Language requirement.

English Language Requirements: IELTS

Subject Area IELTS Score Science, Medicine, Pharmacy and Physiotherapy 6.0 with no less than 5.5 in any sub-test Business, Health Sciences, Humanities, Public Policy and 6.5 with no less than 6.0 in any sub-test Social Sciences Education and Law 7.0 with no less than 6.5 in any sub-test

20 Research Applications

If you are currently undertaking a Masters degree The Research Institute will contact you about your you must supply transcripts of your work to date application as soon as it has been considered, and a reference from your course director. If you and may also get in touch to request additional are accepted on this basis and start your PhD information about your application or your project programme before results of your Masters degree prior to a fi nal decision being made. are confi rmed, you will be required to confi rm you Once a decision has been reached, we will advise have passed the Masters degree before the end of you whether or not it has been possible to offer December. If you have not passed you may be you a place. Sometimes our offer of a place required to withdraw from the PhD programme. is conditional upon performance in examinations Start Dates and that you still have to take – this could include English Language tests. Any offer is subject to Application Deadlines your agreement to observe the Charter, Statutes, You may commence your research degree Ordinances and Regulations of the University. (PhD or MPhil) at any time during the year. Details are in our offer pack. If you accept our However, most orientation programmes and offer you will be understood to have given such research training modules assume that students an agreement. will normally be starting their research degree in All formal offers are issued by the University – September (which most students do). Professional you should not accept any other assurances that Doctorate programmes have specifi c start dates – you have been offered a place. please check these with the relevant Research Institute. It may also be diffi cult to fi nd campus The offer of a place carries no implication that the accommodation for students wishing to start at University will provide fi nancial assistance. You will times of the year other than September. be required to fi nd suffi cient funding for the tuition fees and for your living expenses. There is no closing date for applications and forms may be submitted at any time during the year. Pre-arrival Information However, you are advised to allow at least a month Once you have accepted the unconditional offer to complete all necessary procedures before the of a place at Keele, or met the conditions of any intended start of your programme. If you wish to offer, you will then be sent pre-arrival information live on campus (full-time students only) it is with details for starting your programme and any particularly important that you apply early. preparations you need to make. EU students will Processing Your Application be invited to join International Orientation run in September and organised by the International and Accepting a Place Student Support Team. Once we receive your application form, we will need to identify an appropriate supervisor and see whether you are suitable for a doctoral programme. Some Research Institutes will also wish to ensure that you have appropriate funding for the whole programme. To help us process your application as quickly as possible, please follow any advice given to you by the Research Institute and make sure you stay in touch. Please note that if we make you an offer of a place at Keele, this does not mean that the University will provide any fi nancial assistance. Any studentship, scholarship or bursary awarded will be indicated on your offer or made to you separately

21 Th e Small Print Applicants must note that, by accepting a place at Keele University, they give an undertaking to abide by the rules and regulations in force, both academic and disciplinary. It is the responsibility of students to make themselves familiar with these rules and regulations, and to understand that any breaches may lead to disciplinary action. Information given in this prospectus is accurate at the time of printing. The University cannot guarantee, however, that all courses will be available, in exactly the form and detail described, to students entering the University from September 2013. It may be necessary to vary the content or availability of some courses after students have been admitted.

22 Faculty of Health

Exciting opportunities exist within the Faculty Most programmes allow a choice of option for postgraduate study in terms of both taught modules from within the Faculty, and from other programmes and research degrees, undertaken Faculties in the University. Accreditation of prior either full or part-time, with opportunities for certifi cated or experiential learning is possible. work-based learning in the latter case. In addition, Postgraduate research degrees – MPhil or most individual modules can be taken on a PhD – are provided by the two Research stand-alone basis, either as part of continuing Institutes in the Faculty, each of which has an professional development or as a means of international research reputation. The Institute for working towards a postgraduate award over a Science and Technology and Medicine conducts period of up to fi ve years. An increasing number research in a range of multi-disciplinary areas of modules are delivered partly or wholly via including biomedical engineering, neuroscience, distance learning. medical imaging, pharmacy, genetics and the Most taught programmes provide awards at mechanisms and control of diseases such as certifi cate, diploma and Masters degree level, diabetes, stroke, cancers, respiratory and thus allowing a range of exit points. Whilst metabolic conditions. The Institute for Primary some programmes are oriented to specifi c Care and Health Sciences houses the Arthritis professional disciplines – such as medicine, Research UK National Primary Care Centre and nursing, pharmacy and physiotherapy – others conducts research principally on the epidemiology are interdisciplinary and cater for those with and conservative management of musculoskeletal either a professional or an academic interest in pain and other chronic conditions, with not only a health and healthcare. principal focus on the primary care context, but All these programmes include a focus on also a growing interest in the primary/secondary research and the interpretation of evidence. care interface. A professional doctorate is available In addition, the MRes Health Research provides a in medicine (DM). This provides advanced comprehensive training in research methodology, professional and academic training and a supervised and forms excellent preparation for a research research project at doctoral level, though normally degree or a career in health services research. of smaller scale than in a PhD.

23 Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences

The Faculty of Humanities and Social Sciences Many of our taught programmes provide ideal is the largest in the University, with over 200 preparation for research degrees (MPhil, PhD and academic staff and 1,000 postgraduate students. Professional Doctorates). Our research degrees Our six Schools offer a number of postgraduate provide opportunities to develop specialist programmes across a wide range of humanities expertise and high-quality research skills. and social science subject areas to suit students Every research student is attached to one of the with many different interests, aspirations and Faculty’s two Research Institutes (Humanities or levels of experience, from recent graduates Social Sciences), and works with a supervisory seeking to improve their prospects in a team whose expertise is carefully matched to the competitive jobs market or to prepare themselves student’s project. for doctoral study, to experienced professionals The Research Institutes are vibrant research aiming to extend their skills and knowledge. communities that bring together research students Our professionally accredited programmes allow and academic colleagues across the disciplines, students to gain the qualifi cations needed for offering rigorous research training and a range of entry into teaching, law and social work, and those development opportunities. Each year they run a already in professional roles to satisfy continuing full and diverse programme of research events and professional development requirements. training activities, shaped by the needs, priorities Within the Faculty we take great care to match the and preferences of students. As members of the mode of delivery to the needs of our diverse body Institutes, research students can apply for funding of students. We therefore offer traditional full-time support to attend external training programmes, masters programmes alongside part-time and undertake archival research or fi eldwork and block-taught programmes which allow study to present work at conferences. Funds are also be combined with full-time work. Some of our available to support research students as they programmes can be built up from individual organise research events such as symposia and modules taken over a number of years, and many specialist workshops. The Institutes are pleased to of our modules can be taken individually for offer an array of training on broader topics, such academic credit and/or CPD points without the as: accessing funding for research, using social need to be registered for a full degree programme. media in research and public/media engagement. Many of the academic staff in the Faculty have Every year the Faculty offers full and part national and international reputations for studentships for research, as well as a number of scholarship and research, and together with support Graduate Teaching Assistantships. In partnership staff they have many years’ experience of delivering with Salford University, Keele is also able to offer a our programmes and of supporting students. number of Arts and Humanities Research Council The Faculty is also home to the Language Learning studentships for taught and research programmes. Unit, which provides a service to the whole University, including English Language modules for non-native speakers designed especially for postgraduate students.

24 Faculty of Natural Sciences

The Faculty of Natural Sciences at Keele University has an international reputation for quality in teaching and research, which means that you will receive knowledge and training at the cutting edge of your chosen discipline. The Faculty offers postgraduate degrees across a wide range of subjects. Many of our postgraduate taught programmes are offered through a part-time route, giving you an opportunity to develop and/or refresh your skills whilst undertaking other commitments. Employability is one of the key priorities within our Faculty, and we have strong connections with national and international industrial partners and research institutes. Many of our postgraduate programmes give you an opportunity to undertake an internship or a project with industry or research institutes, not only in the UK but within the rest of the world. Over the last few years, facilities within the Faculty of Natural Sciences have benefi ted from fi ve million pounds worth of investment which has been utilised in refurbishing laboratories and postgraduate study rooms. This means that you will have the best facilities to undertake your study. As well as additional English language support available for overseas students, if needed, you are guaranteed the support of a personal tutor throughout your study. Personal tutors give advice and valuable feedback on your assignments, allowing you to improve your performance and develop the skills you will need for your future career. The quality of our support and the student experience is refl ected in the results of the latest National Student Survey which rated Keele University in the top ten in the UK for overall student satisfaction. As well as a warm welcome and full support, all staff in the Faculty will ensure you reach your full potential and give you invaluable training that will equip you for your chosen career.

25 26 Research Institute for the Environment, Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics Overview Research Clusters Welcome to EPSAM, Research Institute for the Our research activities are focused in discipline Environment, Physical Sciences and Applied specifi c clusters; Mathematics. The Institute is composed of more • Astrophysics than 80 academic and contract research staff • Computer Science plus over 60 postgraduate researchers across a spectrum of science from Fire Ecology through • Environment and Sustainability to Stellar Astrophysics. • Geosciences The Institute seeks to promote interdisciplinary • Materials Chemistry and Sustainable Technology research synergies and collaboration, both • Mathematics internally and externally, and has a wealth of • Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Sciences experience of Research Council, industrial and charity-funded research grants and contracts. Within the clusters, we have a wide range of dedicated, state-of-the-art research facilities As well as supporting innovative research by including analytical instrumentation ambitious individual scholars and teams, the (e.g., scanning electron microscopes, mass Institute aims to foster cross and interdisciplinary spectrometers, etc), high-level supercomputing co-operation across all of Keele’s scientifi c facilities and fi eld-based environmental & disciplines. Our staff are here to provide you with geophysical monitoring equipment. expert research training and supervision, while our dedicated support team will give you advice All of our postgraduate researchers belong to a on grant applications, research support facilities cluster and we actively encourage cross- within the Institute and assistance for a wide disciplinary working across the full range of range of research and training events. discipline groups.

27 28 Postgraduate Research Postgraduate Research Training Programmes Research training is a vital part of postgraduate studies and we provide a number of modules We welcome enquiries from well-qualified directly aimed at students in the Natural and graduates throughout the year. Funding is not Physical Sciences, as well as a compulsory guaranteed, but is available in many cases, EPSAM research methods training module for all whether it is an externally funded studentship postgraduate students. Students are encouraged or Keele-funded fee waiver. We have a flexible to develop their own training programme to approach to postgraduate research studies and meet any skills/learning needs but we do welcome applicants for either full or part-time provide dedicated help with scientific writing, studentships. Information on current research oral and poster presentations, publishing topics and the facilities we have can be found on scientific papers and managing your time as a our web site. www.keele.ac.uk/epsam/ research student. prospectivestudents Every year we hold the “EPSAM Fest”, In the first instance, we advise that you contact a multidisciplinary conference where students the research cluster heads (contact address are are able to present their research to staff and available on the cluster web pages – peers from across the EPSAM disciplines. www.keele.ac.uk/epsam/researchclusters to The event is highly regarded and provides an discuss potential research topics and likely excellent opportunity for students to interact funding routes. Alternatively, you can email with subject specialists. Awards are provided for Dr Nigel Cassidy (EPSAM PGR Director the best oral and poster presentations and the – [email protected] and he will put wining students usually go on to compete in the you in contact with the relevant cluster. national Vitea research symposium. For more information about the Research Institute for the Environment, Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics, visit our website: www.keele.ac.uk

28 Research Institute for PhD, MPhil, DM in Science and Technology in Medicine Subject Areas

Overview In the UK Research Assessment Exercise (RAE) 2008, 90% of the Institute’s submitted staff The Institute for Science & Technology in were rated as international quality researchers, Medicine bridges the interface between new with 10% ranked as world-leading. The research advances in basic science and technology with facilities were commended as “internationally medicine and clinical practice. It successfully recognised, excellent standard”. This allows integrates Keele University’s biomedical research basic, strategic and applied research to take strengths across the Faculties of Health and place in a consistently top-quality environment, Natural Sciences. The Institute aims to improve with clear focus and routes into exploitation in the health of patients in the UK and elsewhere in bioscience industries and healthcare. the world, by applying knowledge gained from basic science to develop insights into the causes The 70 academic and clinical staff in the of disease and ways of treating them. Institute provide supervision, often through multidisciplinary teams, for more than 90 PhD ISTM brings together biological scientists, and 45 Masters students and contribute to the physicists, chemists, engineers, pharmacists and teaching of our undergraduate medical and mathematicians as well as clinical academic science students at the University of Keele. colleagues working within the NHS. In addition In the academic year 95% of ISTM’s PhD to the main University campus at Keele, research students submitted their thesis within at the University Hospital is consolidated at the 4 years of study, meeting all national Guy Hilton Research Centre, which provides studentship funders’ targets. state-of-the-art basic science laboratories for clinically oriented research. Particular emphasis Opportunities for Postgraduate is placed on multi and interdisciplinary research, fully exploiting the wide variety of expertise Research in ISTM which resides within the Institute. In addition to We are pleased to receive enquiries and extensive collaborative work within the Institute, applications from well-qualifi ed graduates ISTM members have active collaborations with interested in postgraduate study at the Institute universities throughout the UK, and over 35 at any time. All applications for PhD, MPhil and countries in Europe, USA and the developing DM postgraduate research in ISTM are world. For postgraduate research degrees ISTM administered through the offi ce of the has specifi c funded links with laboratories and Director of Postgraduate Research training programmes in Beijing, Florida and ([email protected]; several European universities. Members of the [email protected]). Enquiries for Research Institute currently hold grants from the postgraduate entry should initially be directed MRC, BBSRC, EPSRC, The Wellcome Trust, to the Director who will be pleased to assist NIHR and the EU in addition to a wide variety of you with all aspects of your application including other sponsors. identifying a suitable course, research group and supervisor, entry requirements (Academic and English Language) and the costs associated with the course. Formal application is always required: go to the course list at www.keele.ac.uk/researchsubjects. In some cases assistance with funding may be available.

29 Research expertise is concentrated in four themes which have considerable overlap. These are Bioengineering and Therapeutics, Neuroscience and Human Metabolism, Infection, Inflammation and Immunity, and Clinical and Diagnostic Science. Within each theme there are internationally recognised Research groups who offer Research Degree training in the following areas:

Research Field Research Topics Biology, Biochemistry, Cell and Molecular Biology Proteomics Neuroscience, Biomedical Science Molecular Medicine Cell Physiology and Pathology Structural Biology Neuroscience Apoptosis Glycobiology Epigenetics Bioengineering & Therapeutics, Regenerative Mechanisms Orthopaedic Tissue Engineering Stem Cells, Cell and Tissue Stem Cells Magnetic Nanotechnologies Engineering Biomedical Technologies Rehabilitation Engineering Biomaterials for Tissue Biomechanics and Regeneration Mechanobiology

Clinical Science Respiratory Disease Cardiology Metabolic Disease Neurology Diabetes Multiple Sclerosis Stroke Trauma Rehabilitation Obstetrics and Gynaecology Cancer Studies Dementia Pharmacy Pharmaceutics Pharmacology Medicinal Chemistry Diagnostic Science Trace Gas Analysis Biosensors, Biomarkers Lung Disease and Biomaterials Imaging Non-destructive, Optical and Real-time Imaging Genetics Cancer Genomics/Epigenomics Molecular Epidemiology

Entomology, Parasitology Malaria, Mosquitoes and Man Parasite-Insect Interactions Insect Ecology Leishmaniasis Chemical Ecology Fish diseases Inflammation, Infection, Rheumatology Comparative Immunology Immunology Structural Immunology Apoptosis Human Metabolism Lipid Metabolism Renal Disease

For further details of available research areas and topics, please see the complete listing of current Research Areas in ISTM.

30 Research Institute for Primary Care and Health Sciences

The Research Institute for Primary Care and We aim to provide PhD students with Health Sciences is built on dynamic partnerships high-quality skills and experience needed to of multidisciplinary academic teams, based at work in research, academia, or related fi elds Keele, and clinicians in the local health services. following their PhD. Training programmes for The Institute works in close partnership with PhD students are structured and tailored to the patients and local NHS clinicians in North individual. Students are required to complete 60 Staffordshire to carry out large-scale studies Masters-equivalent credits, which can be done following the health of local residents over time; through internal or external courses. Centre to investigate new and established treatments funding means that students can attend the in randomised controlled trials with an especial most appropriate training course for their needs. emphasis on multidisciplinary approaches; and We emphasise the development of transferable to carry out research which is relevant to the skills, using the nationally recognised Researcher NHS and addresses questions of importance to Development Framework as a structure, and healthcare practitioners and people who suffer offer tailored provision to meet students’ from the conditions we study. personal development needs. This currently The National Arthritis Research UK Primary Care takes the form of Postgraduate Coaching, which Centre is our largest research group, focusing on focuses on development of transferable skills chronic musculoskeletal pain. This affects one such as time and project management; third of adults at any one time and is the one-to-one language and communication skills commonest cause of adult disability in the UK. training; or intensive input appropriate to the Our multidisciplinary group researches the students’ needs, e.g. enhanced intensive causes, consequences and treatments of supervisory sessions. We are also developing common musculoskeletal problems seen in intensive writing skills training to meet identifi ed primary care; what happens over time to people student needs. who suffer from these problems; how best to Our postgraduate students benefi t from an prevent pain and restricted activity; what are the established infrastructure for research and work most effective treatments; and what are alongside an internationally renowned peoples’ beliefs and understanding about pain multidisciplinary team. Students form part of a and how these affect their choice of treatments. vibrant group of over 40 postgraduate students, In 2009 the Centre was awarded the Queen’s and play a full part in the Centre, presenting at Anniversary Prize for Higher and Further internal seminars, attending journal clubs and Education for its internationally recognised arranging student group meetings. Students also research programme. have access to specialised training courses and Our research education, training and capacity the opportunity to present their research at development strategy aims to maintain a national or international conferences. competitive PhD programme, which can attract Subject Headings: the brightest new scholars and train them in the • Applied Biostatistics research methods relevant to primary care of musculoskeletal disease, and post-doctoral • Epidemiology and Intervention Research programmes which develop the high-quality • Health Economics academic workforce of the future. Pump-priming • Healthcare Professional-Focused Research from Centre funds, combined with matched • Health Services Research University investment, has enabled us to provide a scheme that is competitive for Research • Medical Sociology Council bursaries. • Multi-morbidity • Musculoskeletal Conditions • Occupational Research

31 32 Research Institute for PhD, MPhil and Professional Doctorates in Social Sciences Subject Areas Overview nature of the Institute provides excellent opportunities for networking both with other Keele’s Research Institute for Social Sciences postgraduates and with the academic staff at brings together over 300 academic staff and Keele, thus enabling postgraduate researchers to postgraduate students working across a range participate fully in all aspects of the research of social science disciplines. Staff and research process. Research students are a very valuable students are grouped within fi ve Research part of the Research Institute and we aim to Centres, these providing a focus for seminars, provide an environment where your research can grant activity, student support and supervision: develop and fl ourish.

• Centre for Economics and Management Research training is provided in many different • Centre for Law, Ethics and Society parts of the University and has several purposes; most directly it is to help you complete your thesis • Centre for the Study of Politics, International or project i.e. subject-specifi c research training Relations and Environment (RT). Equally important is the development of • Centre for Psychological Research other, broader capabilities – generic skills – in • Centre for Social Policy managing your research, personal effectiveness, communication, networking and team-working, In RAE 2008, 85-95% of research across the accessing research funding and career main areas submitted was judged to be of management. These are the skills that you may international quality. Members of the Research develop directly as part of your everyday research Institute currently hold major grants from the work (in the archive, the laboratory, the hospital, Economic and Social Research Council, the the fi eld, the classroom), but they can be Medical Research Council, the British Academy signifi cantly enhanced through dedicated courses and the European Union. The RI welcomes and specialist training. In addition to the training researchers from across the University and provided at Keele, we support our postgraduates beyond to attend the regular programme of to undertake specialist training offered at seminars, conferences and workshops advertised other institutions. elsewhere on this site. Research Areas: Environment and Training: We offer courses at both full and part-time The Research Institute for Social Sciences is a across a range of research areas: thriving academic community made up of active • Business Administration researchers in a wide variety of areas. We (Professional Doctorate) welcome postgraduate research students from around the world as members of this community • Criminology (PhD and MPhil) and provide support and facilities to enable • Economics (PhD and MPhil) them to achieve their full potential in a • Education (PhD, MPhil and stimulating and lively environment. Professional Doctorate) The Research Institute offers a high standard of • Employment policy and Equalities facilities to its postgraduates, including (PhD and MPhil) well-equipped offi ce space, postgraduate • Ethics (PhD and MPhil) seminars, access to research funding, an annual postgraduate colloquium, social events and • Human Geography weekly networking meetings, where (PhD and MPhil) postgraduate issues can be explored in an • Health Policy and Governance (PhD and MPhil) informal atmosphere. The interdisciplinary • Law (PhD and MPhil)

33 • Management (PhD and MPhil) Research Degree (MPhil) • Nursing (PhD and MPhil) These programmes comprise of a thesis on • Philosophy (PhD and MPhil) a specified research topic, together with a • Politics and International Relations selection of taught modules. They offer a (PhD and MPhil) broad training in the skills and techniques • Psychology (PhD and MPhil) of contemporary research and can be taken as stand-alone degrees or as a step towards • Public Policy (PhD and MPhil) a higher research qualification. MPhil • Social Gerontology programmes are usually one year in duration, (PhD and MPhil) two years part-time. • Social Policy (PhD and MPhil) Professional doctorates • Social Work (PhD, MPhil and Professional Doctorate) Professional doctorate programmes are • Sociology (PhD and MPhil) increasingly the choice of professionals in a number of fields, particularly health, social work For full details on each of our Research Areas, and education. please visit: www.keele.ac.uk/researchsubjects Professional doctorates are more structured Choosing a Research Degree – PhD, MPhil or programmes divided into two stages. Stage 1 Professional Doctorate: is a two-year programme of research training and interaction with a cohort of peers. Research Degree (PhD) This is formalised within modules which have assessment, though the number of credits and These are degrees by research alone, with a high modules will vary with the programme. At the level of research training. end of Stage 1 there is a progression process • You will produce a thesis, which at PhD level is before participants may commence to Stage 2. a work of original scholarship worthy of Stage 2 (minimum two years) constitutes the publication in a learned journal research project which is based on the • You work closely with your supervisors who participant’s professional practice. Research will provide guidance and support findings should be broadly transferable to the workplace. The final degree is awarded on the • Most of our research degrees can be basis of a thesis which sets out the definition, undertaken by full-time or part-time study purpose, methods, results and conclusions of the research project in the same way as for a PhD. • Standard PhDs are three years in duration (six years part-time) Entry Requirements: • You will register for a number of formal research training modules, which will help you Please visit the University webpages for full develop skills you need to carry out your details: www.keele.ac.uk/pgresearch/ research and broaden your generic skills as a entryrequirement professional researcher

• Most research degrees normally require a good first degree (usually at least a 2:1) and a Masters degree or equivalent qualifications in a relevant subject – some also require additional criteria such as relevant work experience.

34 Research Institute for PhD and MPhil in Humanities Subject Areas Overview John Rylands and Chetham’s Libraries, Gladstone’s Library at St Deiniol’s, and the Keele’s Research Institute for the Humanities has University Libraries of Birmingham, Oxford and over 45 full members and brings together over Liverpool. Staff in the Humanities have 100 academic staff and postgraduate students established collaborative working relationships working mainly in History, Music and Music with major archives and record offi ces within the Technology, English Philosophy and American region. In addition, Keele is less than two hours Literature and Creative Writing. The Institute away from the extensive scholarly resources and supports the research of ambitious individual libraries of London. scholars and teams, and fosters cross and interdisciplinary cooperation. In RAE 2008, Research training is provided in many different 85-95% of research in Music, English and History parts of the University and has several purposes; was judged to be of international quality; most directly it is to help you complete your members of the Research Institute currently thesis or project i.e. subject-specifi c research hold grants from the Leverhulme Trust, the Arts training (RT). Equally important is the and Humanities Research Council, the British development of other, broader capabilities – Academy and Staffordshire County Council. generic skills – in managing your research, personal effectiveness, communication, Environment and Training networking and team-working, accessing research funding and career management. We enjoy a thriving postgraduate environment These are the skills that you may develop in Humanities. We encourage our postgraduate directly as part of your everyday research work researchers to participate in training courses and (in the archive, the laboratory, the hospital, the conferences, for which funding can be sought. fi eld, the classroom), but they can be The Institute welcomes postgraduate research signifi cantly enhanced through dedicated students from around the world as members of courses and specialist training. In addition to the this community, providing a high standard of training provided at Keele, we support our facilities, including postgraduate seminars, an postgraduates to undertake specialist training annual postgraduate conference and social offered at other institutions. events. The interdisciplinary nature of the Institute provides excellent opportunities for Research Areas networking both with other postgraduates and with the academic staff at Keele, thus helping We offer courses at both full and part-time postgraduate researchers to achieve their full across a range of research areas: potential in a stimulating and lively environment. • English (PhD and MPhil) Research students are supported through the • History (PhD and MPhil) provision of: shared offi ce space, IT equipment and research funding to support some travel and • Music (PhD and MPhil) other expenses. There are signifi cant library • American Studies (PhD and MPhil) resources at Keele to support Humanities research, including Early English Books Online • Film Studies (PhD and MPhil) (EEBO) and Eighteenth Century Collections • Media, Communications and Culture Online (ECCO), as well as the private David (PhD and MPhil) Bruce Centre Library for American Studies students and the Staffordshire Studies For full details on each of our Research Areas, repository for those interested in local writers. please visit: www.keele.ac.uk/researchsubjects Keele is ideally located near to other major libraries and collections, such as Manchester’s

35 Choosing a Research Degree – MPhil or PhD: Research Degree (PhD) These are degrees by research alone, with a high-level of research training.

• You will produce a thesis, which at PhD level is a work of original scholarship worthy of publication in a learned journal

• You work closely with your supervisors who will provide guidance and support

• Most of our research degrees can be undertaken by full-time or part-time study

• Standard PhDs are three years in duration (six years part-time)

• You will register for a number of formal research training modules, which will help you develop skills you need to carry out your research and broaden your generic skills as a professional researcher

• Most research degrees normally require a good first degree (usually at least a 2:1) and a Masters degree or equivalent qualifications in a relevant subject – some also require additional criteria such as relevant work experience. Research Degree (MPhil) These programmes comprise of a thesis on a specified research topic, together with a selection of taught modules. They offer a broad training in the skills and techniques of contemporary research and can be taken as stand-alone degrees or as a step towards a higher research qualification. MPhil programmes are usually one year in duration, two years part-time. Entry Requirements: Please visit the University webpages for full details: www.keele.ac.uk/pgresearch/ entryrequirements

36

SIMON CHECKED CONTENTS OK 22/10

Courses

Business and Management 39-62 Counselling 63-68 Education 69-80 Environment 81-84 Health 85-90 Humanities 91-98 Information Technology 99-102 Law 103-116 Media Studies 117-118 Medicine 119-148 Nursing 149-156 Pharmacy 157-162 Physiotherapy 163-172 Politics 173-176 Psychology 177-184 Science 185-190 Social Science 191-200 Courses Courses

Business and Management Business MBA

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Business Administration Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Masters Degree Colin Rigby (Course www.keele.ac.uk/kms/mba Director), Claire Butters (Course Administrator)

Overview Entry Requirements complete the taught modules but not the dissertation may be At Keele we offer a very distinctive All applicants should have a fi rst awarded the Postgraduate Diploma. perspective to business students: degree (UK second-class honours Of the nine taught modules, seven the critical approach that is neither degree equivalent (2.1 or 2.2) are core modules and two are cynical nor deferential but always or an equivalent professional option modules providing students questioning the conventional qualifi cation; along with at least with the opportunity to specialise in wisdom. We want our graduates two years’ work experience. a chosen area. to become independent thinkers Where English is not a fi rst who never simply accept what they language, proof of English Course Modules are told or chase the mirage of the language competence will be latest business fad. The Keele required (IELTS 6.5 or equivalent). • Strategic Management MBA is not only about work but Mature students without a fi rst • Operations and also about social climate. To perform degree but with work experience Quality Management well you need a stimulating at management level will also be environment; an institution that considered for entry. • Financial Management has not only a physical content but also a personality. Work experience is positively • People and Organisations encouraged, and lack of a degree Course Aims is no bar to entry. Each application • Creativity and is judged on its own merit. Personal Development The Keele MBA is designed to • Research Methods and provide students with an integrated English Language knowledge of the core disciplines Business Analysis of management and an in-depth Requirements • Marketing Management knowledge of their chosen International students whose fi rst specialist areas combined with a Option modules vary from year language is not English must have comprehensive appreciation of to year but the following are a IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 the management task. Graduates selection of possible options: will have greater management in each sub-test or equivalent. awareness and increased personal Marketing Communications confi dence enabling them to discuss Course Content Theory/Consuming Behaviours/ complex problems meaningfully and Commerce and Information Satisfactory completion of the coherently. They will have developed Technology/Business Ethics/ MBA programme requires students leadership, communication and Branding/Strategic to pass nine 15-credit taught interpersonal skills and have the Entrepreneurship. motivation to implement change modules (135 credits) plus a and to improve existing 60-credit dissertation, giving a management practices. total requirement of 195 M Level credits. Students who satisfactorily

39 Courses Courses

Teaching and Assessment

The Keele MBA provides an TIME PART intensive and intellectually challenging advanced study of management combining both practical and theoretical elements. Modules are taught within a strategic and international framework with the focus of the course on action learning, group dynamics and networking amongst fellow students. Teaching is a mixture of formal “The Keele MBA gave me my academic lectures, or management style seminars and group work with understanding; it provided me with site visits, videos and computer an appreciation of the actions that programmes enriching the learning experience. organisations make and allowed me

A diverse mixture of essays, to become more confi dent in my exams and reports must be decision–making and assisted me to completed for each module. critique and question my own actions All the elements demand a critical analysis of management and the actions of others; it expanded practice and theories of my view on how people, process and management in the context of the specifi c module. systems interface with each other and

The fi nal assessment is how vital these relationship are.” based on the submission of a 15,000 – 20,000 word research Catherine Crockett, dissertation that is undertaken Worldwide Customer Service Director by the student in conjunction with an academic supervisor. part-time student 2008-2010

Students may have the opportunity of studying a “We base the modules around three module in Holland. key components of disruption from the orthodoxy, authenticity and criticality to give participants the insight needed in the fast-paced business world.” Colin Rigby, Senior Lecturer

40 Courses Courses

Business and Management Finance and Information Technology

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Finance and Information Technology Full-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/kms/mscfi nanceit Postgraduate Certifi cate

Overview MSc students. Dedicated facilities English Language for information technology Rapid changes in information are located in the School of Requirements technology and globalisation Computing and Mathematics. International students whose fi rst of the world’s economic and An extensive collection of language is not English must have fi nancial systems demand that fi nance and Information IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in modern day fi nance professionals Technology-related materials each sub-test or equivalent. have analytical and technical are held in the University Library. skills alongside the intellectual Course Modules curiosity to enable them to learn Course Aims and adapt throughout their Core modules comprise: working lives. Taught jointly by The programme develops a the Management School and systematic understanding in Financial Markets the School of Computing and fi nance and information technology This module introduces students to Mathematics, the MSc in Finance alongside a command of investment analysis and the basis and Information Technology analytical techniques, computing for asset pricing and portfolio is designed to provide these and appropriate software. choice. The module highlights a skills, developing a systematic The programme also develops number of key themes including the understanding of fi nance a range of employability skills, notion of discounting for time and together with the technical with particular emphasis on discounting for risk and the ability and professional skills to building enhanced professional near-informational effi ciency of work with, manage or develop and practical capabilities, including fi nancial markets. information systems within a project management, team building fi nancial organisation. and communication skills. Quantitative Methods in Finance Facilities Entry Requirements Introduces students to the key mathematical and statistical The programme is delivered in The course is open to all graduates techniques used in fi nance. a supportive and challenging with a minimum of a second-class Systems Analysis learning environment by a team honours degree or equivalent, preferably in a business-related or of internationally recognised This module provides skills quantitative subject area. Students academics who maintain a strong in systems analysis using an with appropriate professional commitment to excellence and object-oriented approach to qualifi cations or relevant work innovation in teaching and research. modelling and specifying experience may also be considered. Newly refurbished accommodation system requirements. in the Management School includes a dedicated lecture theatre and multi-functional IT suite for

41 Courses Courses

Enterprise Information Systems Financial Instruments Content Management

This module focuses on providing This module explores the use of In this module, students will the student with the skills to do fi nancial engineering techniques explore the use of modern this analysis and the knowledge associated with the use of fi nancial web technologies in the provision FULL TIME of enterprise information systems derivatives such as options, futures of secure and reliable content to enable the selection and and swaps to hedge against risk. management systems and introduction of effective IT solutions obtain an understanding of the within an organisation. International Finance techniques and processes involved in the design and implementation This module analyses foreign Financial Modelling of a content management system. exchange markets, including risk Analyses the use and application factors and the implications of of computer simulation methods to exchange rate risk. Teaching and the modelling of bonds, stocks and Assessment derivatives. Practical use is made Networks and Security Modules are taught in lectures, of computer software throughout In this module, students will gain tutorials and computer laboratory the module. an understanding of contemporary classes. Practical use is made of Metrics, Estimation, networks and the abstractions and standard software and data Analysis and Teams protocols which underpin them. sources. Taught modules are assessed by a combination of Systems Design This module provides students unseen examination and with the requisite skills and The provision of appropriate coursework which may include knowledge involved in the design is critical. This module will essays, mini projects and tests. collection and use of metrics provide skills in software design and and their subsequent analysis implementation relevant to business for either project monitoring or information systems. process improvement.

Students choose one from the following list of electives: “The staff at Keele helped me to fi t my

Corporate Finance studies in around my busy working life. Each module was fascinating in its own This module focuses on the valuation of the fi rm and its right – and the course gave me the skills investment opportunities, corporate I needed to take my next career stop.” structure and governance. The key features of corporate fi nance are Part-time student 2008-2011 addressed using general methods of asset pricing such as replication, arbitrage, and stochastic discounting. “We encourage people to think outside their own boundaries: to develop Applied Finance the analytical and research skills they Analyses the modelling of fi nancial data using statistical techniques. need to bring fresh perspectives to this Practical use of relevant computer evolving arena.” software is made. Senior Lecturer

42 Courses Courses

Business and Management Finance and Management

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Finance and Management Full-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/kms/ Postgraduate Certifi cate mscfi nancemanagement

Overview Course Aims IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in each sub-test or equivalent. The MSc in Finance and The focus of the programme Management is designed for is on developing a systematic Course Content students who wish to follow a understanding in the relevant areas career in the investment of fi nance and critical management Programme duration is 12-months, management industry or as a thinking. Having completed the full-time. Students study six core fi nancial offi cer within a commercial programme you will have a practical modules and two elective modules or public organisation. and theoretical understanding between September and April of fi nance and management, followed by a project or dissertation A distinctive feature of the a command of analytical techniques, worth 60-credits. Guidance is programme is that it builds on together with confi dence in the provided on dissertation/project a comprehensive and rigorous analysis and evaluation of fi nance topics with each student assigned treatment of core modern and management problems and a supervisor. fi nancial theory and key aspects their solutions. The programme also The MSc award may be awarded of management practice to develops a range of employability with merit or distinction. Lower provide a systematic understanding skills, with particular emphasis on level PG Diploma and PG Certifi cate of these business areas. building enhanced professional and awards are also available. practical capabilities. Facilities In addition, the programme Course Modules The programme is delivered in provides a foundation for pursuing Core modules comprise: a supportive and challenging further study at doctoral level. learning environment by a team Financial Markets of internationally recognised Entry Requirements academics who maintain a strong This module introduces students commitment to excellence and The course is open to all graduates to investment analysis and the basis innovation in teaching and research. with a fi rst or second-class (2.1 or for asset pricing and portfolio The Management School is 2.2) honours degree or equivalent, choice. The module highlights a located in newly refurbished preferably in a business-related or number of key themes including accommodation and among the quantitative subject area. Students the notion of discounting for time new facilities are a dedicated with appropriate professional and discounting for risk and the lecture theatre and multi-functional qualifi cations or relevant work near-informational effi ciency of IT suite for MSc students. experience may also be considered. fi nancial markets. An extensive collection of fi nance and management-related materials English Language Quantitative Methods in Finance are held in the University Library. Requirements Introduces students to the key mathematical and statistical International students whose fi rst techniques used in fi nance. language is not English must have

43 Courses Courses

Marketing and Financial Modelling International Finance Operations Management Analyses the use and application This module analyses foreign The focus here is on key of computer simulation methods exchange markets, including risk concepts and aspects pertaining to the modelling of bonds, stocks factors and the implications of FULL TIME to marketing and the management and derivatives. Practical use is exchange rate risk. of design and operations in made of computer software Entrepreneurship business organisations. throughout the module. Develops an understanding of Accounting and Finance Financial Instruments the theories of entrepreneurship Financial accounts provide needed Derivative instruments are within the areas of fi nance, information about an organisation widely used to hedge against risk. management and marketing. Real-world examples are used for external decision-makers such This module explores the use of and particular emphasis as shareholders, banks, suppliers fi nancial engineering techniques placed on IT start-ups and the and government. This module associated with the use of fi nancial knowledge economy. provides an understanding of the derivatives such as options, futures underlying business transactions and swaps. Teaching and Assessment that are needed in constructing Behaviour Finance fi nancial accounts. Modules are taught in lectures, This module explores the analytical tutorials and computer laboratory Strategy and classes. Practical use is made of Information Management tools of behavioural fi nance, where an explicit role for psychological standard software and data sources. Taught modules are assessed by a This module provides an overview factors, heuristics and biases in combination of unseen examination and understanding of the process investment decisions is allowed. and coursework which may include and procedures of strategy essays, mini projects and tests. management, including the identifi cation, extraction and use of relevant business information. Applied Finance “The staff at Keele helped me to fi t my Analyses the modelling of fi nancial studies in around my busy working life. data using statistical techniques. Practical use of relevant computer Each module was fascinating in its own software is made. right – and the course gave me the skills Students choose two from the I needed to take my next career stop.” following elective modules: Part-time student 2008-2011 Corporate Finance

This module focuses on the “We encourage people to think outside their valuation of the fi rm and its own boundaries: to develop the analytical investment opportunities, corporate structure and governance. and research skills they need to bring The key features of corporate fresh perspectives to this evolving arena.” fi nance are addressed using general methods of asset pricing Senior Lecturer such as replication, arbitrage, and stochastic discounting.

44 Courses Courses

Business and Management MBA (Health Executive)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Health Executive Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate MBA Programme Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/healthpolicy/ courses/mbahealthexecutive

Overview supervisor, a tailor-made reading • Extend interpersonal skills resource for each module, • Gain new knowledge and The MBA (Health Executive) a dedicated classroom/study insights into the nature of the programme, established in 1987, room and access to IT in the Keele health policymaking process was the fi rst of its kind in Europe. Management Centre. It provides senior managers, • Appreciate more fully the The School of Public Policy policymakers and professionals social, economic and political and Professional Practice is a concerned with health and environment in which their recent creation – a large and healthcare with a top-level organisation operates qualifi cation which enhances both multidisciplinary School which career and an intellectual approach brings together faculties across the • Be equipped with a wider and to the subject. The MBA offers an public services, which is benefi cial deeper understanding of the advanced scheme of study for comparative sessions putting strategic challenges facing the involving knowledge, skills and health (policy and management health sector, in order to manage techniques. Recent students issues) in wider context. The them better Research Institute for the Social include many clinicians (doctors • Enhance career potential and Sciences has a varied programme and others) as well as ‘traditional’ capacity for lifetime self-learning of seminars and activities in the managers. Graduates include and self-development Chief Executives in the NHS area of health and public policy. (and overseas) and board-level The wider Facilities of the University Entry Requirements leaders, divisional/directorate include the Library, a redeveloped A degree at (upper second) managers, and senior doctors and union and central shopping area honours or equivalent; nurses in primary care as well as with banks and one of the most and/or appropriate professional other parts of the health sector. beautiful campuses in the UK, with and/or work experience. The MBA is both a professional 650 acres of developed gardens and (Normally a minimum of fi ve qualifi cation and contributor to countryside. At its centre is Keele years in health services or generic skills in health policy and Hall, a magnifi cent location both for health-related employment.) management. It provides the events and for programme dinners. expected MBA curriculum but English Language Course Aims applied specifi cally to the health Requirements sector (in a comparative context.) Course participants will: International students whose fi rst Facilities • Acquire a solid grounding in language is not English must have leadership,management and IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in MBA Health Executive/Post- policy skills each sub-test or equivalent. graduate Diploma students benefi t from a wide range of support • Develop a range of including accessible Programme analytical problem-solving and Module Directors, dissertation and decision-making skills

45 Courses Courses

Course Content • Management of Human Resources Teaching and – This module increases students’ The MBA comprises six understanding of, and ability to Assessment taught modules plus a research manage, the human aspects of the Assessment is by assignment TIME PART project leading to the writing healthcare business. The module and a research project leading and submission of a dissertation. focuses on key issues associated to a dissertation. Each of the The taught element of the with leading and managing six modules are assessed by programme is spread over healthcare organisations, and assignment (up to 4,000 words) two years. The teaching for explores more traditional aspects which is typically a role-playing each module lasts one week of human resource management exercise in which participants with a further four weeks (such as workforce planning, are asked to apply theoretical allowed for submission of the employment law, the human concepts to a real-life situation written assignment. The whole resource function and and to assess the value of so programme, including the performance management). doing. The research project is dissertation, normally takes an important and challenging three years. • Acc ounting and Financial Management – The objective culmination of the MBA Course Modules of this module is to provide Programme. It involves the candidates with an appreciation formulation, conduct and The six taught modules are of the nature and analysis of presentation of an independent as follows: budgets, costs, and activities, investigation of a health management issue within • Health Policy and Strategy – and an understanding of resource the candidate’s employment, This module aims to provide management and financial and one that simultaneously a synthesis of policy and information systems in the health provides ample scope for management objectives, skills sector. A ‘policy’ approach is integrating the curriculum and techniques to expose students taken, with key financial policy content of the programme to opportunities and issues in issues of the day explored. and the key health service the process of policy formulation, • Research Methods for Managers, management issues of the day. implementation and review. Professionals and Policy-Makers This interplay between theory • Economics and Management – – The aim is to develop skills and practice, evident in all aspects The aim of this module will be for those who are not ‘research of the programme, is perhaps to familiarise students with the experts’ to enable them to most visible in this final phase. key analytical concepts and interpret the uses and abuses The outcome of the research methodologies of health of research in policy and activity is the submission of a economics, in order to increase management (e.g. research and dissertation of 15,000 words. their capabilities in applying evaluation underpinning health It is intended that the dissertation these to the planning and reforms or management initiatives, can be viewed by the employing management of health services. or indeed clinical applications to service planning and organisation as an important • Operations Management Science commissioning). The module also piece of internal consultancy work. – This module aims to develop develops skills in commissioning a numerate approach to research – and in research design the theory and practice of and choice of method for the management, by means of both student’s own dissertation. well tried and experimental techniques and the theory of organisational improvement in various qualitative applications as well as quantitative techniques.

46 Courses Courses

Business and Management Diploma (Health Service Management)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Health Services Management Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Diploma Programme Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ healthservicesmanagement

Overview module, a dedicated classroom/ • An appreciation of the range of study room and access to IT in the relevant theory and method The role of doctors and senior Keele Management Centre. clinical service managers in • Critical thinking about management has become even The School of Public Policy problems in health policy more important within the and Professional Practice is a and management ‘New NHS’. For clinicians becoming recent creation – a large and Economics, political science involved in management, multidisciplinary School which and public administration, an understanding of the nature of brings together faculties across the sociology, management science, health policy and health services public services, which is benefi cial organisational behaviour and management will be essential if their for comparative sessions putting various more directly clinical contributions to strategic initiatives, health (policy and management allocation and management of issues) in wider context. The disciplines are examples from the resources, re-integration of Research Institute for the Social range of disciplines which may care and co-ordination of service Sciences has a varied programme be drawn upon. provision are to be realised. of seminars and activities in the Epidemiology, sociology and Our Diploma in Management area of health and public policy. economic evaluation are becoming programme meets this need. The wider facilities of the invaluable tools for commissioners, The Diploma in Health Services University include the Library, in defi ning and quantifying the Management programme provides a redeveloped union and central need of populations for healthcare. a review of key health policy and shopping area with banks and Management science, organisational management issues and theories, one of the most beautiful behavioural analysis, the for professionals – clinicians and campuses in the UK, with 650 management of human resources managers – who anticipate taking acres of developed gardens and micro-economics are vital for on substantial management and countryside. At its centre ‘providers’ charged with determining responsibilities or who hold is Keele Hall, a magnifi cent their business and translating it management positions. The course location both for events and into contracts. All are represented is both analytical and practical. for programme dinners. on the programme. Facilities Course Aims Entry Requirements MBA Health Executive/ Candidates should expect Participants are required to Postgraduate Diploma students to develop: demonstrate a record of past benefi t from a wide range of educational achievement, support including accessible • An appreciation of the nature and must have management Programme and Module Directors, and territory of health, policy experience. A degree or dissertation supervisor, a and management equivalent professional tailor-made reading resource each qualifi cation is also desirable.

47 Courses Courses

English Language practice of management, applications to service by means of both well tried planning and commissioning). Requirements and experimental techniques The module also develops skills and the theory of organisational International students whose first in commissioning research – TIME PART language is not English must have improvement in various and in research design and IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in qualitative applications as well choice of method for the each sub-test or equivalent. as quantitative techniques. student’s own dissertation. • Management of Human For candidates not taking the Course Content Resources (15 credits) (core) – dissertation, research methods This module increases students’ are reviewed generally to The Postgraduate Diploma understanding of, and ability develop an ability to contribute comprises either three core to manage, the human aspects to research and evaluation in modules (total 60 credits) and an of the healthcare business. one’s organisation applied research project leading The module focuses on key to the writing and submission of issues associated with leading a dissertation of approximately Teaching and and managing healthcare 15,000 words (60 credits), or six Assessment organisations, and explores more modules. (120 credits) traditional aspects of human The award of the Postgraduate Course Modules resource management (such as Diploma is dependent on meeting workforce planning, employment the following requirements: The six taught modules are law, the human resource function as follows: and performance management). • Attendance at each of the modules and satisfactory • Health Policy and Strategy • Accounting and Financial completion of the related (30 credits) (core) – This module Management (15 credits) – assessment and, if the aims to provide a synthesis of The objective of this module is dissertation is chosen, policy and management to provide candidates with an completion of an applied objectives, skills and techniques to appreciation of the nature and research project and the expose students to opportunities analysis of budgets, costs, and writing and submission of the and issues in the process of: policy activities, and an understanding dissertation of approximately formulation; implementation by of resource management and 15,000 words. managers and/or clinical leaders; financial information systems and review. in the health sector. A ‘policy’ approach is taken, with key • Economics and Management financial policy issues of the – (15 credits) The aim of this day explored. module will be to familiarise students with the key analytical • Research Methods for Managers, concepts and methodologies Professionals and Policy-Makers of health economics, in order (15 credits) – The aim is to to increase their capabilities in develop skills for those who are applying these to the planning and not ‘research experts’ to enable management of health services. them to interpret the uses and abuses of research in policy and • Operations Management Science management (e.g. research (30 credits) (core) – This module and evaluation underpinning aims to develop a numerate health reforms or management approach to the theory and initiatives, or indeed clinical

48 Courses Courses

Business and Management Human Resource Management

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Emails: Human Resource Management Full-time [email protected], [email protected] Course Type: Contact Details: Sarah Spink, MA, Postgraduate Diploma Postgraduate Administrator, Website: www.keele.ac.uk/ Claire Butters, Postgraduate pgtcourses/kms/pgdipandmahrm Team Co-ordinator

Overview accessible tutors and supervisors. Major course aims: Each student is allocated an This is a high-quality and distinctive Academic Tutor, whose role is to • To provide academically rigorous programme for candidates with a work with the student to explain education in HRM, industrial fi rst degree, or those with other key themes, develop study and relations and associated disciplines acceptable qualifi cations and relevant writing skills and provide advice • To develop the analytical skills experience, subject to interview, on assessment. Non-native English of students and is available by full-time study. speakers are also supported by The programme is designed for the English Language Unit of the • To develop a critical approach to students wishing to access in-depth University, who provide additional HRM literature, issues and practice academic study in the fi eld of language tuition. Human Resource Management and • To prepare students for further associated disciplines, with a view Course Aims study or career progression to working, researching or teaching in the subject area. The MA programme in Human Entry Requirements Resource Management provides Keele University is a main provider Applicants are normally required a thorough understanding of the of Human Resource Management to hold at least a second-class employment relationship and an (HRM) and Industrial Relations honours degree (2.1 or 2.2) or excellent grounding in the theory courses and research in the UK. overseas equivalent. Students and practice of HRM, labour Students come from a wide range who have appropriate professional management and industrial of backgrounds and disciplines, qualifi cations or relevant work relations. It locates these in an and from Europe, Africa and Asia, experience may also be considered. as well as the UK. The subject group historically informed treatment of is active in research and publication, the whole subject area. It examines English Language focusing on international and key institutions, problems and national employment and equalities issues in contemporary HRM and Requirements aspects of public policy, spanning industrial relations, including the Applicants whose fi rst language is both private and public sectors, rights and interests of employees as not English will be required to show and typically featuring high levels of well as the formation and impact of competency in English (IELTS 6.0 engagement with employers, trade public policy. The main focus is on or equivalent). unions, and government bodies. the UK, but this is set within a broader comparative perspective, Facilities enabling an assessment of Course Structure contrasting systems of industrial There are seven taught modules Postgraduate students benefi t relations and an evaluation of a and a research-based dissertation. from a wide range of support, range of crucial issues on a Each taught module is assessed by including a range of learning European and global scale. an essay, and the dissertation resources, research training and consists of an extended piece of

49 Courses Courses

writing based on a small research Teaching and project carried out by the student. In order to obtain a Masters degree, Assessment

students must obtain 180 credits, The majority of the modules FULL TIME of which 120 credits are from are delivered through lectures taught modules and 60 credits supported by tutorials. The module from the dissertation. Students ‘Understanding and Researching who successfully complete only the the Employment Relationship’ taught modules will be awarded a introduces students to their Postgraduate Diploma. All modules programme of study and provides are compulsory, and are at Level 4 preparation for the dissertation. (Masters level). It is assessed on the basis of a 1,500-word essay, and must be Course Modules passed in order to obtain the 10 Taught modules (total 130 credits) credits and before proceeding to the dissertation. However, • Understanding and Researching no formal marks are attributed the Employment Relationship to it. All other taught modules are (10 credits) each assessed by a 3,000-word essay, the dissertation is 15,000 • Foundations of the Employment words. The pass mark for each of Relationship (20 credits) these modules is 50%. • Employers and the Management of Labour (20 credits)

• Managing Employee Resources (20 credits)

• Managing Employee Relations (20 credits)

• Pay Determination (20 credits) • Employee Development and “Keele’s MA in HRM is an engaging Training (20 credits) course with enlightening and supportive Dissertation (60 credits) lecturers. The course covers a broad Where applicable, students are range of theory which can create many encouraged to undertake research connected with current or previous opportunities for graduates. Following HRM experience. Students are the MA I was fortunate to be offered a required to produce a written PhD with funding through a graduate research proposal and gain ethics approval, and all students are teaching assistantship programme.” allocated a supervisor. Trevor de Middelaer, MA in HRM student 2010-2011

50 Courses Courses

Business and Management Industrial Relations; Industrial Relations & HRM; European Industrial Relations & HRM; and Industrial Relations & Employment Law Course Titles: Industrial Relations; Mode of Study: Contact Email: Industrial Relations & HRM; European Part-time [email protected] Industrial Relations & HRM; and Industrial Relations & Employment Law Contact Details: Course Website: Course Type: Administrator Claire Butters www.keele.ac.uk/kms/ MA, Postgraduate Diploma pgmahrmirparttime

Overview oriented researchers, with research some professional experience. interests and publications in the A critical approach to both the The teaching of Human Resource areas of globalisation, migration, literature and practice provides Management and Industrial public sector pay and industrial a solid academic foundation for Relations at Keele has its roots relations, trade union organisation, those wanting a career in the in adult education. It is dedicated and industrial relations in the fi eld, whether as practitioners or to the widest possible access for European Union. academics. The programme also potential students and was provides a foundation for pursuing pursuing the system of lifelong Facilities further study at doctoral level and learning long before the term we currently have several doctoral became popular. Postgraduate students benefi t students who have progressed from a wide range of support from our MA programme. We are a main provider of including research training, and Human Resource Management accessible tutors and supervisors. Entry Requirements and Industrial Relations courses At the beginning of the course each and research in the UK, with over student is allocated a personal Applicants are normally required 90 part-time and full-time Academic Tutor, whose role is to to hold at least a second-class postgraduates. Our students come work with the student to cultivate honours degree (2.1 or 2.2) or from a wide range of backgrounds understanding of key course overseas equivalent. Students and disciplines. Most of the themes, develop essay writing skills who have appropriate professional students on the part-time and provide advice on assessment. qualifi cations or relevant work programmes have a practical experience will also be considered. knowledge of Human Resource Course Aims Management and Industrial Course Content Relations and are drawn from a We offer a Masters course which wide range of institutions such as has four different part-time streams The Masters courses are delivered ACAS, trade unions, public and depending upon the module choice through seven taught modules private sector organisations, and award title. The stream chosen (one of 10 credits and six of 20 and educational establishments. will depend upon your interests and credits, totalling 130 credits) plus a Our part-time courses are suitable career path. However, all courses dissertation (60 credits). Students for those in full-time employment are designed to prepare students who obtain 60 credits will be and are fl exible enough to allow for working in organisations in a awarded a Postgraduate Certifi cate, completion by students from senior role related to staff and those obtaining 120 credits will be anywhere in the UK. employment, whether in personnel awarded a Postgraduate Diploma. or in trade union functions. Drawing The part-time courses start in Teaching is conducted by staff with extensive experience of delivering on wide research interests and September each year and are part-time distance learning courses, long-term links with practitioners, designed to be taken over two years.. and who are also active, policy our courses are ideally suited both to new graduates and those with

51 Courses Courses

Our courses are designed to be Human Resource The dissertation is 15,000 – 20,000 both practicable and accessible words. Where applicable, students to those in full-time employment Management are encouraged to undertake who want to build on their own research connected with their and Industrial Relations TIME PART experience to gain an academic current or previous industrial qualifi cation. Our part-time • Managing Employee Resources relations or HRM experience. Masters courses are therefore • Equality at Work available by distance learning with Students are required to produce a written research proposal and gain residential study periods at Keele, • Pay Determination and extensive learning support. ethical approval. Material is supplied They are fl exible enough to allow Industrial Relations on research methods, and all completion by students anywhere students are allocated a supervisor. in the UK, Ireland or Europe and and Employment Law Teaching and from any occupation. • Individual Labour Law Assessment Course Modules • Collective Labour Law Part-time courses are delivered Taught modules (total 130 credits) • European Union Law and through classroom teaching during Social Policy residential periods, supported by All students take the following electronic and printed reading four modules: European Industrial materials as appropriate, and the • Understanding and Researching Relations and HRM support of an academic tutor. All the Employment Relationship modules on the taught part of the • Managing Employee Resources course are assessed through an • The Employment Relationship essay assignment, usually of 3,000 • C omparative European words, with a pass mark of 50%. • Workers and their Organisations Industrial Relations For those taking the Masters course • Collective Bargaining and • European Union Law and there is a dissertation of 15,000 – the State Social Policy 20,000 words.

The next three taught modules Dissertation (60 credits) depend on which stream you are taking: Industrial Relations • Industrial Action “I thoroughly enjoyed the part-time MA

• Comparative European in Industrial Relations. Even as a distance Industrial Relations learner the course was enjoyable, • Pay determination engaging, and set out in such a way that the work required was manageable alongside full-time employment.” Andy Hanks, part-time MA student 2009-2011

52 Courses Courses

Business and Management Management/International Business

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Management/International Full-time [email protected] Business Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Liz Riley www.keele.ac.uk/kms/ MA pgmamanagementintbusiness

Overview Facilities Entry Requirements Keele Management School offers The MA Management/International Applicants will need at least a two distinct MA programmes in Business is taught in modern second-class honours degree or Management and in International teaching rooms across the overseas equivalent qualifi cation Business. Both programmes aim University, almost all of which are in order to apply to study the to extend management skills, equipped with computers, internet programmes. Exceptionally, preparing students for the world of access and electronic whiteboards students who have appropriate work so that they can achieve their or projection equipment. Rooms professional qualifi cations or potential. The MA International may be arranged either in relevant work experience Business offers a robust grounding traditional lecture format or more may also be considered with in distinct aspects of international informally to allow students to work a weaker qualifi cation. management and global business. together in small groups. The MA Management allows English Language students to choose a more generic Course Aims Requirements programme across the Both the MA Management and the management disciplines, with a International students whose fi rst MA International Business seek to particular emphasis on leadership language is not English must have develop well-rounded, thoughtful, and entrepreneurship. IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in refl ective, and active professionals each sub-test or equivalent. Alongside lectures and seminars, with excellent skills that will students are offered a portfolio of enhance career prospects. Both Course Content leading-edge opportunities to programmes adopt a critical enhance their career prospects, management studies perspective, Compulsory modules are designed which, depending on electives contributing to (and pre-dating) to ensure that students develop registered for, may include a study the current debates regarding the expertise in their specialist area, as trip, explorations of personal and future of capitalism and the often well as developing familiarity with team-building skills, the undertaking problematic relationship between other business functions such as of a consultancy study, and some globalisation, organisation and the marketing, accounting and fi nance. competitively allocated domestic wider social environment. Elective (optional) modules enable internships where students will learn Our teaching and learning strategy students to hone their theoretical ‘on the job’ in real-life businesses is wide-ranging and innovative, and practical skills in individual (while the School is keen to offer the seeking to give students a rich topics. The combination of full range of those opportunities in learning environment that draws theoretical and practical modules is any given year, availability cannot actively on both academic research designed so that students graduate be guaranteed). and business practice. with a critical perspective on current international business practices, as well as having practical experience of real-world issues.

53 Courses Courses

In the first semester, students on pathways and specialise in either specialising in the study of business both MA programmes follow a Management or International behaviour in the global economy. common set of modules Business. Here students will be able Following successful completion introducing them to a consolidated to move to a deeper knowledge of the taught components of the perspective on management and and understanding of business and programmes, students can choose international business at Masters management, either concentrating to complete a dissertation or do a level. In the second semester, on the strategic and operational Company Internship. students select one of two aspects of business management or FULL TIME

Course Modules Semester One Title Credits Status Critical Management Studies 15 Compulsory Globalisation and International Management 15 Compulsory Accounting and Finance 15 Compulsory Marketing and Operations 15 Compulsory

Semester Two Title Credits Status Leadership 15 Compulsory (Management) Entrepreneurship 15 Compulsory (Management) International Business Developments 15 Compulsory (International Business) International Financial Reporting 15 Compulsory (International Business) Creativity and Personal Development (study trip) 15 Compulsory

Elective options For the remaining 15 credits, students can choose among the following options:

Title Credits Status Branding 15 Option Strategic Human Resource Management 15 Option Commerce and Information Technology 15 Option Semester Three Students who pass all elements of the taught programme then progress to do either a dissertation or a Company Internship:

Title Credits Dissertation 60 Company Internship 60

Teaching and Assessment on the MA is worth 15 credits. This and contact times as advertised, corresponds to 150 hours of study, devote adequate time to The MA is taught by a mixture of which is normally broken down into assignment preparation and assigned lectures, tutorials, classes, taught contact hours, assessment supplementary readings. seminars and other teaching preparation, class preparation and formats such as the study trip. independent study. The programme The programme starts in Keele University operates a module design presumes that students September and lasts for 12 months. credit system, where each module attend all assigned teaching

54 Courses Courses

Business and Management Leadership and Management

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Leadership and Management Part-time or modular [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Certifi cate Claire Butters www.keele.ac.uk/kms/ pgcertleadershipmanagementpt

Overview Course Aims Course Content The Postgraduate Certifi cate in The course aims to place the The Postgraduate Certifi cate in Leadership and Management is hard practicalities of leadership Leadership and Management designed for those who hold, or within a theoretical framework programme is designed with aspire to hold, managerial positions. and to highlight the differences fl exibility in mind. Each of the Whether you are looking to acquire between leadership and modules is taught over three a formal management qualifi cation, management. A ‘toolbox’ Saturdays thereby minimising the looking for a stepping stone to a of practical techniques for the impact on the working week. management degree, or just want management of the processes Students can also opt to study on to sharpen your workplace skills, will be offered, and tested against a modular basis and build up the this course is for you. real work-based scenarios provided modules to the full Certifi cate over by the delegates themselves. a three-year period. Taught entirely on Saturdays, this course is designed for the Entry Requirements Students who wish to take the full busy working manager. Certifi cate choose three from four There are no formal requirements, modules on offer. The Certifi cate Facilities each application will be judged Project is undertaken by all on its merits. Whilst the lack of a those studying the full Certifi cate. Keele Management School offers degree is no bar to entry, some of Each module bears 15 credits. brand new, dedicated Postgraduate our students have already gained An accumulation of 60 credits will facilities on campus. Our lecture PhDs in technical subjects but lead to the award of a Postgraduate theatre and break-out rooms are wish to support their subject Certifi cate in Leadership and state-of-the-art, offering an ideal expertise with a management Management. This will be made up environment to further your studies. qualifi cation. Experience and of a choice of three of the modules Our staff too, offer an unrivalled enthusiasm remain our key below plus the Certifi cate Project. combination of academic excellence admission criteria and we are Those wishing to follow the and practitioner experience, very experienced in providing modular pathway can choose to including world-class researchers, support for those returning to take as few or as many modules authors and journal editors, formal education, in some cases as required. alongside experienced managers after a very long break. who truly have ‘been there, done that’ (and in many cases, all of the English Language above). Where appropriate, senior Requirements practicing managers deliver guest presentations, further Applications will be dealt with supporting the ‘real world’ on an individual basis. emphasis of the programme.

55 Courses Courses

Course Modules PLUS/OR Teaching and Modules available • Managing Finance – Having Assessment (choose 3 out of 4): effective control of this precious resource is vital to managing Delivery will comprise lectures, • Leading People – All businesses day-to-day activities and leading discussions, group working, are dependent on their people. future developments of the short presentations and TIME/MODULARPART How do you get the best from organisation. The Managing simulation exercises, in an them? The Leading People Finance module will cover informal workshop format. module focuses on leadership, budgeting, resource management, All modules except the Certificate recruitment, building teams, evaluating expenditure Project will be assessed by a performance and development. options and analysing 2,500 word work-based project financial statements. PLUS/OR and 1,500 word reflective PLUS (compulsory module for assignment. The final part of the • People, Processes and those wishing to complete the course, the Certificate Project, Operations – Your business is Postgraduate Certificate) consists of a work-based project judged on its ability to get the and an individual presentation job done on time, within budget • Certificate Project – The which is based around the work and to customer satisfaction, Certificate Project is an carried out throughout the course. therefore effective processes opportunity to bring together are vital to your success. your learning and experience to The People, Processes and tackle a business situation within Operations module covers your own company or on a process design, re-engineering subject you are interested in. quality and marketing. The subject matter will be agreed between you and your PLUS/OR personal supervisor. • Transformation and Change – This final part of the course We live in a fast-paced and consists of a work-based project dynamic world where change is and a presentation which is based no longer an option but a upon work carried out throughout necessity. The Transformation the course. and Change module will enable you to identify if there is a need for change, determine change process and overcome barriers to change and how to take people with you.

56 Courses Courses

Business and Management Marketing

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MA Marketing Full-time [email protected] [email protected] Course Type: Contact Details: Master Postgraduate Administrator, Website: Sarah Spink, www.keele.ac.uk/kms/mamarketing

Overview the opportunity to engage with this Entry Requirements cutting-edge research. The MA in Marketing is designed for The course is open to all graduates students who wish to follow a career Course Aims with a fi rst or second-class (2.1 or in marketing within a commercial, 2.2) honours degree or equivalent. professional, industrial or public Students develop subject-specifi c organisation, and who also require knowledge and skills, and English Language transferable skills, with particular an appreciation of marketing and Requirements management issues within the wider attention paid to the development business and social context. of critical and analytical thinking. International students whose fi rst The MA in Marketing is designed to language is not English must have Facilities provide a rigorous understanding IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in each sub-test or equivalent. Postgraduate students benefi t from of marketing and contemporary marketing practice, underpinned a wide range of support including Course Content research training, accessible staff by theoretically-informed and critical approaches to marketing supervisors and access to IT and During the fi rst semester and management. The course market research tools. All staff at (September to January) students combines conceptual, theoretical Keele Management School are study four core modules, followed and practical approaches to the accessible and located in the in the second semester (January to study of marketing. Successful Darwin Building. Our teaching is May) by a further four modules, students will gain: underpinned by research-active some of which are options chosen staff who are grouped within the • Thorough understanding of by the student. Each taught module Centre for Culture, Organisation and contemporary marketing is worth 15 credits. In the later Markets. We focus mainly on critical knowledge and techniques, as stages students undertake a project approaches to the study of work, applied in a range of commercial or a dissertation which is worth 60 cultures of work, work systems/ and public organisations. credits. Students gaining 180 credits organisation, and to markets, from a combination of taught consumers and consumption within • Critical awareness of, and modules and the successful the context of social and economic evaluation of, current marketing completion of the dissertation will change. Primarily employing theory, informed by leading-edge be awarded an MA. Students gaining qualitative and ethnographic research in the fi eld. 120 credits but not proceeding to methods, our research perspectives • Analytical and creative techniques the dissertation/project will be are interdisciplinary and sensitive to deal with complex marketing awarded a Postgraduate Diploma. to gendered social relations in work problems and their solutions. Students who do not gain 120 and consumption, as well as issues credits but pass modules worth of power and identity in cultural • Enhanced management skills and 60 credits will be awarded a formations. A seminar series offers practical marketing skills leading Postgraduate Certifi cate. to improved employability.

57 Courses Courses

Course Modules • Accounting and Finance – Teaching and Provides students with a • Marketing Management: Provides working knowledge of relevant Assessment an overview of marketing and aspects of fi nancial and The Course Director is responsible FULL TIME how it is performed and organised management accounts, so that for running the programme in a variety of market settings. as market practitioners they can and providing support and engage with other specialists in • Consuming Behaviours – Evaluates information for students. Taught the organisation. and explores the relationship modules are usually assessed between marketers and • Dissertation – Focuses on a by a mixed diet of examinations consumers, underpinning cultural relevant aspect of marketing, and coursework, the latter practice that drives consumption. and demonstrates engagement including essays, practical with current thinking in marketing. projects, marketing plans, • Marketing Research Theory reports and presentations. and Practice – Provides a Option modules may change Guidance is provided on framework for marketers to each year but titles could include, dissertation/project topics understand philosophical for example: and each student will be assigned debates about research, a supervisor. and to consider appropriate • Branding methodology and methods. • e-Commerce

• Contemporary Issues in • Entrepreneurship Marketing – Considers contemporary thinking • Marketing Communications in marketing, and the theories Theory that are currently shaping and infl uencing marketing practice and practitioners. This module will focus on recent developments and “This is a challenging – but rewarding – current concerns for the area of study... There is the opportunity interrelationships between marketing, society and to engage with theory and practice, not culture, and will involve just through the teaching team, but from external guest speakers. other speakers as well… You will develop • Strategy and Information Management – Widens the some practical marketing skills and also focus of study to consider learn something about what it’s like to issues and insights at be a marketer... But you also need to corporate strategic level, and to evaluate the infl uences understand the theory that underpins of this level of decision-making marketing, so you can make more upon functional areas, including marketing. theoretically-informed decisions about markets, marketing and consumption.” Dr Nia Hughes, Course Director

58 Courses Courses

Business and Management MA Professional Leadership and Management

Course Title: Professional Leadership Mode of Study: Contact Email: and Management Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Postgraduate MA – which Contact Details: Website: also carries PQ Leading and Managing Programme Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/healthpolicy/ in Social Work (Higher Specialist and courses/mplm Advanced accreditation)

Overview professionals from health, Course Aims education and social work The Masters in Professional will be strongly represented, The purpose of this course is to Leadership and Management is an so mutual and shared learning deepen participants’ understanding advanced programme of learning among participants is a core of the challenges involved in for professionals, managers and aim of the programme. leadership and management of leaders working in public and public service organisations and community services and who Facilities to stimulate improved practice. wish to develop their leadership The course offers a broad, capacities and strategic The MPLM is a new programme, multidisciplinary understanding orientation. It is intellectually based in an interdisciplinary School of leadership and management rigorous, critically examining the of Public Policy and Professional for the public service professions: relationship between relevant Practice. The programme team are learning comes from bringing theory theories, traditions of professional drawn from the School’s public of and research into the professions, practice and contexts of change policy, health services management, leadership and management and innovation. education and social work groups. together with participant and tutor Staff work closely with senior experience of professional practice. The programme examines practitioners in both teaching leadership and management in and research or advisory roles. The course therefore aims to (and for) these new contexts and the knowledge and skills required The programme is specifi cally • Survey, review and analyse the to perform what are changing designed as a development changing public services context and demanding professional opportunity for professionals who in which professional practice leadership and management need to fi t Masters level learning is set into full lives. Short, intensive roles. Participants will explore • Examine, assess and apply ideas teaching blocks are held at Keele the character of professionalism, of leadership and management with its beautiful campus and the professions, challenges to the in professional and strong sense of community. professions and ways in which – interprofessional contexts through knowledge and Postgraduate students benefi t technology, organisational form from a wide range of support • Develop participants’ personal and regulatory practices – the including access to Keele’s library awareness, confi dence and nature of professional practice is and online resources. The Keele skills in managing and leading changing. A major and distinctive Learning Environment provides an professional practice focus is upon interprofessionalism important focus and structure for and both ‘the new governance’ the distance element of the • Develop refl ective practice, and new ways of working which programme, carrying carefully professional skills and require interprofessional models selected learning resources for professionals’ ability to of service. It is expected that each module and additional analyse, negotiate, and make support and resources in an defensible judgements in accessible way. complex situations

59 Courses Courses

Entry Requirements and management OR to ‘specialise’ in the context, form and substance Applicants will hold a degree or of leadership and management equivalent; and/or appropriate of professional practice in their PART TIME PART professional and/or work chosen sector or professional area. experience (normally, a minimum The electives offer opportunities of five years as a professional variously to pursue further: practitioner). For participants wishing to gain PQ Leadership • key aspects of leadership and and Management in Social Work management, generally; (Higher Specialist or Advanced), • understandings of the public registered social worker status is service contexts in which required and workplace assessment professionals work; or by a senior professional in a leadership or management position • subject knowledge related to should be possible. complex professional practice English Language The dissertation will normally involve a research project within or Requirements related to the work setting, a work task or the student’s management/ International students whose first leadership role. language is not English must have IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in each sub-test or equivalent. Teaching and Assessment Course Content The methods of assessment The MPLM is a 2 year part-time selected to test achievement Master’s programme which of the learning outcomes are comprises: 4 core/compulsory intended to provide: modules (total 90 credits: 2 at • a blend of formative and 30 credits and 2 at 15 credits); summative assessment, a further 30 credits of module(s) the former intended to to be taken as option(s); and a support progress towards dissertation (60 credits). the learning outcomes

Course Modules • a blend of written work and other forms of Candidates for the Masters submission/presentation take four core/compulsory modules: Leading and Managing • a set of tasks that invite in Multi-agency Settings; participants to apply theory The State, Professionalism and or method to practice, and to Interprofessionalism; Management assess the value of that theory of Human Resources; and Research Methods. Through their choice of • a set of tasks that invite electives, students will be able participants to draw on (share) EITHER to deepen their learning experience and to reflect about interprofessional leadership critically on that experience

60 Courses Courses

Business and Management Project Management

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Project Management Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc Postgraduate Administrator www.scm.keele.ac.uk

Overview Course Aims Course Content The MSc in Project Management The course will cover all the The course is a full-time 12 month Course brings together basic project management programme starting in September, components from both the School areas as defi ned in the Project comprising six 15-credit taught of Computing and Mathematics Management Book of Knowledge modules and one 30-credit and the Keele Management School. and in addition will provide the distributed team project module soft skills required in team building (120 credits) plus a dissertation A successful project manager and people management. or internship (60 credits). During balances the confl icting goals of semester one students take four resource usage, quality of product, Entry Requirements core modules. During semester time to market and customer two students take three core satisfaction. The programme is MSc applicants are expected modules. Students then undertake intended to provide the student to hold at least a Second either a dissertation or internship, with the technical and process Class Honours Degree which is often industrially based. skills to undertake the role of a (or overseas equivalent), project manager in the modern or to have gained appropriate Course Modules business environment. professional qualifi cations and work experience. Facilities Core Modules English Language Accounting and Finance Postgraduate students within – This module gives an the School of Computing and Requirements understanding of the Mathematics benefi t from a International applicants will also organisational role of accounting dedicated laboratory workroom need to have an English Language and fi nance and the theory with 24-hour access. The majority qualifi cation of IELTS 6.5 (with a underlying fi nancial accounting, of the course is undertaken within minimum of 5.5 in each sub-test or management accounting and the School’s dedicated facility equivalent) or a degree examined fi nancial management. close to the computing staff, in English. which encourages learning in a Marketing and Operations supportive environment. Management – This module explores marketing and operations concepts and issues in-depth and provides an understanding of the marketing mix, strategies for new products and branding, and the strategic aspects of marketing.

61 Courses Courses

People and Organisations – modules, as the bid response Teaching and This module is intended to will require the production encourage independent and of plans, estimates, scoping Assessment critical thought on how the terms documents, risk and quality plans The taught modules are mainly ‘people’ and ‘organisation’ are and the selection of appropriate assessed by coursework, with understood, related and managed. staff to populate the project plan. examinations in some modules. TIME/FULLPART TIME Project assessment is based largely Project Scope and Portfolio Dissertation/ Management – This module on a substantial fi nal report. incorporates scope management Student Consulting and integration management, Provides an integration of which assess the scale of the project, concepts taught on the course its component parts and processes, in either an academic or and their integration in order to business environment. achieve project goals. It will also consider how these aspects impact on the organisation as a whole and the overall delivery of the “This course forced me to seek full portfolio of projects to be undertaken by the organisation. motivation from variety of sources,

Sourcing and Supply Strategy – consequently building on my practical This module covers the acquisition knowledge. Therefore I feel I have gained process for both product components needed by the and developed many skills in terms of my project and the provision of own personal creativity and development methods, tools and systems to for the role of a project manager. I was support a project. really compelled to think practically Metrics Estimation, Analysis and Teams – This module and found this challenging, enjoyable provides students with the and most importantly a signifi cant step requisite skills and knowledge in the collection and use of metrics in further career aspirations as Project and their subsequent analysis Manager and handling of projects.” for either project monitoring or process improvement. “Through the team project, we applied Project Management Distributed all the learned knowledge (like team Group Project (30 credits): building, project planning, estimation, This module involves the students as part of a small project team monitoring and control etc.) into practice undertaking the research and in managing a ‘real’ project as a team project management needed in producing a bid response for an member in a ‘real’ business setting.” identifi ed project scenario. The students will all have an opportunity The above are comments from to apply the skills they have learnt some of our 2011-2012 students across the full spectrum of

62 Courses Courses

Counselling MSc Counselling Psychology

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MSc Counselling Psychology/ Full-time [email protected] MSc Counselling Psychology Studies (full-time) Contact Details: Website: Jo Gravano www.keele.ac.uk/psychology Course Type: Postgraduate

Overview position, based on the BACP thorough theoretical grounding in Ethical Framework for Good Counselling Psychology and an The MSc Counselling Psychology Practice in Counselling and introduction to research programme is a professional Psychotherapy, is presented to methodology. The principles training in counselling and is the programme members as a underpinning the programme accredited by the British major personal responsibility. are empowerment, holistic Association of Counsellors and development, relationships Psychotherapists (BACP) as a route Facilities and community. of professional counsellor training. Candidates for accreditation must The programme offers Entry Requirements note that they will also have to postgraduate students: therapeutic meet all other criteria in line with training; research training; The course is open to graduates BACP accreditation procedures. access to highly trained staff with a good degree or equivalent, who are therapists, supervisors for example, professional The philosophy of the therapeutic and researchers. Attendance at qualifi cations. In some cases where training we offer is integrative in Keele’s annual international students have signifi cant relevant nature and built upon a strong counselling conference in which experience, this requirement may person-centred foundation. national and international be waived. Applicants must also The Keele counselling model is counselling scholars and demonstrate commitment and founded on a person-centred researchers are invited to speak. motivation; emotional maturity; view of personhood and DVD recording equipment and a capacity for sustained person-centred ways of being. Integral to the model is the rooms for counselling observation self-directed study; ability to centrality of the therapeutic work and IT equipment. present written exposition of relationship, and Roger’s belief in information and argument; to work the ‘self-therapeutic capacity and Course Aims experientially as a member of a wisdom of clients’. However, we group; demonstrate an awareness The programme aims to equip also take a strong ‘anti-schoolism’ of self and an awareness of the successful students with the stance which refl ects our nature of prejudice and oppression. knowledge and expertise to sincere respect for other, support their work as professional non-person-centred practices and English Language humanistic counsellors. It aims to practitioners. Our starting point integrate students’ counselling Requirements for the Keele Counselling Model is skills practice with academic study thus a unifying ethos which International students whose at Masters Level and to facilitate enables us to respect and welcome fi rst language is not English must student learning in the three areas a diversity of professional skills have an IELTS score of at least of psychology practice: counselling and orientations. The centrality 7.0 with at least 6.5 in each skills, counselling-related theory of a secure and constantly sub-test (or equivalent). reviewed ethical and self-development. The programme offers to students a

63 Courses Courses

Course Content requirement, this may have Teaching and financial implications, especially The course is taken full-time over for overseas students. They may Assessment one year. All Masters students are decide to spend an extra year in We employ a wide variety of FULL TIME required to take four 30-credit the UK to finish their counselling teaching and learning strategies taught modules (120 credits at hours. Alternatively, if the including lectures, large group Level 4), plus a research training completion of a counselling work, community meetings, module (15 credits) and a 60-credit placement is not a requirement tutorials and small group work. dissertation, see below. All modules for a student’s future plans i.e. Within this framework students are must be passed for the award to they intend to pursue a career introduced to a range of practices be made (total of 195 credits). in a counselling related field, which are related to relevant Students who successfully complete then they are entitled to transfer philosophical traditions including only the four 30-credit taught to the MSc in Counselling existentialism, phenomenology and modules (120 credits) may exit Psychology Studies. poststructuralism. Throughout the with a Postgraduate Diploma, course, students are supported to and those successfully completing The programme begins with establish a sense of coherence in only the two modules indicated compulsory attendance at a their own position. *below (60 credits) may exit with residential weekend and a a Postgraduate Certificate. two-week induction. Attendance at All modules are assessed on the the annual counselling conference basis of coursework. The pass mark In addition, all students have is also compulsory and at a for a module is 50%. The dissertation tutor-led training in the practical Saturday Placement day. is a piece of independent research skills of counselling, as well as written up in 15,000 – 20,000 words. access to DVD recording equipment Course Modules Masters students attaining for counselling practice with peers exceptional performance (course and for the production of case Module 1: Exploration in average of at least 70% including material for critical analysis. counselling (30 credits)* 70%+ for the dissertation) may be Students must complete a Module 2: Understanding in awarded a distinction. minimum of 100 hours of counselling (30 credits) supervised counselling practice Module 3: Integration in and have a minimum of eight hours counselling (30 credits) of personal therapy. Students may have to pay for their own Module 4: Practicum (30 credits)* counselling supervision and personal therapy and are required Module 5: Research methods to arrange these for themselves. (15 credits) However, our Placement Officer Module 6: Dissertation: will be happy to help and advise The preparation and submission students with this. Some students of a dissertation will give students find it difficult to complete their the opportunity to research, 100 hours of counselling within the in-depth, a counselling topic academic year but are entitled to or issue of interest to them. continue with this requirement The length of the dissertation until the September after they first is 20,000 words. registered for the programme. The award is withheld until this requirement is met. If students do take longer to meet this

64 Courses Courses

Counselling MSc Counselling Psychology (part-time)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MSc Counselling Psychology Part-time [email protected] (part-time) Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Bev Davies www.keele.ac.uk/psychology Postgraduate

Overview Integral to the model is the Course Aims centrality of the therapeutic The part-time MSc in Counselling relationship, and Roger’s belief in The programme as a whole Psychology is a training the ‘self-therapeutic capacity and aims to equip students with the programme which builds up over wisdom of clients’. However, we knowledge and expertise to support three years. In Year One, students also take a strong ‘anti-schoolism’ their work as professional humanistic complete the Certifi cate in stance which refl ects our sincere counsellors. It aims to integrate Counselling and in Year Two respect for other, non-person- students’ counselling skills practice the Postgraduate Diploma in centred practices and practitioners. with academic study at each Counselling. In Year Three, students Our starting point for the Keele training level and to facilitate student undertake the MSc research studies Counselling Model is thus a learning in the three areas of year. Successful completion of unifying ethos which enables us to psychology: counselling skills, each academic year enables either respect and welcome a diversity of counselling-related theory and progression onto the next year or professional skills and orientations. self-development. The principles an opportunity to exit with the The centrality of a secure and underpinning the programme completed qualifi cation. constantly reviewed ethical are empowerment, holistic position, based on the BACP development, relationships The fi rst two years of the part-time Ethical Framework for Good and community. MSc Counselling Psychology Practice in Counselling and (The Professional Counselling Psychotherapy, is presented to Entry Requirements Training Route) are accredited the programme members as a by the British Association of Traditional academic qualifi cations major personal responsibility. Counsellors and Psychotherapists are not a requirement to enter the (BACP) as a route of professional Facilities professional counsellor training counsellor training. Candidates for route at Year One. The programme accreditation must note that they The programme offers postgraduate is open to applicants that will also have to meet all other students: therapeutic training; demonstrate: commitment and criteria in line with BACP research training; access to highly motivation; emotional maturity; a accreditation procedures. trained staff who are therapists, capacity for sustained self-directed supervisors and researchers. study; ability to present written The philosophy of therapeutic Attendance at Keele’s annual exposition of information and training we offer is integrative in international counselling conference argument; to work experientially as nature and built upon a strong in which national and international a member of a group; demonstrate person-centred foundation. counselling scholars and researchers an awareness of self and an The Keele counselling model is are invited to speak. DVD recording awareness of the nature of founded on a person-centred equipment and rooms for prejudice and oppression. view of personhood and counselling observation work and person-centred ways of being. IT equipment.

65 Courses Courses

Students may apply for exemption The Postgraduate Diploma academic year but are entitled to from Year One (The Certificate in course (Year Two) runs over one continue with this requirement Counselling) and enter directly into academic year. All students are until the September of the final Year Two (The Postgraduate required to take four 30-credit year (Year 3). The award is withheld TIME PART Diploma in Counselling Psychology), taught modules (120 credits at until this requirement is met. if they can demonstrate that they Level 4), and all modules must have successfully completed a be passed for the Postgraduate The MSc Counselling Psychology programme of study equivalent to Diploma in Counselling to be year (Year 3) includes two the Certificate in Counselling from awarded. The taught modules are: further modules: Research Keele University. For direct entry into Methods Module (15 credits) Year Three (the MSc Research Year) • Exploration in Counselling and Dissertation (60 credits). applicants require an equivalent (30 credits) The preparation and submission of a dissertation will give Postgraduate Diploma in Counselling • Understanding in Counselling (120 credits at Level 4 M Level). students the opportunity to (30 credits) research, in-depth, a counselling English Language • Integration in Counselling topic or issue of interest to them. (30 credits) The length of the dissertation is Requirements 20,000 words. • Practicum (30 credits) For overseas applicants and for applicants who do not have Students must complete a Teaching and English as their first language, minimum of 100 hours of Assessment an IELTS score of 7.0 or the supervised counselling practice equivalent is required. Students and have a minimum of eight hours We employ a wide variety of should achieve a score of at least of personal therapy. Students may teaching and learning strategies 6.5 in each of the IELTS sub-tests. have to pay for their own including lectures, large group counselling supervision and work, community meetings, Course Content personal therapy and are required tutorials and small group work. Students are encouraged to and Modules to arrange these for themselves. However, our Placement Officer engage in experiential as well as academic learning methods. The Certificate course (Year One) will be happy to help and advise runs over one academic year and students with this. Some students students are required to complete find it difficult to complete their two 30-credit modules: Core 100 hours of counselling within the Counselling Competencies (30 credits) and Personal Development and Professional Issues (30 credits). Progression onto Year Two of the Professional Counselling Training Route is dependent upon the successful completion of all Year One modules and is also subject to tutor recommendation. Throughout the Certificate course, students have tutor-led training in counselling skills and will be engaged in counselling skills practice with peers.

66 Courses Courses

Counselling Postgraduate Certifi cate in Counselling Supervision

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Postgraduate Certifi cate in Part-time [email protected] Counselling Supervision Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Bev Davies www.keele.ac.uk/psychology Postgraduate

Overview Facilities Entry Requirements The part-time Postgraduate The programme offers This course is open to applicants Certifi cate in Counselling postgraduate students: who already have a Graduate or Supervision is a post-initial training therapeutic counselling Postgraduate Diploma in programme designed to equip supervision training;; access to Counselling and who are qualifi ed experienced practitioners with the highly trained staff who are counsellors with a minimum of knowledge and skills to provide therapists, supervisors and 3 years of counselling experience. counselling supervision to researchers. Attendance at They must be a member of a counsellors. The philosophy of Keele’s annual international professional body (e,g, The British therapeutic training we offer is counselling conference in which Association for Counselling and integrative in nature and built upon national and international Psychotherapy (BACP)) and have a strong person-centred foundation. counselling scholars and arrangements in place to supervise The Keele counselling model is researchers are invited to speak. a minimum of two .supervisees for founded on a person-centred view DVD recording equipment and a minimum of six sessions each. of personhood and person-centred rooms for counselling observation ways of being. Integral to the model work and IT equipment. Candidates are likely to come is the centrality of the therapeutic from a range of occupational relationship, and Roger’s belief in Course Aims backgrounds in the social, health, the ‘self-therapeutic capacity and educational and related sectors. wisdom of clients’. However, we The programme as a whole aims Applicants must show appropriate also take a strong ‘anti-schoolism’ to equip students with the motivation and commitment for stance which refl ects our sincere knowledge and expertise to participation in a course which respect for other, non-person- support their work as professional combines experiential learning and centred practices and practitioners. counselling supervisors. It aims to academic study. Applicants must Our starting point for the Keele integrate students’ counselling be willing to comply with the Counselling Model is thus a supervision practice with academic British Association for Counselling unifying ethos which enables study. The principles underpinning Ethical Framework for Counsellors. us to respect and welcome a the programme are empowerment, diversity of professional skills and holistic development, relationships orientations. The centrality of a and community. secure and constantly reviewed ethical position, based on the BACP Ethical Framework for Good Practice in Counselling and Psychotherapy, is presented to the programme members as a major personal responsibility.

67 Courses Courses

English Language Requirements

For overseas applicants and for TIME PART applicants who do not have English as their first language, an IELTS score of 7.0 or the equivalent is required. Students should achieve a score of at least 6.5 in each of the IELTS sub-tests. Course Content and Modules The programme consists of one 60-credit module at Level 4 (M level and lasts for one academic year (two semesters). This involves eight, two-day sessions of attendance at Keele University plus private study time.

Students must successfully submit and pass a Counselling Supervision Theory Essay, a Supervisory Placement Report, an Audio tape of practice and a Critique and process report. In addition, a minimum of 12 hours supervision of two counsellors must be completed as well as a minimum of eight sessions of supervision of their supervisory work: Students must arrange supervision of their supervision and pay for this themselves. Teaching and Assessment We employ a wide variety of teaching and learning strategies including lectures, large group work, community meetings, tutorials and small group work. Students are encouraged to engage in experiential as well as academic learning methods.

68 Courses Courses

Education MA Education

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Education Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate MA Programme Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/education/ postgraduatecourses

Overview • Comprehensive, high-quality (policy and management issues) study materials in wider context. The education team within the • Assessment through work- School supports critical and The wider facilities of the related written assignments independent enquiry into leadership, University include the library, a management, learning and teaching The MA programme is aimed at redeveloped union and central and critical and creative practice education practitioners working in shopping area with banks and which draws on social science primary, secondary or further one of the most beautiful perspectives and debates. They education who: campuses in the UK, with 650 support research that aims to • are keen to critically examine acres of gardens and countryside. improve the experiences of all and develop their own participants in education They have classroom practice Course Aims a very successful track record of • wish to be at the forefront of The aims of the MA course are providing continuing professional curriculum improvements in their as follows: development (CPD) opportunities own subject for education professionals, • To support the development whether practising teachers or • lead, or aspire to lead, of a community of refl ective educational managers. curriculum initiatives practitioners based on • have, or aspire to have, scholarship, professionalism The modular programme allows curriculum, pastoral or other and ethical practice in learning fl exibility in that participants may leadership and management and teaching take single modules, or build responsibilities. modules into recognised awards • To inform teaching practice on the basis of theory, research and (Postgraduate Certifi cate, Facilities Postgraduate Diploma and MA). practical experience MA Education students benefi t • To encourage the development Delivery is through a combination from a wide range of support of critical refl ection on the of self-study materials and one-day including accessible Programme relationship between theory taught sessions for each module and Module Directors, Dissertation and practice enabling the sharing of ideas and Supervisor, a tailor-made reading good practice. • To encourage critical and resource for each module, and productive engagement with Special Features access to University IT facilities. the professional contexts within The School of Public Policy which participants work, at local, • Part-time study and Professional Practice is a regional and national level • Semi-distance learning recent creation – a large and • To provide a forum for support • Optional exit points at certifi cate multidisciplinary School which brings and regular discussion of and diploma prior to full masters together faculty across the public teaching issues with peers services, which is benefi cial for • To prepare course members for comparative sessions putting health further academic study

69 Courses Courses

Entry Requirements Course Modules Research Methodology (30 credits) & Dissertation (60 credits). The MA programme is primarily The MA Education comprises three Elective modules: plus a choice of designed for those who are distinct pathways: four modules (all 15 credit) from TIME PART employed, either full-time or Creative and Critical Practice part-time in education and who • Assessment for Learning Core modules: have a broad range of teaching • Curriculum Leadership experience. MA candidates will The Reflexive Practitioner (15 credits) • Towards a Personalized normally possess a good honours Curriculum degree. Applicants with Creative Learning and Teaching appropriate professional (30 credits) • Managing Teaching and Learning experience would also be Critical Practice (15 credits) • Managing Mentoring considered for direct entry. • English in Education Other applicants would be Research Methods (30 credits) considered on an individual basis. & Dissertation (60 credits). • History in Education Elective Modules: plus a choice • Modern Foreign Languages English Language of two modules (all 15 credit) in Education. Requirements Towards a Personalised Curriculum Teaching and Subject Knowledge & Identity International students whose first Assessment: language is not English must have Assessment for Learning. Participants must complete IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in Leadership Management each sub-test or equivalent. work-related written assignments and Learning for each module, plus a Course Content The Reflexive Practitioner 18,000 – 20,000 word dissertation. (15 credits) The assignments provide The MA Education is a two-year Leading Educational Improvement opportunities to investigate key 180-credit, part-time semi-distance & Effectiveness (15 credits) aspects of their own practice, learning programme, which consider them in the light of Managing Teaching & Learning comprises a combination of theory, and reflect on the (15 credits) core and elective taught modules, implications of their findings. plus a research methods module Managing Change & Conflict leading to the writing and (15 credits) submission of a dissertation. Curriculum Leadership (15 credits) Acknowledging the fact that Leading Groups & Teams participants will be attempting (15 credits) to study for this programme, in addition to leading busy Research Methodology (30 credits) professional and home lives, & Dissertation (60 credits). delivery of the programme is Learning and Developing through a combination of Educational Practice self-study materials and one-day taught sessions for each module Core modules: enabling sharing of ideas and good Developing Subject Knowledge practice. In certain circumstances (15 credits) there are opportunities for The Reflexive Practitioner school-based delivery on core (15 credits) modules that has proved successful in the past.

70 Courses Courses

Education MBA Education

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MBA Education Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Masters Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/mbaeducationuk

Overview Facilities The course has been designed to: • help you acquire, through This is one of the longest – Short, intensive residentials an active and refl ective established MBA Education are held at Keele with its beautiful approach to your own learning, courses in the UK. It is designed to campus and strong sense of a broader, more critical and serve the needs of middle, senior community. Postgraduate students more theoretically informed and aspiring managers in local benefi t from a wide range of understanding of educational authorities, schools, FE colleges, support including comprehensive management – particularly in universities, Learning and Skills tutor packs, research training, terms of senior management Councils, and related public and accessible staff supervisors, responsibilities; private sector organisations, and access to Keele’s Library and who wish to develop or consolidate online resources. The Keele • encourage you to develop their understanding of educational Learning Environment provides further your creative and leadership and management. It is an important focus and structure intellectual skills; a freestanding course but can be for the distance element of the • help you further improve used as a stepping stone towards programme, carrying additional your interpersonal and human PhD and EdD programmes, also support and resources in an relations skills; offered at Keele. accessible way. • help you develop more Our MBA Education incorporates the Course Aims sophisticated and analytical standard ingredients of a ‘business approaches to problem-solving school’ MBA but, importantly, The course aims to offer a and decision-making within a places it within the specifi c context comprehensive and critical strategic context; and challenges of education policy, analysis of current policy and management and leadership: it is practice issues as these shape • help you place your own not a Masters course in education the forms and patterns of knowledge-base, experience and in disguise! The course covers the leadership and management learning within a wider national practical and theoretical aspects of educational institutions. and, where appropriate, of management/business international context; The course develops research administration – allowing you to • help you improve your skills through the assignments and assess the value and relevance career potential and breadth these are used in a dissertation of business and organisational of experience; concepts to your own professional undertaken from the September education situation. of Year 2 and submitted one year • help you focus on later. The dissertation topic is continuing improvement and individually negotiated and offers personal development. an opportunity for deeper investigation and consideration of work-based, local or national policy and professional issues.

71 Courses Courses

Entry Requirements Assignments are submitted Teaching and about two months after each Each of our courses is, under introductory session. Assessment normal circumstances, open to There are no formal examinations. TIME PART people with a good honours Course Modules Assessment is based upon written degree (or equivalent) plus assignments and the end of course appropriate professional training The six taught modules dissertation. Assignments are and/or experience: such (120 credits) are: between 3,000 and 4,500 words applicants are usually eligible Year 1 in length and are graded according for direct entry. Applicants to School and University with appropriate professional • Organisational behaviour and guidelines. The dissertation of experience would also be development – the culture, 15,000 – 20,000 words constitutes considered for direct entry. operation and evaluation of one-third of the total Masters organisations, groups and teams Other applicants would be programme (60 credits). (15 credits) considered on an individual basis. The degree may be awarded with • Quality, improvement and distinction or merit where work English Language effectiveness – best practice and shows exceptional quality. In order Requirements best value in action (30 credits) to be eligible for the award of a • Strategic management – Postgraduate Certificate, a student International students whose first planning for and coping with must have successfully completed language is not English must have change (15 credits) 60 taught module credits. In order IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in to be eligible for the award of a each sub-test or equivalent. Year 2 Postgraduate Diploma, a student must have successfully completed • Resource management Course Content 120 taught module credits. – maximising resource creativity, The course comprises six taught evaluation and audit (15 credits) During a standard two-year modules and a dissertation. Masters programme, students will • Human resource issues Students meet for two consecutive need to attend intensive two-day – employment relations, days in each of the first five terms course sessions on five occasions performance management and of the course. Distance learning – roughly once per term. materials have been specially team enhancement (15 credits) commissioned for each module, • Research methods – introduction introducing different aspects of to research methodologies, leadership and management concepts and issues (30 credits) knowledge and practice, and relating these to educational contexts. These signpost further reading in textbooks, policy documents and journal articles and invite students to relate the materials to their own professional experience and organisational contexts.

72 Courses Courses

Education MBA Education (International)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MBA Education (International) Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Masters Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ educationmbainternational

Overview Facilities Entry Requirements This part-time semi-distance- All teaching takes place at Harrow The MBA Education (International) learning MBA Education International School, Bangkok. is, under normal circumstances, (International) programme is Overnight accommodation is open to applicants who have a delivered exclusively in Thailand booked beforehand on your behalf, good level fi rst degree or an at Harrow International School, if required. Postgraduate students equivalent professional Bangkok. The programme benefi t from a wide range of qualifi cation, along with at least encourages educational support including comprehensive two years’ work experience in professionals from across Asia tutor packs, research training, an educational organisation, to broaden their knowledge, accessible staff supervisors, and preferably at middle management understanding and skills within access to Keele’s Library and online level or above. Such applicants are their own work context thus resources. The Keele Learning usually eligible for direct entry. enhancing their managerial and Environment provides an leadership abilities. important focus and structure English Language for the distance element Requirements The MBA Education (International) of the programme, carrying incorporates the standard additional support and resources International students whose fi rst ingredients of a ‘business school’ in an accessible way. language is not English must have MBA but, importantly, places it IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in within the specifi c context and Course Aims each sub-test or equivalent. challenges of education policy, management and leadership: it is The MBA Education (International) Course Content not a Masters course in education course offers a comprehensive and in disguise! critical analysis of policies, issues The course comprises six taught and practices in contemporary modules and a dissertation. For those educational professionals education management and Students attend 3 two-day and 1, in Asia who wish to undertake only leadership. Drawing on one-day residential (May and a short-time programme, we offer international research, the October) held at weekends at an Advanced Professional programme provides advanced Harrow International School, Development programme which skills and knowledge of senior level Bangkok, Thailand, during the consists of just two modules from education management practice. 18-month taught element of the the MBA Education (International) programme. This opportunity for and is delivered at Harrow Through examination of students of different cultural International School, Bangkok cross-cultural comparisons, backgrounds to share knowledge (see www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ the course develops awareness of and experiences is a vital aspect education-advancedprofessional the global context of education of this internationally-focused developmentinternational) management and directly assists MBA in Education. the education professional in their own career development.

73 Courses Courses

All modules are taught from Year 2 the perspective of senior level professionals, researchers, • Resource management – maximising resource creativity, administrators and leaders in TIME PART international education. evaluation and audit (15 credits)

Assignments are submitted • Research methods – introduction approximately four months after and guide to contrasting each introductory session. The research methodologies, course director assumes a tutorial concepts and issues. The responsibility for all students, but application of diverse research after dissertation interests have methods within a cross-cultural been determined, supervisors are perspective (30 credits). allocated from the teaching team. Teaching and Course Modules Assessment The six taught modules There are no formal examinations. (120 credits) are: Assessment is based upon written assignments and the end of course Year 1 dissertation. Assignments are • Organisational behaviour and between 3,000 and 4,500 words in development – the culture, length and are graded according to operation and evaluation of School and University guidelines. education organisations, The dissertation of 15,000 – management and leadership 20,000 words constitutes (15 credits) one-third of the total Masters • Quality, improvement and programme (60 credits). All effectiveness – best practice marking is full, structured and and best value in the pursuit developmental. Tutorial support of advanced professionalism is available during assignment (30 credits) preparation and supervision runs throughout the dissertation period. • Stra tegic management – planning for and coping During a standard two-year with change in a high-performing Masters programme, students education environment will need to attend four (15 credits) intensive, two-day residentials (May and October). • Human resource issues – individual performance management and team enhancement (15 credits)

74 Courses Courses

Education Post/Professional Graduate Certifi cate in Education – Primary – Initial Teacher Education Course Title: Post/Professional Mode of Study: Contact Email: Graduate Certifi cate in Education – Full-time [email protected] Primary – Initial Teacher Education Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Post/Professional Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/education Graduate Certifi cate in Education (PGCE)

Overview Course Aims • Demonstrate an ability to examine current educational This one-year (38 weeks) • Critically evaluate the place of and professional issues, and full-time programme is aimed at the subject in which they are government policy, in a critical enabling course participants to developing a specialism within and analytical manner; achieve an academic award at the Primary school curriculum; the University along with the • Demonstrate an ability to identify recommendation for Qualifi ed • Design and implement specialist weaknesses and strengths in their Teacher Status (QTS) for working subject components in the school own teaching and take positive in maintained schools in England. curriculum, suitable for a range of steps to improve their capability; To be recommended for QTS, ability levels among their chosen age phase; • Comply with the standards of course participants are required to professional competence meet National Teacher Standards. • Critically evaluate and expected of teachers in schools. Course participants undertake develop teaching and learning study in the University and resources, methods and Entry Requirements aspects of the programme are assessment procedures; Students should have a minimum delivered in partnership with • Identify and devise suitable of a lower second-class honours expert practitioners in local responses to the organisational degree. The content of the degree schools and other educational constraints within the school; should be education-related or organisations. A minimum of align with the National Curriculum; 24 weeks (120 days) is spent on • Demonstrate their personal in particular, consideration will be professional placement in schools. abilities in the use of Information given to applicants whose degree and Communications Technology, aligns with a National Curriculum and be able to apply such Facilities Core Subject. technology to the subject in The programme is delivered by a which they are developing a In respect of applicants from team of tutors at Keele along with specialism and in their work outside the United Kingdom, leading practitioners in partnership across the Primary curriculum; a NARIC verifi cation will inform primary schools. Within the the judgement as to the suitability • Realise the potential of the world University, there is a dedicated of the degree. teaching facility and the outside the school as a resource programme makes use of the for teaching and learning; As specialist pathways in opportunities provided through Mathematics, Modern Languages • Demonstrate an ability to working in partnership with schools. and Science are offered, there is extend their knowledge and Course participants are supported an expectation that candidates understanding into new areas throughout by the Keele Learning will have relevant prior study of their specialist primary area, Environment (KLE). and attainment. and to adapt such knowledge to meet the requirements of the classroom;

75 Courses or equivalent. minimum of6.5ineachsub-test IELTS 7.0 orequivalent witha language isnotEnglishmust have International students whosefirst Requirements English Language appropriate learningcontexts. with primaryschoolsand/or other experience ofworking in/engaging have hadappropriate prior are ableto demonstrate that they It isanexpectation that applicants and the Primary Specialist: and thePrimarySpecialist: Module 1:Learning andTeaching Course Modules This full-timecourse involves Course Content age phase. across theprimarycurriculum and of theirprimaryspecialism,subjects thinking aboutpedagogyinrespect Associate Teachers to engage in The modulewillencourage and therelevant agephase(s). their primaryspecialist subject programme withinthecontext of explored withinthePGCE generic educational issues This moduleseeksto set the placements progress. timetable that increases asthe and study alongsideateaching participants undertake observation two different schools), course (which will take place inat least During theprofessional placements other learningenvironments. University andinschools input delivered bothinthe minimum of70 days taught professional placement anda a minimumof120days on

minimum oftwo institutions. substantive placements ina with Associates undertaking settings willbeundertaken, and otherappropriate educational placement inaPrimary school of teaching inschools.120days’ government-required experience training that willprovide the aspect ofcourse participants’ This moduleistheschool-based Module 4: Teaching Practice: order to beaneffective teacher. and theprocess skillsrequired in the role ofeducation insociety the nature ofthecurriculum, consideration ofsuchissues as age phase. This willincludea the primarycurriculumand specialist subject, subjects across these inlight oftheirown primary and encourage themto consider irrespective ofsubject or agephase to allaspects ofteaching, educational issues that are relevant to explore awiderange ofcurrent will encourage Associate Teachers Professional Studies: This module Module 3:Education and assessment strategies. lessons, learningmaterials and the development ofhigh-quality to make useofthisknowledge in understanding andtheirability subject knowledge and develop Associate Teacher’s This moduleisdesignedto for Learning andTeaching: Module 2:Subject Knowledge Courses 76

to bemade. of Qualified Teacher Status (QTS) requirements for arecommendation collection against thenational manage theprocess ofevidence which alsoenablesparticipants to through theuseofareflective log, programme andthisissupported self-reflection throughout the demonstrate theskillsofcritical participants are required to research assignments. Course of essays andpractice-based through written work intheform The programme isassessed Assessment Teaching and

FULL TIME Courses Courses

Education Post/Professional Graduate Certifi cate in Education – Secondary – Initial Teacher Education Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Post/Professional Graduate Full-time [email protected] Certifi cate in Education – Secondary – Initial Teacher Education Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ Course Type: pgce-secondaryteaching Post/Professional Graduate Certifi cate in Education (PGCE)

Overview Course Aims • Relevant degree (for the subject applied for) – at a minimum of a This one-year (36 weeks) full-time The aims of the PGCE Programme Lower Second-Class Honours programme is aimed at enabling are to: (2.2). In respect of applicants course participants to achieve an from outside the United Kingdom, • support the development of academic award at the University a NARIC verifi cation will inform newly qualifi ed teachers as highly along with the recommendation for the judgement as to the motivated, creative, refl ective Qualifi ed Teacher Status (QTS) for suitability of the degree; working in maintained schools in practitioners based on research England. To be recommended for and scholarship; • Experience or awareness of relevant educational issues QTS, course participants are required • enable Trainee Teachers to is desirable; to meet National Teacher Standards. become effective subject Course participants undertake study practitioners; • Observation in a school prior to interview provides evidence of in the University and aspects of the • develop Trainees’ understanding interest, commitment and programme are delivered in of issues relating to teaching preparation and is desirable; partnership with expert practitioners and learning in their specifi c in local schools and other educational subject specialism; • You must be medically fi t to organisations. A minimum of 24 take a teacher training course • inform Trainees’ professional weeks (120 days) is spent on in England; professional placement in schools. practice on the basis of theory, research and practical experience; • You will have to disclose any previous criminal convictions, Facilities • prepare Trainees for a career in cautions or bindovers, irrespective teaching that will prove to be The programme is delivered by a of when they occurred and to successful and rewarding; team of tutors at Keele along with agree to an enhanced criminal leading practitioners in partnership • develop in Trainees a record check through the Criminal secondary schools. Within the commitment to, and enthusiasm Records Bureau (CRB) for courses University, there are dedicated for, continuing professional and in England. teaching facilities and the personal development. programme makes use of the English Language opportunities provided through Entry Requirements working in partnership with schools. Requirements Course participants are supported • Mathematics and International students whose fi rst throughout by the Keele Learning English Language at language is not English must have Environment (KLE). GCSE grade C or above IELTS 7.0 or equivalent with a (or equivalent qualifi cation); minimum of 6.5 in each sub-test • Keele offer tests for or equivalent. GCSE ‘equivalence’;

77 Courses Courses

Course Content • To enable Associate • to encourage a recognition of Teachers to gain the specialist the importance of differentiation, This full-time course involves a knowledge and skills to both in respect of ability and

minimum of 120 days on professional become effective teachers learning styles; FULL TIME placement and a minimum of of their specialist subject; 60-days taught input delivered both • To develop an understand of in the University and in schools and • To develop a critical approach issues relating to teaching and other learning environments. During to subject knowledge and learning and to commence the the professional placements (which understanding; building of a framework within will take place in at least two different which Associate Teachers can • To develop a personal and analyse and interpret their schools), course participants philosophical understanding undertake observation and study experiences within their own of the subject and its place in age phase of training; alongside a teaching timetable that the curriculum; increases as the placements progress. • to develop the skills of the • To develop a research-based reflective and reflexive practitioner; Course Modules: approach to professional practice and development; • to provide opportunities for Module1: Subject Identity Associates to appraise and review and Pedagogy • To assist students to develop their development as a teacher knowledge, skills and Module 2: Critical reflections and as a learner, identifying areas understanding in key of strength and issues/targets on Pedagogical and Professional professional matters; Practice for their continuing professional • To gain insight into the needs and development, for their Career Module 3: Education & abilities of all learners, including Entry Development Profile and Professional Studies those who may be gifted or have NQT year. learning difficulties; Module 4: Supplementary Studies Teaching and Module 5: Primary School • Individual subjects offer learning Assessment: Experience opportunities for the students on their course to develop Each academic module is Module 6: Initial Secondary School complementary skills and formally assessed through Experience knowledge that will enhance written assignments that require their work in their main subject; Module 7: Consolidation Secondary the student to examine aspects School Experience • to enable Associate Teachers to of their own practice in the light understand the nature of their of theory and vice versa. QTS is Module 8: Final Secondary curriculum area at the primary formally assessed through a School Experience age phase; portfolio of evidence mapped against each of the National The modules are delivered in • to develop an understanding of Teacher Standards. There are a such a way so that programme issues relating to progression and number of formative activities to participants relate theory to transition between key stages; support students in academic practice and in so doing are work, formative feedback is provided with the opportunity to • to enable Associate Teachers to given on each essay and engage with a number of core understand the nature of their formative feedback is provided aims of the modules, including: curriculum area at the Secondary at regular intervals on the portfolio age phase; • To provide opportunities of evidence. for students to meet the • to consider approaches to requirements for Qualified classroom management; Teacher Status;

78 Courses Courses

Education MA in Learning and Teaching in Higher Education

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MA in Learning and Teaching in Part-time [email protected] Higher Education Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Programme Administrator, www.keele.ac.uk/lpdc/ MA, Postgraduate Certifi cate Learning and Professional learningandteaching/ Development Centre cpdprogrammes

Overview Course Modules This module continues to develop teachers’ critical rationales Keele’s MA in Learning and and Content for practice to a standard Teaching in Higher Education is a equivalent to Level 2 of the UK part-time, in-service programme Teaching and Learning Professional Standards Framework. that involves the completion of the in Higher Education Throughout this module, 3 programmes below, two of which participants apply general themes are also stand-alone programmes The programme is made up of and theory to their specifi c carrying their own award: two 30 credit modules, to be teaching contexts and roles. taken consecutively. Successful • Teaching and Learning in completion of the modules leads Teaching and Learning Higher Education (TLHEP), to a Post-Graduate certifi cate in Postgraduate Certifi cate Teaching and Learning in Higher with Technology (subject to approval) • Teaching and Learning Education and Higher Education with Technology (TLwT), Academy (HEA) Fellowship. The programme is made up of two Postgraduate Certifi cate An alternative exit point for some 30 credit modules, to be taken candidates, depending on their consecutively. Successful • Action Research (AR) circumstances, is after Module 1. completion of the module leads to Completion of this module alone The programme is open to anyone a Post Graduate Certifi cate in carries 30 M level credits and who is teaching in Higher Teaching and Learning with HEA Associate fellowship Education, with a good honours Technology (carrying 60 Masters degree and the active support of Module 1: Teaching refl ectively in level credits). An alternative exit their Head of School or line higher education (Semester 1) point for some candidates, manager. For TLHEP a teaching depending on their circumstances, mentor is also required, to be This module develops teachers’ is after Module 1. Completion of allocated by their line manager. skills and critical rationales for this module alone carries 30 M practice to a standard equivalent level credits. to Level 2 of the UK Professional Standards Framework, through Module 1: Technology enhanced the use of structured refl ection to learning (Semester 2) evaluate ‘what is really going on’ This module develops the in their teaching. participants as refl ective Module 2: Design and practitioners by encouraging them development in Higher Education to refl ect on their own experiences (Semester 2) using technology, both as teacher and learner, and how they might use learning technologies to enhance the learning experience of their students.

79 Courses Courses

Module 2: Technology Project Teaching and Action Research (Semester 2/3) Assessment The module is assessed by an This module continues to develop

action research report TIME PART a refl ective approach to the use of TLHEP (dissertation) of 15,000-20,000 learning technology through the words consisting of a portfolio Module 1 assesses students by exploration of an innovation of evidence with a refl ective the submission of a portfolio. introduced to the participants own commentary. This satisfi es the teaching. The project will include Module 2 assesses students University’s requirements for a analysis of the constraints and through two pieces of work: a Masters dissertation. opportunities of technology, collaborative refl ection on project plan, implementation discipline-specifi c challenges and and evaluation. solutions; and an individual 4-5,000 word critical evaluation Action Research of a programme/module design The Action Research Dissertation or innovation. in a one year, part-time course that also carries 60 M Level credits TLwT towards the MALTHE. In education, Module 1 assesses students by the action research methodology submission of a portfolio. offers a systematic approach to introducing innovations and Module 2 assesses students evaluating their effectiveness in through two pieces of work: a teaching and learning, thus presentation of their planned researching one’s own practice. project; and an individual 4-5,000 This is both a way of producing word critical evaluation of an knowledge about (higher) innovation they have introduced. education learning and teaching, and a powerful way of improving learning and teaching practice. Participants are supported to plan, undertake and submit a report on a piece of action research demonstrating their progress as curriculum developers, refl ective practitioners and pedagogical “In many ways, rather than giving me researchers. answers this programme made me aware The course team offer a series of taught sessions through of the questions that I should be asking, Semester 1 to support the planning which I think is fundamentally more useful and development of participants’ as (at least for me!) it facilitates a more projects. Participants are also encouraged to form action learning creative approach to my practice.” sets to support one another during the research phase. In Semester 2 Paul Blakeman, TLHEP 2007-8 participants can attend optional group sessions and receive one to one supervision.

80 Courses Courses

Environment MA in Climate Change Studies

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MA in Climate Change Studies Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA Postgraduate Co-ordinator www.keele.ac.uk/spire/ postgraduate/ mainclimatechangestudies

Overview Additional expert input is drawn Entry Requirements from other academic departments Climate change is as much a and from experts outside In order to apply you must have political issue as a scientifi c one, the University. a fi rst degree (UK second-class and will remain so for the honours degree or equivalent or foreseeable future. Those able to Keele’s large campus is undergoing above). Where English is not a fi rst understand and address the social, a major redevelopment programme language, proof of English language ethical and political challenges it with sustainability at its heart. competence will be required (IELTS poses will be highly valuable As a student on the MA in Climate 6.5 or equivalent, with a minimum citizens and employees. Change Studies, you will be able of 6 in each sub-test). to see these exciting developments This new MA, unique in the UK, at fi rst hand. draws on both natural and social Course Content sciences to set these challenges in Course Aims Completion of the MA requires context. Core modules cover 180 credits, obtained through four international agreements, national The aims of the course are to 30-credit modules and a 60-credit regulation and policymaking, NGO enable students to: Think, talk, dissertation of 15,000 words. Each campaigns, and grassroots activism. and write about climate change, module is delivered once a year as Formal and informal responses to and the ways in which it is an intensive four-day block of climate change are examined from represented, in a systematic, critical seminar classes, bringing the course economic, business, scientifi c, and well-informed way; Understand, within reach of students whose governmental, and civil society evaluate and apply a range of commitments prevent them from perspectives. Students develop theories about the political living at Keele. Students completing an in-depth understanding of the consequences of climate change, the four modules but not the complex relationships between and appreciate the theory and dissertation will be awarded a climate politics and related areas empirical reality of responses to Diploma rather than the full MA. of concern such as peak oil, climate change in their social resource depletion, biodiversity, and political contexts; Develop Indicative Content gender, food sovereignty, the ability to conduct and report and environmental security. on their own research using of Modules appropriate techniques of The course is hosted in the School Climate Change: Science, Power, scholarship in the social sciences. of Politics, International Relations Policy & Economics (Module These research skills are essential and Philosophy (SPIRE) and Co-ordinator: Dr Philip Catney) for the dissertation, but also give a primarily taught by members good grounding for future • Climate change science for of the Centre for Environmental academic or professional work. non-scientists Action and Thought (CREATe), the UK’s pre-eminent cluster of • Climate policymaking in specifi c environmental politics specialists. countries including the UK, the EU, the USA, India and China

81 Courses Courses

• Market-based instruments • Gender and climate change Teaching and and regulation • Democracy and climate change Assessment • Carbon trading and offsets • An authoritarian imperative? Each module is assessed by a • The EU and emissions trading coursework essay plus a range • The democratic alternative

of skills-training exercises. Students TIME/FULLPART TIME • The science-policy interface • Climate change and justice demonstrating an outstanding • The economics of climate change level of work will receive their • Frameworks degree with distinction. Climate Change: International Relations, Adaptation, Mitigation • Principles International and Security (Module Co-ordinator: Climate Change: Strategic Futures, Professor John Vogler) Policy Challenges (Module SPIRE is a thoroughly international Co-ordinator: TBA) school, and is particularly • The UNFCC and the IPCC welcoming to international • The ozone and climate regimes • Futurology students, as well as providing compared – determinants of plenty of opportunities for home • Climate change scenarios: students to broaden their horizons. effectiveness scientific facts, scenarios and • Effec tiveness and implementation best guesses We have staff with educational of climate agreements backgrounds in a wide variety of • Climate change, peak oil and the countries, such as Canada, Bulgaria, • NGOs and international Transition Towns movement Italy, Austria, Romania, and Turkey, climate politics • Climate change and who present their research all post-apocalypse fiction around the world. Students have • The EU as an international the opportunity to hear visiting climate leader • Climate change and limits lecturers from various different • The trade-environment problem to growth countries, arranged through our ERASMUS partnerships. • Business interests and • Climate change and shifting international climate politics green priorities: landscape, International students will join ecology, survival established international • A North-South deal on mitigation, communities at Keele, and will find • Plan B: green capitalism and adaptation and development plenty of support mechanisms in climate mitigation place to help them make the • Climate and security • Plan C: Geo-engineering and transition to study in the UK. Climate Change: Citizenship, planetary management Activism, Democracy and Justice (Module Co-ordinator: Professor Dissertation (Module Co-ordinator: Andrew Dobson) Dr Brian Doherty)

• Changing environment- 15,000-word dissertation on any related behaviour I, the UK aspect of climate change politics, government’s strategy II, to be agreed with supervisory staff. citizenship-based alternatives Students may be able to undertake relevant fieldwork to research the • Contesting climate change work of an organisation working in – activism and its impacts the field of climate change.

• Protesting climate change – justifications and prohibitions

82 Courses Courses

Environment MSc Environmental Sustainability & Green Technology

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Environmental Sustainability & Full-time or part-time [email protected] Green Technology Contact Details: Karen Babb, Website: Course Type: Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/gge MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Postgraduate Certifi cate

Overview Course Aims • Problem-solving and team working skills relevant to the The world is facing increasing The MSc in Environmental implementation of sustainable environmental threats which are Sustainability and Green Technology technologies and policies. posing severe scientifi c, social and is designed to provide an economic challenges to the human interdisciplinary understanding of Entry Requirements race. These challenges include: environmental challenges whilst the depletion of natural resources, giving the opportunity to specialise Applicants should have a fi rst the loss of diversity and the need in several sustainability themes degree (UK second-class to develop new forms of energy related to geosciences, energy honours degree or above) or generation, whilst effi ciently utilising generation, biological science, equivalent qualifi cation (generally existing energy sources. Tackling sustainable technologies, an aggregate mark of at least 60%). these environmental problems environmental policy and politics, Students without a degree but with and establishing a sustainable and project management. As a relevant professional training will environment requires the adoption student on the MSc Environmental also be considered. of appropriate policies and Sustainability & Green Technology managerial strategies. course you’ll gain: English Language

The interdisciplinary nature of this • An understanding of knowledge Requirements postgraduate course provides a in the areas of science, International students whose fi rst broad understanding of these technology, policy and green language is not English must have environmental problems, whilst political theory relevant to IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 6.0 in embedding the appropriate environmental sustainability. each sub-test or equivalent. specialist scientifi c, managerial and • Experience in analytical generic skills for a career in the Course Content environmental sustainability sector. and computer techniques which will allow you to The MSc programme comprises The course incorporates Keele contribute to the solving of eight taught 15-credit modules and a University’s internationally environmental challenges. 60-credit research project which is recognised expertise in research undertaken either at Keele University and teaching on environmental • A conceptual understanding to or on placement with an industrial issues. It is taught by a team of evaluate critically current research collaborator. This structure allows environmental specialists working and advance scholarship in students to obtain a postgraduate in the fi elds of environmental environmental sustainability. certifi cate (60 credits) or a technologies, biological sciences, • A comprehensive understanding postgraduate diploma (120 credits) chemical science, project of experimental design, planning depending on the number of management, and environmental and scientifi c techniques within a modules studied. policy and politics. research project.

83 Courses Courses

The course is structured into Teaching and Assessment three main sections: Modules are assessed by assignment • You’ll be given an introduction and/or examination. The research to sustainable technologies and project is based on the submission environmental politics of a 15,000 – 20,000 word report PART TIME/FULLPART TIME • You’ll take a look at case studies, that is undertaken by the student in and develop your research skills conjunction with an academic supervisor and, where appropriate, • Finally, you’ll complete your an industrial collaborator. research project, which can be carried out at Keele, elsewhere in the UK, or abroad (with approval).

The fi rst two sections also allow for a choice of option modules, according to your particular interest. This interdisciplinary course gives you the opportunity to choose from a diverse range of subjects which include:

• Environmental Decision Making in the UK

• Clean & Green Technologies: Power from Below and Above the Earth

• Trees, Forests and Global Change

• Geoscience Resources & Hazards

• Environmental Politics & Policy in India & China “Once I saw the commitment the • Sustainable Fisheries & University was making to sustainability, Aquaculture I knew it was the place for me. This Cross-theme studies are programme has pushed me to stay on encouraged. This interdisciplinary knowledge is then applied in a top of the ever-changing world of clean student-centred learning situation. energy and I believe the skills I gained This provides the necessary teamwork and problem-solving at Keele will give me an edge in the job skills to formulate strategies to market over other university graduates.” address a range of environmental and sustainability challenges. Elizabeth Marie Thomason. The 60-credit research project is preceded by a Research Full-time international student 2011/12 Skills module.

84 Courses Courses

Health Health Research

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Health Research Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MRes Sarah Skinner www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ healthresearch

Overview The MRes in Health Research Course Aims provides a broad but intensive This MRes in Health Research training in the methodologies The general aims of the prepares students for a research- relevant to non-laboratory programme are as follows: related career by providing a research in health, healthcare, • To equip participants with a structured programme of training medicine, and allied fi elds, range of research methods and in a range of research skills and and provides training in both strategies relevant to research in methodologies. Increasingly, qualitative and quantitative the area of health and healthcare students wishing to take doctoral approaches to research. programmes are fi nding it A number of the modules in • To assist participants to develop advantageous, and indeed may the programme are taught across skills of research design and data be required to undertake a year’s the health and social science analysis in both qualitative and research training (or equivalent) disciplines within the University, quantitative research (including prior to enrolling on the doctorate. giving the MRes a strong the use of relevant software Until the 1990s, postgraduate multidisciplinary perspective. programs), and provide an research was focused exclusively opportunity to attain advanced on the production of an original Facilities profi ciency in one of these areas doctoral thesis. It is now seen as part of a much broader The School of Health & • To develop the qualities programme of research training. Rehabilitation is based on Keele needed for critical evaluation While the doctoral thesis remains campus and has a well-established of health research central, issues of research design, undergraduate physiotherapy • To provide practice in a methods of data collection, and programme. Modules are also range of transferable skills, procedures for data analysis are taught in other Schools within improve existing skills and now also included as part of the the University such as the Schools enhance employability, explicit research training process. of Nursing & Midwifery, Medicine, whether in an academic This MRes programme will provide and Pharmacy. context or in applied clinical the preparation required to or health services research successfully complete a PhD and will normally fulfi l the research training requirements specifi ed within a doctoral programme.

The MRes also provides a Masters level qualifi cation in its own right for those seeking specialist research training but who may not wish to proceed to a doctoral degree.

85 Courses Courses

Entry Requirements Course Modules • Dissertation (60 credits); all students complete a Applicants should be graduates For the MRes in Health Research, 15,000-word dissertation in an normally with a good honours all students are required to take approved area. Dissertation degree (2.1 or above) in a relevant the following modules: workshops provide support subject (e.g. medicine, nursing, for students. allied health professions, • Research Methods in Health TIME/FULLPART TIME pharmacy, psychology, social (15 credits) Teaching and sciences, applied statistics). • Literature Searching and Assessment However, students from different Synthesis (15 credits) backgrounds who believe they Assessment of modules takes have the capacity to undertake • Qualitative Data Analysis a variety of forms, which may postgraduate work should contact (20 credits) include coursework, written us to discuss their situation. • Quantitative Data Analysis 1 examinations, and portfolios. Applicants should ensure that their (20 credits) or Statistics and Students must pass all the taught personal statements identify why Epidemiology (15 credits) modules before they may formally they wish to study this course. register on the dissertation. • Ethics in Research (10 credits)

English Language • Two or more option modules Requirements (subject to availability) which with the above modules will For students whose first language make a total of 120 credits; is not English, evidence will be e.g. Quantitative data analysis required of successful completion 2 (20 credits), Advanced of an English Language qualitative methods: qualification such as TOEFL ethnographic research (minimum 600) or IELTS (20 credits), Survey research (minimum 6.5 with at least (10 credits), Multivariate methods 6 in each sub-test). All applications (10 credits), Reliability analysis are assessed on an individual basis. (5 credits), Assessment and Measurement (15 credits), Course Content Independent study (15 credits). Students who are clinical A Masters degree is 180 credits, practitioners may take an option made up of taught modules module in an area related to up to 120 credits plus a dissertation their practice of 60 credits. Those taking taught modules only may qualify for a Postgraduate Diploma (120 credits). It is also possible to gain a Postgraduate Certificate through the completion of certain taught modules.

86 Courses Courses

Health Health Sciences

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Health Sciences Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Sarah Skinner www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ Postgraduate Certifi cate healthsciences

Overview Facilities Entry Requirements This programme has been designed The School of Health & The course is open to a wide to be highly fl exible in terms of Rehabilitation is based on Keele range of health professionals, student choice. There is only one campus and has a well-established e.g. medical practitioners, core (compulsory) module of undergraduate physiotherapy physiotherapists, occupational Research Methods in Health, which programme. Modules are also therapists, nurses, pharmacists must be undertaken prior to the taught in other Schools within and clinical psychologists, dissertation stage. Remaining the University such as the Schools and those from other disciplines modules can be chosen from the of Nursing & Midwifery, Medicine, with an interest in health, e.g. wide range offered by Schools both and Pharmacy. psychologists, social scientists. within and outside the Faculty of Applicants should normally have Health. This fl exible choice of Course Aims a fi rst or second-class honours modules allows the student to degree, or equivalent qualifi cation, design a programme of study that Although hosted in the School in a relevant subject. matches his or her perceived needs of Health and Rehabilitation, for personal and professional this course is a faculty-based Applicants should be aware that development. Such choice would be programme and draws on modules some modules which focus on facilitated, managed, and approved from across the Faculty of Health practical clinical skills may require by the Course Director, to ensure and the wider University, applicants to have completed at overall coherence of the modules encouraging and facilitating least 12 months of relevant chosen within the programme. The interdisciplinary and professional work experience by programme is distinctive in that it is interprofessional education. 30 June prior to admission and/or designed to be of interest to a wide The aim of this fl exible modular be registered with an appropriate range of health professionals and to course is to broaden the student’s professional regulatory body. those from other disciplines with an knowledge and understanding in Professional indemnity insurance interest in health or healthcare the fi eld of health sciences, may also be required. delivery. Health professionals require and encourage personal and Applicants should ensure that their both academic accreditation and professional development. It is personal statements identify why fl exibility when pursuing Continuing also about fostering greater insight they wish to study this course. Professional Development (CPD) into how different disciplines, and our postgraduate courses through a programme of shared endeavour to fulfi l these needs. learning and teaching, can This fl exible course is available on contribute to this aim. a part-time (2 years) or a modular route (up to 5 years). Additionally, modules can be taken as independent standalone units of study.

87 Courses Courses

English Language own specialism and to integrate Teaching and this into their professional practice. Requirements Assessment

For students whose first language Course Modules Lecture sessions are led by TIME PART is not English, evidence will be For details about the modules a variety of experienced required of successful completion offered within the Faculty (School authorities in their field. of an English Language of Health and Rehabilitation, Therefore, the student receives qualification such as TOEFL School of Medicine, School of a wide knowledge base from (minimum 600) or IELTS Nursing and Midwifery, School of academics and practising experts. (minimum 6.5 with at least Pharmacy) go to www.keele.ac. Teaching methods include: lead 6 in each sub-test). All applications uk/health/postgraduatetaught/ lectures, tutor and student led are assessed on an individual basis. individualmodules tutorials, problem-solving scenarios, case studies, presentations, Course Content For a Postgraduate Certificate computer practicals, small group 60 credits must be obtained work and the use of the Virtual The MSc programme comprises (choice of all options) and for a Learning Environment. taught modules to the value of Postgraduate Diploma 120 credits 120 M Level credits and a must be obtained, including the The programme is assessed dissertation of 60 M Level credits, core (compulsory) module of by a variety of techniques giving a total of 180 credits. Research Methods in Health, chosen to reflect the aims and Students may choose to finish plus choice from option modules. objectives and teaching methods their studies after completing For the MSc a dissertation on of individual modules, for example: 60 taught credits (Postgraduate a topic related to the course critical review papers, essays, Certificate) or 120 taught credits must additionally be completed. portfolios, presentations, (Postgraduate Diploma), or they Dissertation workshops interactive practical examinations, may study any module on a provide support for students. assessment in the field and use stand-alone basis and obtain the An appropriate supervisor of the VLE (online assessments), relevant credits. The part-time MSc to support the dissertation and dissertation. The pass mark programme can be completed in process will be allocated from for all modules is 50%. two years, but students may take within the faculty. up to five years if they wish to follow the modular route. The structure of the course therefore allows flexible learning in accordance with individual student interests and needs.

The core module of Research Methods in Health will underpin the knowledge and skills needed to undertake the dissertation. Other modules may be chosen from a wide range available within Schools in the faculty, and within some Schools outside the faculty, thus meeting the needs of individuals to review and evaluate the scientific background of their

88 Courses Courses

Health Health Visitor

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Postgraduate Diploma/MSc Full-time or part-time [email protected] Specialist Community Public Health Nursing (Health Visiting) Contact Details: Website: Lynsey Rees www.keele.ac.uk/ Course Type: nursingandmidwifery Postgraduate Diploma

Overview Facilities specialist community public health nursing. This will be actualised This course has been designed to Keele University School of Nursing through building upon the produce specialist community public and Midwifery is based at the theoretical and clinical basis of their health practitioners who are safe, Clinical Education Centre within specialised area of practice, through competent, and deliver professional the University Hospital of North delivering a coherent programme practice in a community public Staffordshire (NHS) Trust. of study. The award options will health setting, meeting Nursing and have a contemporary focus and The Clinical Education Centre, Midwifery Council (NMC) standards initially serve to meet the NMC which opened in September 2004, for Specialist Community Public standards of profi ciency (2004) is a contemporary, state-of-the-art, Health Nursing. for those aspiring to work within building which houses not only the the fi eld of Health Visiting. Students are prepared to work School of Nursing and Midwifery, with communities, families and but also incorporates part of the Each award pathway, as developed, individuals to improve health well-established Undergraduate and will be designed to develop and and reduce health inequalities to Postgraduate School of Medicine. enhance the individual practitioner’s optimise life chances, in partnership application of specialist theory to The spacious and light interior of with people and organisations, their practice area. in support of the government the building consists of seminar health and social agenda. rooms, extensive clinical skills laboratories, interprofessional Entry Requirements On successful completion of Health Library and IT laboratories, The West Midlands Strategic this course, the student is able to which not only provide high-tech Health Authority (WMSHA) are register with the NMC on the learning and teaching facilities, but advertising the Health Visitor third part of the register as a also allow and encourage training opportunities at the Specialist Community Public multidisciplinary learning and team following website: www. Health Nurse. Students studying working, an approach that we healthvisiting.westmidlands.nhs.uk/ at postgraduate level have an believe is key to developing a RegionalRecruitment.aspx. Potential opportunity to undertake a professional healthcare workforce applicants will apply through a dissertation after the course to for the future. regional application process which convert their postgraduate diploma requires the applicant to select fi rst to a Masters Degree. Course Aims and second choice Higher Education provider and fi rst and Students develop their leadership The aim of this programme is to second choice placement provider. skills on the programme, to plan support the development and Placement Providers (Trusts) and lead services and initiatives enhancement of essential undertake the interviewing process. which promote health improvement, knowledge and skills in the At the end of the selection process as well as community practitioner registered practitioner to equip all HEIs will be notifi ed of who prescribing as applicable to their role. them to develop their careers in has been successful for which

89 Courses Courses

universities and placement areas. Successful completion of the Small group work: where students NHS Trusts providing placements Postgraduate Diploma will lead to work together in small groups to will then liaise with the applicants the NMC approved specialist and discuss and evaluate practice and to undertake Trust induction/ recordable qualification ‘Specialist associated evidence, then share mandatory requirements e.g. Community Public Health Nursing group summaries in a final Occupational Health and CRB (Health Visiting)’. plenary session. PART TIME/FULLPART TIME processing. Higher Institution providers will then register the Those who have been successful Experiential learning: where successful applicants within the PGD will be eligible to students reflect on and critically onto the programme. proceed onto the Masters award – appraise their experiences subject to the rules of progression. in practice. Potential/prospective students will: The award of an MSc Specialist Interactive practical examinations be a registered nurse or midwife Community Public Health Nursing are used as formative and and will normally be a graduate. (Health Visiting) requires summative assessments within successful completion of the the programme. They enable the English Language Professional Practice Dissertation student to demonstrate practical (route 1) or the Faculty Dissertation skills within a simulated Requirements Module (route 2). environment using either clinical scenarios or a specific clinical International students whose first procedure. The examination will language is not English must have Teaching and assess appropriate knowledge and IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in Assessment understanding and the students each sub-test or equivalent. Lead lectures: where the lecturer ability to reflect in action, problem Course Modules provides students with a solve, and make decisions. framework and context for further KLE and blended learning The Postgraduate Diploma reading and independent study. approaches: where the University’s Specialist Community Public Tutor-led tutorials: where the virtual learning environment is Health Nursing Award – recordable lecturer focuses on a topic of used to facilitate on line with the NMC – comprises of six interest and relevance to the discussions, ‘blogs’, conditional taught modules: module to be discussed in-depth release tasks and access to a wide Core Modules: within a small group. range of learning resources and research tools. • Leadership and Management Student-led tutorials: where the for Healthcare Professionals student leads the discussion on a Independent study: where (15 level 7 credits) topic of interest and relevance to students are self-directed in the module within a small group or relation to the various study • Public Health and Social Policy on a one-to-one basis. demands of each module and its (15 level 7 credits) assessment. This is particularly • Specialist Community Practice Problem-solving scenarios: relevant to portfolio development. (30 level 7 credits) where case-based scenarios will be used to focus students’ • Research Methods attention and develop their (15 level 7 credits) problem-solving skills.

• The Developing Child Case study presentations: where (30 level 7 credits) the lecturer and/or students will • Community Practitioner present a specific case and use Nurse Prescribing (V100) this as a vehicle for discussion (15 level 6 credits) and critical analysis.

90 Courses Courses

Humanities Creative Writing

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Creative Writing Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA, Postgraduate Diploma, Scott McCracken www.keele.ac.uk/english/ Postgraduate Certifi cate prospectivepostgraduates/ macreativewriting

Overview Facilities • To provide students with the necessary skills to write at an The Keele MA in Creative Writing Postgraduate students benefi t advanced, publishable level offers a distinctive and exciting from a wide range of support opportunity to develop your including writing workshops, In addition, the programme creative and professional skills accessible staff supervisors, Keele provides a foundation for pursuing as a writer. University Library, Keele Writing further study at doctoral level. Room, and access to IT and Working with published writers database research tools. Entry Requirements from within and outside the University, the Keele Writing MA Keele Writing has a regular series Applicants will normally be offers participants an opportunity of readings by well-known writers. expected to have a good honours to improve their writing and to Recent visitors include Carol Ann degree (normally 2.2 or above). bring it up to publishable standard Duffy, Sean O’Brien, Jackie Kay, They will be required to submit a while learning more about the Carol Birch, Gwendoline Riley. portfolio of work to the admissions critical and intellectual context in tutor (usually the Programme which their work is situated. Students may submit their poetry Director). A high-quality portfolio to be judged for the Roy Fisher will take precedence over a fi rst Students on the Keele Writing Prize, endowed by the Poet degree and may be taken as MA also participate directly in the Laureate, Carol Ann Duffy. evidence of APEL. The portfolio development and maintenance should consist of 10-15 poems All staff who teach on Keele’s of the events, publications, and/ or 5,000 – 6,000 words of Writing Programme are published workshops and short courses prose. If it is considered of authors. The writing tutors have which constitute Keele’s vibrant suffi cient quality, the admissions published highly regarded novels writing culture – typically through tutor will pass it on to one of the and collections of poetry. opting to gain experience in one of creative writing tutors specialising the areas in which writers often Course Aims in the genre chosen by the establish a secondary income – applicant. That tutor may then reviewing, editing and teaching. • To provide opportunities for recommend an interview, on which the fi nal decision will be based. You can study full-time or the practice and study of Up to 30 credits from a part-time for this MA. It is also creative writing at an advanced, comparable programme may possible to take short courses in publishable level be taken as APCL. Creative Writing, delivered as part • To provide a supportive and of our MA programme, as well as constructively critical environment Certifi cate and Diploma-level in which students can work with courses in the subject. published writers and their peers to improve their writing

91 Courses Courses

English Language Writer in the Community offers students the chance to do a Requirements practical project such as a literary International students whose fi rst publication, a literary event, or a language is not English must have project that involves putting on workshops, writing classes, or IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in TIME/FULLPART TIME each sub-test or equivalent. mentoring student writers. Course Content Teaching and Assessment Students choose three stand-alone taught modules. In addition, The writing modules are assessed students complete a portfolio by a portfolio of work and a critical of original work. Students will commentary that refl ects on the have the opportunity to take any contents of the portfolio. The core single module as a short course module is assessed by written or to combine two modules and assignments and a presentation. be awarded a Postgraduate The Writer in the Community is Certifi cate (60 credits) or to assessed by a portfolio of work. complete four modules and receive a Postgraduate Diploma (120 credits).

The contents of each module are summarised below. Course Modules The core module ‘The Writer as Critic, The Critic as Writer’, looks at questions of infl uence, the critical process of reading “The MA in Creative Writing at Keele other writers’ work and the gave me the confi dence to become a cultural context in which a writer lives and works. Students study writer in my own right. I have never contemporary examples of script, looked back.” poetry and fi ction.

Writing Fiction is a workshop- Part-time student 2009-2011 based module on writing short fi ction and novels. “We encourage students to nurture

Writing Poetry is a workshop- their own talent, giving them the based module on writing poetry. structure and the constructive criticism Life Writing is a workshop they need to develop as a writer.” module on writing memoir, biography and autobiography. Scott McCracken, Professor of English

92 Courses Courses

Humanities MA in English Literatures

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: English Literatures Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA, PGCert, PG Dip Professor David Amigoni www.keele.ac.uk/english/ prospectivepostgraduates

Overview We offer opportunities to In addition, the programme participate in a variety of provides a foundation for pursuing The MA in English Literatures offers cutting-edge, interdisciplinary further study at doctoral level. advanced study in canonical research cultures, such as periods and texts, whilst also medical humanities, culture Entry Requirements offering exciting opportunities for and gerontology, environmental interdisciplinary and innovative humanities and fi lm studies. Applicants will normally be approaches to literatures in English. expected to have a good honours It provides a structured learning A lively research culture includes degree in English or a cognate environment, offering its students reading groups, regular guest discipline (normally 2.1 or above, a wide choice of modules from speakers, the opportunity to or its international equivalent). Renaissance Literature, through present your work to staff and Applicants with other qualifi cations the Romantic and Victorian other students. We socialise and other experience are welcome periods, to the Twentieth-Century, too, with drinks in the local to apply, and will be considered Postmodernism, American postgraduate pub after some on a case-by-case basis. Literatures and Film Studies. seminars and speakers’ talks. Students benefi t from a wide choice English Language of dissertation topics, and have the Course Aims opportunity to share discussion Requirements with students taking other The Masters programme enables International students whose fi rst Masters degrees in the School of students to engage in wide and language is not English must have Humanities, such as Global Media varied reading among the regional IELTS 7.0 with a minimum of 6.0 and Culture and Mres in Humanities and global varieties of literature in each sub-test or equivalent. (English) and creative writing. and literary criticism; to think both critically and creatively about Facilities literature in English, assessing the Course Content form and meaning of literary and Postgraduate students benefi t There is both a taught and a fi lmic texts; to develop their from a wide range of support research component. All students understanding of the characteristics including research training, on the MA programme take two of key literary genres and periods, accessible staff supervisors, 15-credit modules in Humanities and of the principles of canonisation a well-stocked library, and access Research Skills and further two that elevate and marginalise texts to online research tools. 30-credit modules: Criticism, and authors; to apply a range of Analysis Theory, and Canon, English at Keele is highly rated critical ideas and theories to the Anti-Canon, Context. A third for teaching and research. We are texts and authors they study; to 30-credit module is chosen from a committed to engaging and communicate ideas and arguments wide range of options. The degree inspiring seminar teaching and to with clarity; and to work both by culminates in the writing of a innovative and interdisciplinary themselves and as part of a team, 60-credit dissertation on a topic research methods. to deliver specifi c projects. of your choice.

93 Courses Courses

Students may also elect to take national and global contexts, Teaching and modules for a Postgraduate raising questions about literary Diploma (120 credits) or a value between periods. The module Assessment Postgraduate Certificate explores the cultural politics of Teaching methods vary according (60 credits). To be awarded the acts of recovery, restoring access to the subject matter and aims Diploma, a student normally to more marginal texts that cast of the module. They include TIME/FULLPART TIME requires a total of at least 120 light on material that is considered seminars in groups of up to 15 credits for the four taught modules. central and ‘valuable. It enables students; workshops in research To be awarded a Postgraduate students to situate literature and skills; focused group work and Certificate a student requires a the phenomenon of ‘literariness’ collective class discussions; total of at least 60 credits in context, including its relationships web-based learning using the consisting of two modules. to non-literary materials. It is integral Keele Learning Environment (KLE), to the MA programme but it can and, in the case of the dissertation Course Modules also be taken as a free-standing module, the opportunity to module by post-experience learners. Module 1: Humanities Masters undertake a piece of advanced, Research Training Module 3: Criticism, independent research supervised Analysis, Theory and supported by a member of This module is delivered in two staff with expertise in the area. 15-credit sections. Research Skills in This module focuses on central Students also have regular the Humanities runs in semester 1, theoretical and critical issues. opportunities to talk through and introduces students to the tools It enables students to draw particular areas of difficulty with and practices they will need in order distinctions between major their module and tutorial group to study English at Masters level, paradigms in literary criticism and leaders on a one-to-one basis. such as Library and IT skills, the cultural and critical theory, and to research process, and how to write a give students confidence in applying Assessment on the course is literature review. The second section such theory to a range of literary varied, and includes essays; of the module, delivered in semester texts. Topics might include: Critical Analyses of Other 2, is ‘Reflective Practice’. In this Orientations of Criticism; Formalism Scholars’ Work; Annotated section of the course, students share and Contextualism; Genre Theory; Bibliographies; Reflective Study discussions of wide-ranging Feminism and Psychoanalysis; Diaries; Oral Presentations, and theoretical approaches to Marxism and Deconstruction; finally, the Dissertation. Students interpretative study with students Historicism; Cultural Geography may also produce formative enrolled on other disciplines, in order and Ecocriticism. assessments, which although not to maximise their exposure to formally marked, allows them to interdisciplinary approaches. Topics Module 4: This is an option module monitor their own progress and might include: Memory and Trauma, students may choose from a discuss that ongoing progress the State and the Public Sphere, variety of modules, which change with their tutors. Questions of Value. from year to year, but which may include: Postcolonialism: Fiction, Module 2: Canon, Film and Theory; Victorian Culture Anti-Canon, Context and Context; Shakespearean Stages; Sex, Scandal and Society: This module develops skills in Eighteenth Century Writing; Film comparative reading between Noir: The Dark Side of America. periods and cultural contexts (early modern and modern, England and America); it compares canonical material with non-canonical texts,

94 Courses Courses

Humanities History

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MA in History Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA Dr Ian Atherton www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/history

Overview In the most recent government-run Entry Requirements assessment of research, the RAE The taught MA in History offers 2008, 85% of our research was Applicants should normally have distinctive opportunities for judged to be either ‘world-leading’ a good honours degree (2.1 or postgraduate study in History or of international importance for above) in History or other relevant at Keele. It provides coverage of its originality, signifi cance and humanities subject. Applicants the attempts of human beings in rigour. In the very highest with other qualifi cations and other past societies, from the Middle category, research outputs experience are considered on Ages to the very recent past, (books, articles etc) judged to a case-by-case basis. to organise life materially and be world-leading, we were placed conceptually, individually and 8th in the table of the best History English Language collectively. It enables students to departments in the country. Requirements engage critically with the contested The staff group has extensive nature of the past and the role of the experience of teaching International students whose discipline as a mediator for at undergraduate and postgraduate fi rst language is not English must understanding both the past and the level in universities in the UK, have IELTS 6.5. present. This exciting new course is continental Europe, and aimed at anyone wishing to pursue North America. Course Content the study of History at a higher level, whether they have recently Course Aims There is both a taught and a completed a fi rst degree or they research component, made up of wish to return to study later in their The Masters programme fi ve taught modules (120 credits) career. Applications are welcomed allows students to deepen their and a dissertation (60 credits) from people with a professional historical knowledge of a variety leading to the MA. Students degree in teaching such as History of places, topics and themes, may complete their studies after teachers who wish to undertake to understand historical change acquiring 120 credits from the the programme for subject update over time and the nature of taught modules for award of the and career development. peoples and societies in the past. Postgraduate Diploma, or may The programme develops students’ complete with 60 credits from Facilities ability to research, plan and write taught modules for the Postgraduate a substantial independent project. Certifi cate. Taken full-time, All members of staff have Students develop not only the course lasts one year, doctorates (PhDs or equivalent) subject-specifi c knowledge and with submission of the Masters in History or a related discipline. skills, but also transferable skills; dissertation in September. All are active researchers and additionally, the programme Part-time students have two years experienced teachers whose work can lead on to further study at to complete the course. has been widely published in books doctoral level. and leading international journals.

95 Courses Courses

Course Modules Teaching and Approaches to Historical Research Assessment (30 credits) – Students engage with Modules are generally taught debates on the status of historical through a combination of knowledge, and examine the

seminars, workshops, small group TIME/FULLPART TIME sources and resources available. discussions and individual Research Skills for Historians supervision. There is a strong (15 credits) – Students address emphasis on independent learning issues of postgraduate research and students are expected to work in History. on their own to produce written work and dissertation. Assessment Directed Reading in History is diverse through the use of (15 credits) – Students discuss coursework essays, refl ective critical debates in particular diary, presentation, project outline, themes or periods of History such and annotated bibliography. as Medieval Europe, Early Modern England, Twentieth-Century Europe, the Modern World, Local History or Gender History.

Option Modules (30 credits each) – Students choose two option modules from History’s research-led teaching on topics such as The Kingship of Edward II, The English Civil War, Health, Illness and Medicine 1628-1808, The French Revolution, Suffrage Stories, The Partition of India, and The Making of Contemporary Africa.

Dissertation (60 credits) – A piece of independent historical research (of c. 15,000 words), guided by a supervisor. “The history staff are extremely friendly and passionate about what they teach… The close working relationship between staff and students means particular areas of interest can be discussed.” A.B., student 2011

96 Courses Courses

Humanities MRes in Humanities

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MRes in Humanities Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MRes Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ humanitiesmres

Overview Facilities Entry Requirements The MRes in Humanities offers Postgraduate students benefi t Applicants should normally students the opportunity to from a wide range of support have a good honours degree produce a substantial piece of including research training, (2.1 or above) in a relevant independent research and writing, accessible staff supervisors, humanities subject or, for students and to undertake wide-ranging, research meeting and networking undertaking Medical Humanities, systematic training in research spaces, and access to a wide range a good honours degree in a skills and project management. of IT facilities across the campus. relevant Humanities or social Students will write a dissertation science discipline. However, in a specifi c fi eld or prepare a Course Aims students from different portfolio of compositions, recital or backgrounds who believe they a media project with a named You will be able to develop have the capacity to undertake supervisor. Supervision is available your research topic within the postgraduate work in the in all disciplines where the context of current debates humanities should contact us Research Institute has expertise: and methodologies in relevant to discuss their situation. American Studies; English; disciplines, and within the History; Local History; Media, humanities generally. There are English Language opportunities for interdisciplinary Communications and Culture; Requirements Medical Humanities; Music and study, for example in Medical Humanities, Victorian Studies and Music Technology; Philosophy; International students whose fi rst Studies in Early Modern England. Russian and Victorian Studies. language is not English must have The course thus will develop You will be able to develop IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in practical, critical and analytical your research topic within the each sub-test or equivalent. context of current debates and research skills that can be deployed methodologies in relevant in a variety of professional and disciplines, and within the intellectual contexts. humanities generally. In addition, the programme The programme is tailored to provides a foundation for pursuing your research and career plans, further study at doctoral level. and we recommend that you contact us before making a formal application. Go to our website for more information.

97 Courses Courses

Course Content Some modules may be taken from the Social Sciences Research Students follow a personally Training Programme if relevant to designed or tailor-made programme, the student’s dissertation topic. comprising three components totalling at least 180 credits.

Teaching and TIME/FULLPART TIME • A 20,000 – 25,000 word Assessment dissertation (or equivalent composition or artistic Assessment is by coursework, production) is at the heart of culminating in the 20,000 – the course (90 credits) 25,000 word dissertation (or the equivalent composition or artistic • Research Training Programme: production). Research Training is covering research skills and assessed by a portfolio consisting refl ective practice in the of an annotated bibliography, a humanities (30 credits) project outline and a refl ective diary. Each of the other modules • Individual Research Orientation: will be examined through a 4,000 an agreed programme tailored – 5,000 word essay or approved to the needs of the student, for equivalent. The pass mark is 50%. example, language training and A merit will be awarded where literature review (30 credits) students obtain 60% or over for • Research methods in the the dissertation (or equivalent disciplinary or interdisciplinary project or performance) and an fi eld relevant to the thesis topic average of 60% on their other (30 credits) coursework. A distinction will be awarded where students obtain Course Modules include: 70% or over for the dissertation, (or equivalent project or • Approaches to performance) and an average of Historical Research 70% in their other coursework. • Meta-Philosophy

• Theory in Literary Studies

• Approaches to Music Research • The Image of Russia in “The M.Res at Keele allowed me the Russian Literature freedom to build my own research • Cultural Theory project, whilst providing me with the • Research Methods and support I needed to realise its full Political Analysis potential – the best of both worlds!” • Narrative and Interpretation

• Cultures and Context Emilie Taylor-Brown,

• Themes in Local History. MRes student 2011-2012

98 Courses Courses

Information Technology Information Technology & Management

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Information Technology Full-time [email protected] & Management Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Postgraduate Administrator www.scm.keele.ac.uk MSc

Overview Course Aims Course Content The innovative MSc in Information The aim of this course is to The course is a 12-month Technology and Management develop technical skills and also programme starting in September, Course brings together to gain a critical understanding of comprising eight 15-credit taught components from both the School the management of Information modules (120 credits) plus a of Computing and Mathematics Technology in the context of project or industrial placement and the Keele Management School. organisational/business issues (60 credits). During semester 1 and challenges. students take two core modules It offers students who have and one option module. (There is already acquired some knowledge Entry Requirements also one core module which is of computing, the opportunity taken throughout semesters 1 and to gain highly marketable IT, MSc applicants are expected 2). During semester 2 students business and management skills. to hold at least a second class take three core modules and The recent growth in the honours degree (or overseas one option module. Additionally, application of IT has increased equivalent) in Information students then undertake a project the need for people who have the Technology, Computer Science, or industrial placement. broad range of skills required to or to have appropriate professional analyse, design, implement and qualifi cations and work experience. Course Modules manage IT solutions in a modern business environment. English Language Core Modules Facilities Requirements Accounting and Finance: This module gives an International applicants will also Postgraduate students within understanding of the need to have an English Language the School of Computing and organisational role of accounting qualifi cation of IELTS 6.5 or a Mathematics benefi t from a and fi nance and the theory degree examined in English. dedicated laboratory workroom, underlying fi nancial accounting, with 24-hour access. The majority of management accounting and the lectures are undertaken within fi nancial management. the School close to the relevant staff, which encourages learning in Marketing and Operations a supportive environment. Management: This module explores marketing and operations concepts and issues in-depth and provides an understanding of the marketing mix, strategies for new products and branding, and the strategic aspects of marketing.

99 Courses Courses

Problem-Solving Skills for Systems Analysis: This module Project/Industrial Consultants: This module explores provides an understanding of the skills such as project management, scope, nature and purpose of Placement

communication and team working systems analysis with the context Provides and integration FULL TIME and building. It also provides of the Unifi ed Process and of concepts taught on the knowledge of ethical, legal and the appropriate techniques course in either an academic social issues related to the for requirements acquisition or business environment. development and deployment and formalisation. of Information Technology. Entrepreneurship: This module Teaching and Metrics Estimation, Analysis develops an understanding of Assessment and Teams: This module relevant theories of provides students with the entrepreneurship and will consider The taught modules are mainly requisite skills and knowledge in how to apply these theories in assessed by coursework, with the collection and use of metrics real-world contexts, with specifi c examinations in some modules. and their subsequent analysis reference to IT start ups and the Project assessment is based largely for either project monitoring or knowledge economy. on a substantial fi nal report. process improvement. Networks and Security: Strategy and Information This module gives students an Management: This module understanding of contemporary provides an understanding networks and the abstractions and of the main approaches to protocols which underpin them. strategy in business and the information that each strategy Enhanced E-Commerce: requires to show how the different This module explores the creation approaches can contribute to of modern business systems, business success in differing, providing a theoretical and complex and volatile environments. practical understanding of problems involved in the Systems Design: This module development of web-based, provides skills in software electronic, commerce applications. design and the implementation of business information systems in order that students can participate in and, if required, manage such activities.

Option Modules “Students leave this course with a Enterprise Information Systems: This module provides a thorough background that enables them to stand understanding of enterprise-wide out in whatever career they choose to information systems and their role in a modern organisation. follow, from software designer to head of IT in a large communications company.” Stephen Linkman, Senior Lecturer

100 Courses Courses

Information Technology Internet and Web Technologies

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Internet and Web Technologies Full-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc Postgraduate Administrator www.scm.keele.ac.uk

Overview software which business now Course Modules requires and effectively manage Modern organisations require those systems. Core Modules employees who understand the principles of Computer Science Entry Requirements Systems Analysis: This module and Information Technology and provides an understanding who can apply these ideas to the MSc applicants are expected to hold of the scope, nature and purpose development and management of at least a second class honours of systems analysis with the Information Technology within a degree (or overseas equivalent), context of the Unifi ed Process business. The MSc in Internet and in a computing-related subject and the appropriate techniques Web Technologies is part of a suite or to have gained appropriate for requirements acquisition of postgraduate courses in the professional qualifi cations and and formalisation. School of Computing and work experience. Web Technologies: This module Mathematics which seeks to meet provides the skills and knowledge the information management English Language to support the design, creation and needs of global business. Requirements maintenance of web-enabled enterprise systems. Facilities International applicants will also need to have an English Language Interface Design and Navigation: Postgraduate students within the qualifi cation of IELTS 6.5 or a This module introduces students to School of Computing and degree examined in English. the contemporary interface layouts Mathematics benefi t from a and the theoretical foundations for dedicated laboratory workroom, their design across a wide range of with 24-hour access. The majority of Course Content fi xed and mobile devices. the lectures are undertaken within The course is a 12-month the School in a dedicated computer programme starting in September, Problem-Solving Skills for laboratory close to the computing comprising eight 15-credit taught Consultants: This module explores staff, which encourages learning in a modules (120 credits) plus a skills such as project management, supportive environment. project or industrial placement communication and team working (60 credits). During semester 1 and building. It also provides Course Aims students take three core modules. knowledge of ethical, legal and The aim of this course is to provide There is also one core module social issues related to the students with the theoretical, which is taken throughout development and deployment practical and professional semesters 1 and 2. During of Information Technology. capabilities needed in the global semester 2 students take four business environment. Graduates core modules. Students then will have the technical ability to undertake a project dissertation engineer the Internet-based or industrial placement.

101 Courses Courses

Systems Design: This module Teaching and provides skills in software design and the implementation of Assessment

business information systems The taught modules are mainly FULL TIME in order that students can assessed by coursework, with participate in and, if required, examinations in some modules. manage such activities. Project assessment is based largely Collaborative Application on a substantial fi nal report. Development: This module will involve the development of an application for deployment by a real-world client into their organisation. It will involve all the elements of the taught part of the course in a practical environment, equivalent to one that the students would encounter in the workplace.

Advanced Web Technologies: This module will build upon the concepts introduced in the Web Technologies module to consider the building of “The following are some examples of the commercially viable Internet roles now being fi lled by our graduates: or Web applications.

Networks and Security: • Head of IT for a local hospital near This module gives students an to Keele understanding of contemporary networks and the abstractions and • Chief Systems Designer for a marketing protocols which underpin them. and communications company Project/Industrial • Project Manager for a Medical Devices Placement manufacturer Provides an integration of concepts taught on the course in either an • Head of IT for a large academic or business environment. telecommunications company These posts and others are spread across the globe from the UK, Middle East, Malaysia, the Indian sub-continent and China.” Stephen Linkman, Senior Lecturer

102 Courses Courses

Law Child Care Law & Practice

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Child Care Law & Practice Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA, Postgraduate Diploma Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/law

Overview Facilities fi rst degree with fi rst or second- class honours or equivalent and/or The MA in Child Care Law and Postgraduate students will fi nd relevant professional qualifi cations. Practice is a popular and successful a range of support structures, Candidates who do not meet the course. It has been fully revised and including: research training; standard criteria will, however, redesigned in line with other accessible staff supervisors; be considered. MA courses at the University to good library resources; access to facilitate exchange of modules and postgraduate study rooms; and Course Content a longer period of individual access to IT and legal research tools. research. It is taught jointly by The taught Masters programme members of the School of Law Course Aims requires satisfactory completion of and the School of Public Policy at least 180 credits, made up of four and Professional Practice as an The central aims of the course are taught modules each of 30 credits interdisciplinary course and attracts to update and enhance knowledge (120 credits) plus a dissertation of students from a wide variety of relevant law and research 15,000 – 20,000 words (60 credits). of professional backgrounds. literature and to provide an Alternatively, students may fi nish The course is specially designed opportunity for experienced their studies after obtaining the so that it may be taken by those practitioners to further develop 120 taught credits and obtain a who are in full-time employment. and critically refl ect upon their Postgraduate Diploma. Each student The course content refl ects skills, as applied to a variety is provided with a personal tutor to developments and current debates of areas and settings in work with assist with studies. The course takes in childcare law and practice. children. It also aims to promote an interdisciplinary approach, The Keele Law School is highly anti-discriminatory practice, drawing upon sociology, social rated and internationally recognised inter-agency understanding policy, law and child care practice. for teaching and research. and interdisciplinary working. The course also aims to develop The teaching of modules takes The School is an excellent research and analytical skills and to place over four intensive three-day intellectual environment for provide a foundation for pursuing blocks between September and May. postgraduate students. further study at doctoral level. This structure particularly benefi ts The appropriate infrastructure part-time students who appreciate is also in place, with proper Entry Requirements ‘time out’ in an accessible academic research training, communal environment. If required, the areas for postgraduate students Applications are welcomed from modules can be undertaken over a and computing equipment. appropriately qualifi ed and period of up to four years for further Continued postgraduate experienced childcare professionals fl exibility. During the research year, expansion is a priority for from areas including, but not students wishing to complete the the School. limited to, social welfare, law, MA attend one, two-day block, and a criminal justice and healthcare. further day later in the year followed Applicants should normally have a by supervision of work towards a

103 Courses Courses

dissertation. The full course duration Teaching and in order to proceed to the is between two and fi ve years. dissertation. In the research year Assessment the emphasis is on independent Any student wishing to study Assessment is based on coursework research – there is a research TIME PART one or two modules should contact methods assignment of 2,000 the School. and a dissertation. There are no exams. Assessment of each taught words formatively assessed and a dissertation of between 15,000 and Course Modules module is by written assignment of about 5,000 words each. A choice 20,000 words. The pass mark for Compulsory modules of essay titles is provided for each all assessments is 50%. block. All modules must be passed • Foundations and Principles of Childcare Law and Practice (30 credits) “Despite not being particularly academic, • Contemporary Issues in Childcare Law and Practice (30 credits) I have enjoyed the course and the challenge it has posed me. I feel a Each module has taught sessions comprised of law, practice, great sense of achievement this far in sociology and social policy. ‘keeping up’ and submitting the work. Optional modules It has been a massive learning curve to me and I have had to work really hard. Students choose a further two modules, totalling 60 credits, However, I feel this has increased my from those currently being offered. sense of achievement.” A typical range of modules is:

• Children Looked After Part-time student 2011-12 (30 credits)

• Youth Justice (30 credits) “The dissertations are often a real pleasure to read: genuinely interdisciplinary • Education Law (30 credits) (no easy thing). They draw on legal, • Children and Health (30 credits) sociological and empirical literature and The availability of these and methods with skill that attests to a very other options is dependent upon appropriate staff resources and high standard of teaching.” student demand. Students may also substitute a module from “The programme is one that Keele another M level programme University should be hugely proud of, offered by the Law School, such as Medical Ethics and Law, it was and remains a national leader in or Safeguarding Adults: Law, the fi eld.” Policy and Practice.

There are also individual and D Monk, External Examiner 2011 group tutorials, occasional seminars and special study days.

104 Courses Courses

Law Gender, Sexuality and Law

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Gender, Sexuality and Law Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: LLM, Postgraduate Diploma Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/law

Overview Centre for Law Gender and Course Content Sexuality Postgraduate and This leading course is aimed at Early Career Academic Network There is both a taught and a people working in related fi elds of Scholars. research component. Teaching (for example law, social services, is provided in four three-day health, human resource Course Aims modules between September and management or human rights April. This structure has proved advocacy) and anyone else This Masters degree course very successful and particularly interested in further study in this provides a practical and theoretical benefi ts part-time students who area. It is delivered in blocks of understanding of law and its appreciate the opportunity to learning, enabling those relevance to issues around take ‘time out’ in a supportive in employment to study on a gender and sexuality. Students academic environment. part-time basis. The programme’s not only develop subject-specifi c content combines an analysis knowledge and skills, but also The LLM requires 180 credits, of current law with a critical transferable skills, with particular made up of four 30-credit modules exploration of the structures, attention paid to building research and a 60-credit dissertation. potential and limits of law and and analytical abilities. Students choosing to complete legal reform. their studies after acquiring 120 In addition, the programme provides credits on taught modules may Facilities a foundation for pursuing further be awarded the PG Diploma. study at doctoral level. If taken full-time, the course can Postgraduate students benefi t be completed within one year, from a wide range of support Entry Requirements with submission of the Masters including research training, dissertation by the end of The course is open to all graduates accessible staff supervisors, a new September. Part-time students with a fi rst or second-class (2.1 or law library, a postgraduate study have up to four years to complete 2.2) honours degree or equivalent. room and access to IT and legal the four taught modules, with research tools. submission of the dissertation by English Language September of the year after the The School of Law is highly rated Requirements fourth module. The whole for teaching and research (see our programme can therefore be website for details). Around half of International students whose fi rst completed in two to fi ve years. our staff are members of the language is not English must have Any student wishing to study one School’s Gender, Sexuality and Law IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in or two modules should contact Research Group: an internationally each sub-test or equivalent. the Course Director. recognised research unit that receives both internal and external funding. Since 2009, Keele School of Law has been home to the

105 Courses the welfare state. contemporary work practices and structures withinthecontext of control andalternative family questions ofregulation, social sexuality. This module explores for thinkingaboutgenderand The family andwork are key areas Module 4: Family, Work andState and transgender pregnancy. engineering hybrid embryos; regulation of reproduction and cutting (circumcision); the such as:abortion;genital of healthandembodiment and sexuality issues inthearea with anumberofdiverse gender provision. The moduleengages ethics inhealthcare policy and The focus here isonlaw and Module 3:HealthandEmbodiment and sexuality. be realised incontexts ofgender which substantive equality might and identifi esdifferent ways in formal from substantive equality can belocated. Itdistinguishes frameworks inwhichtheconcept and adiverse set oftheoretical to theconcept of‘equality’ This moduleintroduces students Module 2:Rights to Equality to gender, sexuality andlaw. explains thedifferent approaches wide-ranging literature, themodule sexuality andlaw. Drawing on the relationship between gender, through acriticalconsideration of debates insocio-legalstudies Students are introduced to key Sexuality andLaw Module 1:Understanding Gender, Course Modules of studying amoduleinIndia. Students may have the opportunity context ofthespecifi cmodule. of genderandsexuality inthe analysis ofcurrent law andtheories These essays demandacritical completed for eachmodule. A 5,000-word essay must be Assessment Teaching and Professor Alex Sharpe rapidly evolving arena.” need to bringfresh perspectives to this the analyticalandresearch skillsthey their own boundariesandto develop “We encourage peopleto thinkoutside Courses 106

PART TIME/FULL TIME Courses Courses

Law Law – Common Professional Examination Graduate Diploma

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Law – Common Professional Full-time or part-time [email protected] Examination Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/law Graduate Diploma

Overview excellent environment for graduate at least a second-class honours students to undertake an intensive degree will normally be required. The CPE (Common Professional Law conversion course of this sort. Other factors which may be taken Examination) Graduate Diploma into account include evidence of course is designed to enable Course Aims commitment to the profession, non-law graduates to qualify to personal circumstances and links practice law in England and Wales. The course will be open to with the local area. It fulfi ls the requirements of both graduates who do not hold a the Solicitors Regulation Authority qualifying degree in Law, but Overseas applications are and the Bar Standards Board who wish to become solicitors or welcomed. However, those wishing for the academic stage of barristers. The course is designed to practice outside England and qualifi cation. Students on the to satisfy the academic stage of Wales should enquire of the CPE course have a wide range of professional legal education. authorities in the jurisdiction backgrounds and experience, The Diploma will provide non-law concerned whether the CPE with fi rst degrees from institutions graduates with a further and qualifi cation is recognised as all around the country and from valuable academic qualifi cation, satisfying the academic stage of abroad. A second-class degree as well as offering an alternative training. International students or equivalent is a minimum method of completing the whose fi rst language is not English requirement for entry. academic stage of training for must have IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. qualifi cation as a barrister or Higher degrees or additional solicitor in England and Wales. Course Content qualifi cations are advantageous, The course is also intended to offer as is work experience. Work within a recognised qualifi cation even for The full-time diploma will consist a commercial or legal environment, those who do not ultimately enter of a 7-module course of 140 or voluntary work with an the legal profession. credits, spanning 36 weeks. organisation such as the Citizens Attendance is based on a four-day Advice Bureau, can be helpful and Entry Requirements timetable. The part-time diploma relevant. CPE students who pass consists of the same modules but the course are guaranteed a place The course is open to graduates spans two years and attendance to study for the LPC (Legal who do not hold a qualifying based on approximately two and a Practice Course) at one of the sites degree in Law. It is intended to half days a week. Within these offered by the College of Law bring students to the same level as modules all the ‘core subjects’ will or at Staffordshire University. law graduates for the purposes of be extensively covered. The English Our research strengths lie in vocational training in England and Legal System and Legal Method interdisciplinary and contextual Wales. It is not, therefore, taught at module will comprise a four-week approaches to the study of law, postgraduate Masters level, but is intensive introduction to the legal as well as in doctrinal legal a Graduate Diploma. The principal system and is taught during research, making Keele an criterion for admission is the September for both full and applicant’s academic profi le. part-time students. This module is Evidence of academic ability to devised so as to cater for the

107 Courses Courses

needs of non-law graduates and to Teaching and provide an essential background to legal studies. Assessment The pass mark for the Graduate Course Modules Diploma is 40%. Most modules

Lecture classes are taken alongside are assessed on the basis of TIME/FULLPART TIME undergraduates, but all tutorial examinations at the end of the classes and the pre-semester second semester which contribute course are CPE small group only. 70% and coursework set during the All modules are Level 3 – credits fi rst semester which contributes in brackets. 30% of the overall mark for each module. The assessed coursework Pre-Semester Course takes the form of an essay, problem or project. The pre-semester • English Legal System and English Legal System and Legal Legal Method (10) (24 teaching Method module is assessed by a contact hours plus library one-hour examination at the end of exercises, guided court visits, September. The Research Training visits to law fi rms and chambers module is assessed by a 3,000– and careers sessions) word research project. Other Modules • CPE Criminal Law (20) • CPE Public Law (20) • CPE EU Law (15) “A comprehensive programme which • CPE Obligations (30) drew particular praise from the students. • CPE Property Law (30) Students were enthusiastic about • CPE Research Training, the course and the staff, and were Interviewing and Advocacy (15) clearly enjoying it, while noting it to be rigorous.” CPE revalidation report by the legal professions, February 2012 “Thank you for your help and support on the CPE. It has been a very good experience and I would recommend the Keele course to anyone.” Abigail Pearson, CPE student 2011-12

108 Courses Courses

Law Human Rights, Globalisation and Justice

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Human Rights, Globalisation Full-time or part-time [email protected] and Justice Website: Course Type: Contact Details: www.keele.ac.uk/law MA, Postgraduate Diploma Postgraduate Administrator

Overview Facilities Entry Requirements This course offers an exciting Postgraduate students will fi nd The course is open to all graduates opportunity to study human rights a range of support structures, with a fi rst or second-class (2.1 or in the interdisciplinary context of including: research training; 2.2) honours degree or equivalent. law, politics and philosophy. accessible staff supervisors; The course content refl ects that good library resources; access English Language human rights are a staple of to postgraduate study rooms; Requirements contemporary politics, philosophy and access to IT and legal and law, and one of the key research tools. International students whose fi rst discourses of our times. The course language is not English must have is aimed both at people working Course Aims IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in related fi elds, and anyone in each sub-test or equivalent. else interested in further study This Masters programme aims in this area. to enable students to develop Course Content strong practical and theoretical The focus on ‘Globalisation understandings of human rights The course involves both a and Justice’ is intended to law, politics and philosophy at taught and a research component. emphasise the contemporary and domestic, regional and international The teaching occurs in four interdisciplinary nature of the levels. The course also aims to three-day modules, between course. We do not aim at a simple provide students with a set of September and April. This structure endorsement of the discourse, critical refl ections that draw upon has proved very successful at Keele but at a set of critical refl ections the varied global and local social in other postgraduate contexts, that draw upon varied global and and political contexts in which and particularly benefi ts part-time local human rights philosophies, human rights operates. The course students who appreciate ‘time out’ policies and practice. aims to develop not only in an accessible academic subject-specifi c knowledge and environment but within the This course builds on existing skills, but also transferable skills. attractive Staffordshire countryside. strengths of the Law School and In terms of the latter, particular SPIRE in research and teaching. attention is paid to research and The MA requires 180 credits, Both Schools are committed to analytical skills. The course also made up of four 30-credit modules maintaining our teaching at the aims to provide a foundation (120 credits) and a 60-credit highest standard. for pursuing further study at dissertation. The award may be doctoral level. achieved either full-time or through a more fl exible part-time programme. If taken full-time, the course can be completed within one year. Students taking the course part-time may complete the programme in 2 years.

109 Courses case studies. equality issues through particular governance inequalities,exploring such asgeographical and human rights policy andpractice inequalities ininternational examines andcritiquesparticular and caste/descent, themodule of race, ethnicity, indignity communities. Usingthethematics non-discrimination andvulnerable efforts regarding ethics, equality, of conceptual andinstitutional This moduleprovides anoutline Minorities Equality, Discrimination, required for postgraduate research. initiates theminto theskills and philosophicalinquiry, and understandings oflegal,political introduce students to differing of humanrights. Italsoaimsto rights andcontemporary issues institutions involved inhuman of humanrights, including philosophical, structural aspects This moduleexplores historical, human rights theoryandpractice. situate ourstudy andcritiqueof provides abackground inwhichto This broad foundation module Foundations ofHumanRights Course Modules causes ofhumanrights violations. and terror to assess andaddress understanding ofpoliticalviolence particular focus ondeveloping an framework. The modulehasa human rights inaglobalpolitical and legalstrategies to advance is onexploring evolving political The overall focus ofthemodule contemporary humanrights issues. local causesandresponses to connections between globaland This modulefurtherdevelops the Human Rights andGlobalPolitics and protection ofhumanrights. opportunities for thepromotion etc.) andtheirimpacts and international fi nancial institutions, movements, multinational and rights fi elds, (e.g. NGOs/social in theglobalandlocalhuman addresses roles ofdifferent actors relations. The modulealso on social,cultural andgender the globalmarket andtheimpact the positionofhumanrights in and practice. The moduleconsiders the nature ofhumanrights policy economic globalisation affects This moduleexplores how Human Rights inaGlobalMarket Dr MonicaMookherjee, SeniorLecturer fresh perspectives to thisdynamic fi eld.” to develop theskillsthey needto bring human rights theoryandpractice, and students to engagecriticallywithexisting “Our uniqueMAcourse encourages Courses 110 of studying amoduleinIndia. Students may have the opportunity to progress to thedissertation. pass eachofthemodulesinorder mark is50%andstudents must words for eachmodule. The pass written assignment of5,000 coursework. This requires a modules isby meansof Assessment ofthetaught Assessment Teaching and

PART TIME/FULL TIME Courses Courses

Law International Law LLM

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: International Law LLM Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: LLM Course Director, www.keele.ac.uk/law Dr Mario Prost

Overview explore more specialised issues the Law School, but also by SPIRE of contemporary signifi cance in and KMS – making this programme There has never been a more International Law fi elds such as truly interdisciplinary. These exciting time to study International human rights, environmental elective modules can be chosen Law. International Law fi nds itself protection or trade. The programme from a number of ‘pathways’ : at the forefront of public debates adopts the interdisciplinary focus business, environment, human more than ever before. The killing of the Law School’s other existing rights, and politics. (see list of of Bin Laden, the intervention in PGT programmes. Students will be electives below). Students taking Libya, the prosecution of war given the chance to choose from a at least 30 credits in one of these criminals, the fi ght against climate wide range of elective modules sub-disciplines (and completing change, the management of offered within the Law School as the other programme migrations, or the regulation of well as other Schools within the requirements) will be awarded a global fi nancial markets are all Faculty of Humanities and Social ‘pathway’ LLM, i.e. LLM in areas in which International Law Sciences such as the School of International Law and plays a major role. International Politics, International Relations and Business/International Law and the Law does not only affect the Philosophy (SPIRE) and the Keele Environment/International Law behaviour of states and Management School (KMS). and Human Rights/International intergovernmental institutions. Law and Politics. The pathway Neither is it simply a discipline of The Keele Law School has a long structure enables students to tailor diplomats, academics and tradition of academic expertise in their programme of study philosophers. International Law the fi eld of international law. according to their professional today dominates the activity of International law has been taught needs and intellectual preferences, transnational corporations, NGOS at Keele by world-renowned giving them full fl exibility and and individuals, from footballers to experts such as Michael Akehurst control over their learning victims of human rights violations. and Patrick Thornberry. In recent experience. Students taking their As a result, governments, years, the Keele Law School has elective modules across the international institutions, NGOS, invested heavily in the area of different pathways will be awarded businesses and law fi rms are international law. Students will be a general International Law LLM. increasingly looking for individuals taught by dynamic academic staff capable of dealing with complex with a wide range of expertise and As part of their degree, students will issues of transnational law. research interests. also have the option of taking up to 30 credits in Language Studies. The aim of the LLM in International Keele’s LLM in International Law is Keele offers courses in Mandarin, Law is to provide students from a distinctive. The LLM is built upon a French, German, Japanese, Russian diverse range of countries with ‘pathway’ structure, where and Spanish language and culture. the opportunity to study the students are given the chance to Language studies enable students fundamentals of International Law choose from a wide range of to increase their range of at an advanced level as well as to modules not only offered within transferable skills, particularly in the core UN languages.

111 Courses • • • • • International Law Electives: and change): (subject to availability List ofelective modules [email protected] Director, DrMarioProst please contact theCourse For more information, and scholarship. introduction to key thinkers research training andan PhD, by providing appropriate research programme, suchasa in theform ofapostgraduate equip students for furtherstudy on). Equally, theprogramme will agencies, UNbodies,NGOsandso organisations (government relevant national andinternational international law practitioners in seeking employment as It provides anidealbasisfor those expertise knowledge isneeded. occupations where specialist enable entry into arange of The LLMinInternational Law will

Diplomatic Law Law oftheEuropean Union Interna Interna Human Rights Interna tional Environmental Law tional Legal Theory tional Law and • • • Politics Electives: • • • • • Environmental Electives: • • • • • Human Righ • • •

US Foreign P The Politics ofGlobal Securit Compara Diplomatic Theory andPr In The Changing Socio-Legal Advocacy Community Outr Policies intheUS Environmen and itsPolitical Consequences Global Environmen Environmen Environmen Interna the US Race andJustic Human Rights andGlobalPolitics Human Rights inaGlobalMarke and Minorities Equality Human Rights Interna ternational Agenda tional Environmental Law tional Law and , Discrimination tive European Politics Courses ts Electives: tal Problems and tal Diplomacy tal Ethics olicy 112 e: CivilRights in each and tal Change actice y t • • • • Business Electives: •

Developments Interna Global Business Analysis Company La Commercial La Commercial Pr tional Business w operty w

PART TIME/FULL TIME Courses Courses

Law Law & Society

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Law & Society Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: LLM, Postgraduate Diploma Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/law

Overview Facilities Course Content This course offers an Postgraduate students will The course involves both a taught interdisciplinary approach to the fi nd a range of support structures, and a research component. study of law and society, and is including: research training; Teaching occurs in four intensive suitable for those working in a accessible staff supervisors; modules taught over three days. range of fi elds, including the legal good library resources; access This structure has proved very profession, as well as for those with to postgraduate study rooms; successful at Keele in other an academic interest in this topic. and access to IT and legal postgraduate contexts, and It explores the wide range of research tools. particularly benefi ts part-time research which is covered by the students who wish to study in a term law and society, from Course Aims collegiate, supportive and vibrant empirical studies of the workings academic environment. of law to cultural studies of law. Research in law and society Students will gain an understanding has sought to understand, explain The LLM requires 180 credits, of law and legal institutions from an and challenge the boundaries made up of four 30-credit modules interdisciplinary social science between law and the social and (120 credits) and a 60-credit perspective, as well as examining cultural context in which it operates. dissertation. The award may be the wide range of research methods Key themes which have been the achieved either full-time or and approaches that are used by focus of attention by law and through a more fl exible part-time those interested in law and society. society scholars will be addressed programme. If taken full-time, the in this course, including the course can be completed within The course is taught in blocks meaning and complexity of legal one year, with submission of the of study, enabling those in issues, the relation between law Masters dissertation by the end of employment to study on a and social relations, globalisation, September. Students taking the part-time basis. Students are and the ways in which law can be course part-time may complete the required to take an introductory deployed for change. Different four taught modules in Year One, module in law and society and research methods will also be with submission of the dissertation will then be allowed to choose considered, such as empirical by September a year later, individually from the wide approaches, feminist methods, completing the whole programme variety offered by the Law School, and cultural criticism. in two years. For additional including those on the LLM in fl exibility, students taking the Gender, Sexuality and Human Entry Requirements course part-time may have up to Rights and the MA in Human four years to complete the four Rights, Globalisation and Justice. The course is open to all graduates taught modules, with submission with a fi rst or second-class honours of the dissertation by September degree. International students of the year after the fourth module, whose fi rst language is not English completing the whole programme must have IELTS 6.5 or equivalent. in between two and fi ve years.

113 Courses • Public Health • Life andDeath • Autonomy andPaternalism • Children Looked After • Children &Medicine • Contemporary Issues inChild • Family, Work andthe State • Rights to Equality • Health and Embodiment • Human Rights andGlobalPolitics • Human Rights inaGlobalMarket • Equality, Discrimination to availability): Optional modulesinclude(subject research methods. arise inselecting appropriate also examine theissues that for change. The modulewill ways inwhichlaw canbedeployed law andsocialrelations, andthe such astherelation between scholarship by usingkey themes, which feature inlaw andsociety of topics andresearch methods introducing themto therange interdisciplinary perspective, and legalinstitutions from an a broad understanding oflaw for thecourse. Itoffers students This moduleprovides abasis and Society (compulsory module): Introduction to Research inLaw Course Modules Course Director. case, you shouldcontact the one ortwo modules.Ifthisisthe may beinterested intakingjust complete thewholecourse but Some students may notwishto Care, Law &Practice and Minorities to progress to thedissertation. pass eachofthemodulesinorder mark is50%andstudents must words for eachmodule. The pass written assignment of5,000 coursework. This requires a modules isby meansof Assessment ofthetaught Assessment Teaching and • The Emergence of • Introduction to Moral and • Foundations &PrinciplesofChild • Understanding Gender, Sexuality • Foundations ofHumanRights • Safeguarding andCarers • Mental Capacity • Safeguarding Adults: Law and Society Course Director Professor FionaCownie, stimulating andexciting.” and legalissues. Students fi ndthis course fascinating insights into arange ofsocial “Law andSociety research offers Safeguarding Adults Legal Concepts Care Law &Practice and Law Interventions Courses 114

PART TIME/FULL TIME Courses Courses

Law Safeguarding Adults: Law, Policy & Practice

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Safeguarding Adults: Law, Policy Full-time or part-time [email protected] & Practice Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/law MA, Postgraduate Diploma

Overview ethical dilemmas, and • Develop a critical awareness understanding of key concepts, of the social and political The School of Law offers a such as ‘autonomy’ from a contexts in which law and new Masters Degree Programme legal and ethical perspective, practice is located. for social, legal, police, healthcare are an essential theoretical and other professionals working underpinning to understanding • Develop a critical perspective with adults. The course is of safeguarding and for competent in the assessment and evaluation specially designed so that it may professional practice. of research, law scholarship, be taken by those who are in policy and practice in adult full-time employment. Facilities safeguarding. • Develop critical and analytical The central aims of the course are Postgraduate students will skills in order to interrogate to update and enhance knowledge fi nd a range of support structures, practical legal problems and of relevant law and research including: research training; to justify decisions. literature and to provide an accessible staff supervisors; opportunity for experienced good library resources; access • Develop the ability to work practitioners to further develop to postgraduate study rooms; independently in a coherent, and critically refl ect upon their and access to IT and legal focused and productive way. skills, as applied to safeguarding research tools. adults in a variety of settings. • Encourage interdisciplinarity Course Aims via the student experience – It aims to promote anti- interprofessional student groups, discriminatory practice, The aims of this programme are to learning and teaching provided inter-agency understanding introduce key principles of by a range of academics, and interdisciplinary working. interdisciplinary, socio-legal professionals and policy makers. The course also aims to develop research methods and scholarship, research and analytical facilitate the development of The programme is structured in skills and to provide a foundation higher-level critical analysis, and a way that allows students to for pursuing further study at develop the students’ capacity for maintain full-time employment doctoral level. original thinking in relation to the while studying, with teaching for complex issues arising in socio-legal each module taking place over It is an interdisciplinary course an intensive three-day period. comprising contributions from law, scholarship. More specifi cally, the programme aims to: The programme, therefore, policy, practice and health. As part is designed to appeal to both of the School of Law, the Centre • Develop a practical and the ‘conventional’ postgraduate for Professional Ethics (PEAK) will theoretical understanding of student and specifi cally, those make an essential contribution to Safeguarding Adults. already engaged professionally the course. Safeguarding Adults in this area of activity, in social work engages with a multitude of work, health, the legal profession or otherwise.

115 Courses Course Content qualifi cations and/or experience. person withappropriate professional related discipline, orany other second-class honours degree ina to graduates withafi rst or Law, Policy andPractice, isopen The MAinSafeguarding Adults: Entry Requirements programme, withaparticularfocus successful completion ofaMasters critical analysis necessary for the students to theresearch skills and safeguarding. They alsointroduce of andcriticalengagement with foundation for theunderstanding These modulesprovide a Safeguarding Adults: Interventions. Adult Safeguarding, and modules: The Emergence of There are two compulsory Course Modules the dissertation module. modules before proceeding to must complete allfour taught four taught modules). Astudent (on satisfactory completion of Postgraduate Diploma of two taught modules) ora (on satisfactory completion a Postgraduate Certifi cate possible to exit thecourse with module. Asanalternative, itis followed by adissertation will study four taught modules To achieve theMA,students and external commitments. depending ontheirpreference year orupto fi ve years, the entire programme inone per year andmay complete study from oneto fi ve modules Students may chooseto all assessments is50%. for eachblock.The pass markfor A choice ofessay titlesisprovided proceed to thedissertation. must bepassed inorder to essay of5,000 words. Allmodules Each moduleisassessed by an Assessment Teaching and Law, orChildCare Law andPractice. School, suchasMedicalEthics and programme offered by theLaw module from anotherMlevel substitute for eitherofthesea and Carers’, thoughstudents may ‘Mental Capacity’ and‘Safeguarding further elective modules, usually Thereafter, students willtake two research methods. on interdisciplinary socio-legal Part-time student 2011-12 of thefi rst MAofitskindinEngland.” “I amvery proud to be inthefi rst cohort Part-time student 2011-12 work ifitwas not for doingthis.” I would nothave triedreclaiming social fi rst year professionally andpersonally. I know Ihave gainedsomuchfrom the social policy etc was suchastrength – combination ofelements ofethics, law, “This was awell puttogether MA,the Courses 116

PART TIME/FULL TIME Courses Courses

Media Studies Global Media and Culture

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Global Media and Culture Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA, Postgraduate Diploma, Dr Mark Featherstone www.keele.ac.uk/mcc/ Postgraduate Certifi cate forapplicants/postgraduate/ mainglobalmediaandculture

Introduction Course Content Globalisation, Culture, Society This module aims to enable The MA in Global Media and Modules Culture seeks to explore the students to engage critically relationship between globalisation Research Skills in the Humanities with the processual nature of globalisation and to recognise and media and cultural production, This module is designed for new the impact of the processes of critically analyse cultural texts and research students, and is intended globalisation on contemporary practices from around the world, to serve as an introduction to the culture and society. It will also and engage in practical creative central aspects of the process of allow students to identify and production. In addition, it aims to academic research and to provide analyse critically a variety of provide the skills necessary for training in technical skills to assist theoretical perspectives on academic study at an advanced students in developing and processes of globalisation, and to level either for those wishing to go managing research. on to further academic research, enable students to apply cultural theories of globalisation to a or as an advanced preparation Refl ective Practice in the Humanities for those interested in pursuing variety of substantive examples. The aim of this module is to careers in a range of media and develop and extend the practical culture industries. Contemporary Cultural skills acquired in the fi rst semester and Media Theory Entry Requirements by engaging in more academically focused work on key This module aims to introduce An honours degree at second methodological and theoretical students to, and further develop class or higher (or international issues in the Humanities today. their knowledge of cultural theory equivalent) in Media Studies, The student will be introduced appropriate to the fi eld of Media, Cultural Studies or another to a variety of key theoretical Communications and Culture. appropriate Humanities or Social and methodological texts and It enables students to explore Sciences subject. Applicants with encouraged to engage in some of the major movements other qualifi cations and appropriate interdisciplinary discussion. in cultural theory, including fi lm experience will be considered on a You will also be asked to refl ect theory. Students will examine key case-by-case basis. on the place of your own work issues in twentieth-century cultural within your discipline and the theory and explore the complexity English Language Humanities more broadly. of these issues in relation to social and cultural change. Requirements International students whose fi rst language is not English must have IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in each sub-test or equivalent

.

117 Courses Courses

Colonialism and Postcolonialism: Dissertation/Media Teaching and Fiction, Film and Theory Project Assessment This module aims to provide the knowledge and skills necessary for The Dissertation/Media Project The degree is assessed by a the advanced critical analysis of module is a substantial piece of range of methods including

theories related to colonialism postgraduate work that engages essays, short papers, posters, TIME/FULLPART TIME and post-colonialism. It will allow the student in independent and presentations, workbooks, students to engage with those original work in the fi eld of global and practical projects, theories in the analysis of selected media and cultural studies. The including photo documentaries colonial and post-colonial fi ction project will be based on a topic and videos. and fi lm. Works covered on the agreed between the student and module may include fi ction by the supervisor. It will draw on the Joseph Conrad, E. M. Forster, research interests of the student as Salman Rushdie, Chinua Achebe, developed during the fi rst two Zadie Smith, Monica Ali, and the semesters of the MA in Global fi lms A Passage to India, Media and Cultures programme Apocalypse Now, East is East and will benefi t from the research and Slumdog Millionaire. expertise of relevant supervisors in the Schools of Humanities and/or Sustained Media/ Criminology and Sociology. In this module students choose to Cultural Practice produce either a traditional academic piece of work or a This module allows students to critically informed piece of produce a practical project and creative practice. workbook which will culminate in a fi nal-year show. Content is determined by individual negotiation between student and designated tutor. The Media Project presents an opportunity for you to explore in-depth an area of particular interest for which you must complete an extended piece of focused research and production.

“The Keele Masters in Global Media and Culture teaches students cutting-edge cultural and media theory and gives them a critical toolbox to inform their own creative practice.” Dr Mark Featherstone, Programme Director, Global Media and Culture

118 Courses Courses

Medicine Biomedical Blood Science

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Biomedical Blood Science Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Certifi cate, Programme Director, Glenn Hussey www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ Postgraduate Diploma, Masters biomedicalbloodscience

Overview Facilities Immunology and Haematology, considering the potential The overarching educational aim Postgraduate students benefi t from implications for patients, health of this programme is to take a a wide range of support including: workers and research detailed exploration of three core an open door policy from all disciplines within a typical academic staff, a dedicated • Develop a critical awareness of Pathology laboratory: Clinical postgraduate study room and Biomedical ethics and integrate Biochemistry, Medical Immunology access to dedicated teaching these issues into project and Haematology. These three laboratories recently refi tted at a management including grant disciplines make up the Blood cost of £3.3 million. application and business planning Science department. We explore A considerable proportion of the • Promote student autonomy the kind of disease states, and innovation laboratory tests and analysis teaching within Biomedical Blood relevant to these key areas. Science is delivered through small • Direct students to integrate a group sessions. complex knowledge base to Alongside this core academic The programme is supported by a resolve professional problems basis, the programme also aims to and project development develop key professional skills number of guest speakers working and nurture new attitudes to within the National Health Service • Acquire advanced laboratory the approach, integration and to provide a thorough clinical and practical competencies and application of new knowledge diagnostic context to the learning high-level analytical skills and problem-solving. and teaching environment. This includes Senior Biomedical • Promote and sustain Typical career pathways include: Scientists, Clinical Scientists, communities of practice to share clinical or diagnostic scientifi c roles Medical Consultants and best practice, encourage a within a hospital environment, world-leading Researchers. multidisciplinary approach to the private sector, for example, problem-solving and develop pharmaceutical, commercial and Course Aims extensive communication skills biotechnology companies as well to convey complex knowledge, as academic roles such as teaching, • Develop students’ knowledge explanations and personal research and PhDs. and understanding of different fi ndings to specialist and theoretical perspectives, non-specialist listeners This programme is fully accredited methodological approaches, and recognised by the Institute of research interests and practical • Provide a wide range of learning Biomedical Science (IBMS) as the applications within Blood Science activities and a diverse assessment professional body of Biomedical strategy to fully develop Scientists within the UK. • Explore and critique clinical, employability and academic skills, diagnostic and research ensuring both professional and implications within the fi elds of academic attainment. Clinical Biochemistry, Medical

119 Courses Courses

Entry Requirements Module 4 & 6: Family, Clinical Module 9: Dissertation – Blood Pathology I and II Science Research Project The course is open to all graduates with a first or second-class (2.1 or Exposure to a wide range of This three month, full-time, 2.2) honours degree or equivalent. expert practitioners ensures a independent project represents practice-based, real-time the culmination of the learning English Language context as students investigate experience throughout the TIME/FULLPART TIME specific disease states that programme. Students undertake Requirements highlight current trends and a substantial clinical audit/ important insights into evaluating dissertation/laboratory-based International students whose first patient health including: research project in a chosen field language is not English must have screening, diagnosis, monitoring of Blood Science working alongside IELTS 6.5. disease status, evaluating patient experts and professionals practicing Course Modules response to treatment and in the field. predicting prognosis. Module 1: Biomedical Ethics & Teaching and Module 7: Project Management Grant Proposal and Business Planning Assessment Develops a systemic approach to Acquire key skills needed to This programme has a rich tackling ethical issues within Blood instigate and coordinate new and varied teaching and Science and manage scientific projects within professional assessment strategy to ensure projects effectively, beginning with practice and equip students with maximum student development the application and completion the basic knowledge needed to of employability and academic of novel literature reviews and make a difference within their skills, providing the opportunity grant proposals. own area of expertise. for students to demonstrate Module 2: Advanced both professional and Module 8: Research Methodologies Laboratory Techniques academic attainment. Using a form of supplemented Provides a working knowledge Assessment design is largely journal-club learning, students are of modern, established driven by a number of key given comprehensive knowledge of technologies applicable to principles, including promotion modern techniques used today to research in Biomedical Science of independent learning, student advance knowledge in the field of and develop the skills to analyse, autonomy, responsibility for Blood Science. Working in small interpret, critically evaluate and personal learning, acknowledgement groups, students critically evaluate present data. of the internationalisation current research publications to perspective within Biomedical Module 3 & 5: Case Studies understand best practice within Blood Science and development in Blood Science I and II experimental design and of innovation and originality interpretation of data and develop within one’s chosen area of interest. Two distinctive modules delivered personal skills in critical evaluation through case-based learning, and the reflective cycle. involving small group discussions to independently tackle realistic, clinical and diagnostic, patient- orientated problems to examine in-depth the science and clinical issues underpinning typical scenarios in Blood Science.

120 Courses Courses

Medicine Biomedical Engineering

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Biomedical Engineering Full-time 12 month taught course or [email protected] part-time 2 year taught course Course Type: Website: MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Contact Details: www.keele.ac.uk/biomed Postgraduate Certifi cate Hildegarde Wright

Overview with clear focus and routes into medical organisations, medical exploitation in bioscience research institutions and The School of Medicine hosts an industries and healthcare. NHS Trust hospitals active and successful academic programme. Most teaching takes Facilities • To provide an opportunity place at the Guy Hilton Research for in-depth research into Centre, located immediately The Guy Hilton Research Centre specialist and novel areas of adjacent to the University Hospital was opened in 2006 and offers biomedical engineering patient treatment facilities of North Staffordshire. All students • To expose students to practical alongside state of the art and staff members have the work in a hospital environment equipment for translational research opportunity to work directly with hands-on knowledge of including cell therapy suites, with nursing and clinical staff. patient care genomic facilities and advanced The School embraces specialists laser and diagnostic laboratories. • To introduce students to working in the University Hospital exciting new fi elds within Excellent library and study facilities of North Staffordshire and RJAH biomedical engineering and are available at the Health Library, Orthopaedic Hospital Oswestry, novel technologies for Clinical Education Centre Hospital covering the key medical and physiological monitoring surgical sub specialties. A number Site and at the University Library of successful interdisciplinary on the main campus. Entry Requirements research programmes are being carried out, and the postgraduate Course Aims Students holding a fi rst or culture is very evident and ideally second-class honours degree in The aim of the course is to provide suited to the development and engineering, physical or biological multidisciplinary Masters level delivery of postgraduate courses. sciences, or other professional postgraduate training in The Institute successfully integrates qualifi cation acceptable to Biomedical Engineering. Keele University’s biomedical Keele University, are encouraged This involves building on existing research strengths across the to apply. undergraduate knowledge in basic Faculties of Health and Natural sciences and applying it to clinical Sciences. In the RAE 2008, ISTM’s applications of bioengineering English Language research was recognised as 90% relevant to the healthcare sector. international quality with 10% as Requirements world-leading in terms of originality, The overall objectives are: International students whose fi rst signifi cance and rigour. The language is not English must have • To provide courses at a research environment in ISTM was IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in postgraduate level leading to commended as “of internationally each sub-test or equivalent. recognised, excellent standard” professional careers in biomedical enabling basic, strategic and engineering in a wide range of applied research to take place healthcare establishments such as

121 Courses • • • • • • • • (each 15credits) Compulsory modules set outbelow. 60 credits. The modulestructure is plus aproject anddissertation for compulsory, 45 credits options) modules (75 credits core and up of120credits from taught at least 180Mlevel credits, made require satisfactory completion of These taught Masters courses Course Content • • • • • • • Option modules( • Growth Environments Management As Healthcare Technology Cell andTis Cell Biomechanics Biosensors Biomaterials Introduc Molecular Techniques Biomechanics Bioreact Stem C Nanomagnetics inNanomedicine Medical Device DesignPrinciples Biomedical SignalProces T Medical Equipment and Physiological Measur Seminar programme echnology Services sessment ell Therapy ors and tion to MedicalImaging sue Engineering each 15credits)

ement sing for theproject. subject disciplineandexpertise in relation to theappropriate for thedissertation module, chosen student willbeassigned atutor support willbeadopted. Each An individualapproach to student except for thedissertation. required for allchosenmodules study. Compulsory attendance is conduct extensive independent Students are alsorequired to work andindividualassignments. widespread opportunity for group learning are alsoadopted giving learning andstudent-centred practical exercises. Collaborative supported by tutorials and through subject-centred lectures, The courses are taught Assessment Teaching and applications inhealthcare. understanding ofthefieldvia topic andshoulddemonstrate their based research intheirchosen students to undertake laboratory- words. This isanopportunity for dissertation of15,000 –20,000 Research project andfinal Project Dissertation (60credits) • knowledge ofanatomy cannot demonstrate previous is compulsory for students who Physiology andAna Courses 122 tomy module

and written dissertation. the student’s research project the assessment willbebasedon final examination. Amajorpartof both in-course assessment and Modules willbeassessed by Assessment

PART TIME/FULL TIME Courses Courses

Medicine Cell and Tissue Engineering

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Cell and Tissue Engineering Full-time 12 month taught course or [email protected] part-time 2 year taught course Course Type: Website: MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Contact Details: www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ Postgraduate Certifi cate Hildegarde Wright cellandtissueengineering

Overview research to take place with tissue engineering in a wide clear focus and routes into range of healthcare establishments The School of Medicine hosts an exploitation in bioscience such as medical organisations, active and successful academic industries and healthcare. medical research institutions and programme. Most teaching takes NHS Trust hospitals place at the Guy Hilton Research Facilities Centre, located immediately • To provide an opportunity adjacent to the University Hospital The Guy Hilton Research Centre for in-depth research into of North Staffordshire. All students was opened in 2006 and offers specialist and novel areas of and staff members have the patient treatment facilities cell and tissue engineering alongside state-of-the-art opportunity to work directly • To expose students to practical equipment for translational research with nursing and clinical staff. work in a hospital environment including cell therapy suites, with hands-on knowledge of The School embraces specialists genomic facilities and advanced patient care working in the University Hospital laser and diagnostic laboratories. of North Staffordshire and RJAH • To introduce students to Excellent library and study facilities Orthopaedic Hospital Oswestry, exciting new fi elds within cell are available at the Health Library, covering the key medical and and tissue engineering and Clinical Education Centre Hospital surgical sub specialties. A number novel technologies for Site and at the University Library of successful interdisciplinary physiological monitoring research programmes are being on the main campus. carried out, and the postgraduate Entry Requirements culture is very evident and ideally Course Aims suited to the development and Students holding a fi rst or The aim of the course is to provide delivery of postgraduate courses. second-class honours degree multidisciplinary Masters level The Institute successfully in engineering, physical or postgraduate training in Cell & integrates Keele University’s biological sciences, or other Tissue Engineering. This involves biomedical research strengths professional qualifi cation building on existing undergraduate across the Faculties of Health and acceptable to Keele University, knowledge in basic sciences and Natural Sciences. In the RAE 2008, are encouraged to apply. applying it to clinical applications ISTM’s research was recognised as of bioengineering and cell and 90% international quality with tissue engineering relevant to the English Language 10% as world-leading in terms of healthcare sector. originality, signifi cance and rigour. Requirements The research environment in ISTM The overall objectives are: International students whose fi rst was commended as “of language is not English must have • To provide courses at a internationally recognised, IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in postgraduate level leading to excellent standard” enabling each sub-test or equivalent. basic, strategic and applied professional careers in cell and

123 Courses • • • • • • • • (each 15credits) Compulsory modules set outbelow. 60 credits. The modulestructure is plus aproject anddissertation for compulsory, 45 credits options) modules (75 credits core and up of120credits from taught at least 180Mlevel credits, made require satisfactory completion of These taught Masters courses Course Content • • • • • • • Option modules( • Management Environments Biomedical SignalProces As Healthcare Technology Cell Biomechanics Medical Device DesignPrinciples Introduc Biosensors T Medical Equipment and Physiological Measur Nanomagnetics inNanomedicine Molecular Techniques Biomechanics Biomaterials Cell andTis Bioreact Stem C Seminar Programme echnology Services sessment ell Therapy ors andGrowth tion to MedicalImaging sue Engineering each 15credits) ement* sing and expertise for theproject. appropriate subject discipline chosen inrelation to the for thedissertation module, student willbeassigned atutor support willbeadopted. Each An individualapproach to student except for thedissertation. required for allchosenmodules study. Compulsory attendance is conduct extensive independent Students are alsorequired to work andindividualassignments. widespread opportunity for group learning are alsoadopted giving learning andstudent-centred practical exercises. Collaborative supported by tutorials and subject-centred lectures, The courses are taught through Assessment Teaching and applications inhealthcare. understanding ofthefieldvia topic andshoulddemonstrate their based research intheirchosen students to undertake laboratory- words. This isanopportunity for dissertation of15,000 –20,000 Research project andfinal Project Dissertation (60credits) Courses 124 written dissertation. the student’s research project and the assessment willbebasedon final examination. Amajorpartof both in-course assessment and Modules willbeassessed by Assessment

PART TIME/FULL TIME Courses Courses

Medicine Ethics of Cancer & Palliative Care

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Ethics of Cancer & Palliative Care Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA, Postgraduate Diploma Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/law

Overview which may face mature students people with a professional or other and those combining study with serious interest in the ethics The course provides an opportunity full-time work and do our utmost to of cancer and palliative care, to gain a deeper and more offer a supportive and stimulating including (but not limited to) systematic understanding of issues environment for learning. Each doctors, nurses, healthcare generated by the many complex student is assigned a personal managers, intercalating ethical and legal problems in the supervisor during the course. medical students, radiographers, fi elds related to cancer and chaplains, charity and voluntary palliative care. Facilities workers, social workers, hospice directors, medical and The course is taught in Liverpool Postgraduate students will pharmaceutical researchers, by lecturers from Keele’s Centre for fi nd a range of support structures, and healthcare educators. Professional Ethics (PEAK) and the including: research training; Learning & Teaching Department accessible staff supervisors; Course Content of the Marie Curie Palliative Care good library resources; access Institute. This is an exciting joint to postgraduate study rooms; The MA in the Ethics of Cancer venture uniting academic and and access to IT and legal and Palliative Care involves both practical expertise. research tools. taught sessions and a chance for students to write a dissertation on We encourage high levels of a topic of their choosing related student participation in discussion Course Aims to the course. Teaching occurs in and employ teaching techniques This course aims to deepen four three-day modules that run which encourage this wherever students’ understanding of between October and April. possible. Students come from a healthcare ethics that are This innovative structure has wide range of backgrounds within particularly relevant to the fi elds proved particularly popular as the fi eld of healthcare. Past and of cancer and palliative care, it allows students to combine current students have reported and to enhance their ability to study with full-time work and that meeting and exchanging ideas think systematically about the other commitments. It also with others who work in different moral issues that healthcare enables students who are based fi elds and in different parts of the professionals may face in the in all areas of the UK and beyond country is one of the major course of their work. to attend. Contact between benefi ts of the course. students and staff’s facilitated The Ethics of Cancer and Palliative Entry Requirements between modules to create a distinctive student community. Care teaching team has many The course is open to all those years’ experience of teaching with either a degree in a relevant The MA requires the successful postgraduate applied ethics subject, or appropriate professional completion of 180 M Level courses. We are well aware of the qualifi cations and/or experience. credits, made up of four 30-credit special problems and challenges Applications are welcome from taught modules and a 60-credit

125 Courses Courses

dissertation. It can be taken either Module 4: Contemporary Issues full-time or part-time. When taken in the Ethics of Cancer and part-time the four taught modules Palliative Care are completed in the fi rst year, with the dissertation being The content of this module varies completed in the second year. from year to year to refl ect current issues of particular concern in the TIME/FULLPART TIME Course Modules fi eld. In recent years, it has included seminars on resource allocation; Module 1: Ethics and Palliative Care research ethics; special issues relating to the care of children; screening In this block, you are introduced programmes; the role of religious to the main concepts and theories belief in ethical debate and differing used in healthcare ethics. This is conceptions of palliative care. done in ways that bring out their connection with issues of practical Teaching and concern in cancer and palliative care. Additional topics can Assessment include the shift from curative to Each teaching block is followed palliative care; the context of care by an assignment. For module 1 (e.g. hospital, hospice, home); this is three short written tasks, the relationship between ethical whilst for each of modules 2, 3 and clinical considerations. and 4 it is a 4,000-word essay. Module 2: Autonomy, Paternalism and Consent

Module 2 addresses issues which relate to respect for the autonomy of patients and carers. Important topics normally include: truth-telling; confi dentiality; decision-making for the seriously ill patient; informed consent; consent and the law; paternalism; advance “We encourage students to engage statements; and the nature of hope with ethics in a rigorous, analytic manner in palliative care. that will help deepen their understanding Module 3: Quality of Life, Death, and strengthen their ability to deal and Dying with a wide range of challenging This module focuses on end-of life issues and normally includes issues, whilst remaining sensitive to the seminars on the signifi cance of diffi culties faced by professionals death; the sanctity and value of life; and patients alike in this area.” the idea of ‘quality of life’; withdrawing and withholding Dr Anthony Wrigley, Senior Lecturer in life-prolonging treatment; and ethical and legal issues in euthanasia. Ethics and Programme Director

126 Courses Courses

Medicine Foundation Medical Practice

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Foundation Medical Practice Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Award Sophie Hunter www.keele.ac.uk/health/ schoolofmedicine/ postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview Course Aims Course Structure The Keele postgraduate The academic programme will allow and Content award is a Masters level course participants to: The Keele Postgraduate Award in at Keele University, within the Foundation Medical Practice is a Postgraduate Medicine Taught • Demonstrate how they have 30-credit module that can also be Courses programme. refl ected on their clinical experiences and teaching used to build towards a full Masters The emphasis of this course is to opportunities to extend the award. In common with other stretch participants – to develop breadth and depth of learning postgraduate courses at Keele, further, scholarly knowledge and this offers fl exibility and the ability competence over and above the • Demonstrate a proactive to transfer M-Level credits between important clinical and professional approach to planning and courses, subject to individual course teaching within the Foundation consolidating learning activities regulations. For example these 30 credits can be directly Programme. The award aims to • Show how they have synthesised transferred into the Masters of build on and augment this teaching. all sources of learning and Medical Science (MMedSci) award. The areas to be studied are covered transferred this into their by the headings in Good Medical professional practice to impact The Keele Foundation Programme Practice from the General Medical on patient care taught component for all trainees Council, and these headings are is delivered by both clinicians and how we have organised this award. • Distinguish themselves from academic teaching staff on a day their peers in the competitive release format. The added element In order to do well in this award, ST1 application process participants will need to attend for students enrolling on this award all the Foundation Programme Entry Requirements will add a private study, refl ective teaching. In addition, we have learning component to the existing scheduled extra sessions over the This programme is only intended teaching and learning activities two-year programme for further for medical graduates, currently without requiring any more time support and some additional engaged in medical practice on out of practice. teaching. This will include study the foundation programme. Additional study skills support skills support and opportunities for and some teaching will be given in student-led teaching, presentations, small groups, with one or two seminars and discussion groups. facilitators. Most teaching is based on interactive small group methods, interspersed with practical tasks. Students are asked to contribute their own views and experiences, either informally during group discussions or by giving short presentations to the group.

127 Courses Probity Unit Six: Working withColleagues Unit Five: Relationship withPatients Unit Four: & Assessing Teaching &Training, Appraising Unit Three: Medical Practice Maintaining Good Unit Two: Good ClinicalCare Unit One: spread over two years: The following sixteaching unitsare Teaching Units and ITskills. time management, communication areas ofmedicine–team work, professional skillsapplicableto all also encompasses thegeneric of theacutely illpatient. Training assessment andmanagement focus isontraining inthe the first year oftraining. The main Foundation Programme buildson Year Two: The second year ofthe The New Doctor (2007). been developed by theGMCfrom outcomes for fullregistration have on GoodMedicalPractice. These a spiral curriculumbasedbroadly in theFoundation Schoolfollows Year One:The teaching programme

As • • • • • • from theGMC: areas ofGoodMedicalPractice on thisby furtherassessing sixkey The academiccredit willbuild workplace-based assessments. competencies andincludes Foundation Programme that thetrainee hasmet the outcome isaportfolio ofevidence The Foundation Programme Assessment teaching sessions. audits andevaluation ofstudent-led be limited to scholarlyessays, Probity Working withColleagues and Relationships withP Teaching andTr Maintaining GoodMedicalPrac Good ClinicalCare sessments will include but not sessments willincludebutnot Courses 128 aining Others atients

tice

PART TIME Courses Courses

Medicine Medical Education

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Medical Education Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA, Postgraduate Diploma, Pam Stone www.keele.ac.uk/health/ Postgraduate Certifi cate, schoolofmedicine/ Postgraduate Award postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview • Promoting refl ective practice in Course Structure education and clinical practice, Many clinical health professionals using work-based assignments and Content are involved in teaching and and a portfolio The full Masters programme supervising undergraduate and requires satisfactory completion postgraduate students, and • Promoting evidence-based of 180 credits, 120 credits made increased recruitment to the NHS education up from taught modules and the produces even greater demands The programme’s aims and other 60 credits from a Masters for teachers. There is a need for values embody those of the greater professionalism and dissertation. The programme will Higher Education Academy and accountability as clinical teachers. normally be available part-time will develop participants’ This course is designed to meet over two years, with four taught this need by providing a sound understanding of the HEA areas modules in each year. Students theoretical and practical basis of learning and teaching activity, who wish to fi nish their studies for good teaching practice. core knowledge and adherence after successful completion of 120 It complements the established to the professional values. taught credits may be awarded a Teaching and Learning in Higher Postgraduate Diploma, and those Education Programme at Keele by Entry Requirements who successfully complete the fi rst emphasising small group teaching four modules (60 credits) may The programme is designed for in clinical settings and education be awarded a Postgraduate graduate (or equivalent) health for clinical competence. Certifi cate. It is anticipated that professionals preparing for, many students will wish to take or currently engaged in, clinical one of these options. Course Aims teaching. Entry routes will be The overall aim of the course fl exible and designed to recognise is to improve the quality and appropriate prior experience and effectiveness of clinical teaching introductory courses. Please and medical education through: contact the School for detailed information and to check whether • Understanding and fostering a your own experience and learner-centred approach professional development is appropriate for entry. • Relating this to the requirements of professional education for clinical competence

• Developing practical, generic skills in teaching and assessment, underpinned by an understanding of educational theory

129 Courses • • • • can select four from thefollowing: of medicaleducation. Participants knowledge baseinchosenareas expertise andaspecialist Modules willaimat developing the Postgraduate Diploma) Certificate modules, comprising Year Two Modules(with thePG • • • • Postgraduate Certificate) Year OneModules(comprising the Course Modules • •  Medical Education Media Design Independent Study Module Problem-Based L Introduc Introduc and Attitudes Developing Pr Planning (15cr Curriculum DesignandSession Education (15credits) Assessmen of Learning (15credits) Teaching Methods andT Education (15credits) Introduc tion to Research in tion to e-Teaching tion to Medical t inMedical ofessional Skills edits) earning heories associated withsomemodules. along withspecificproject work with achoice ofsubject areas, generally inwritten format, and will beassessed by assignments, teaching. Remaining modules reflection andobservation of experience, taught courses, evidence, relating to prior be assessed by aportfolio of Module 1oftheCertificate will planner and record of achievement. using theportfolio asapersonal course unitsat different times, participants to complete individual structure willbeflexible to allow learning format. The overall elements willbeindistance personal study. Somecourse completion ofaportfolio and observations ofteaching practice, small group teaching, peer of teaching methods including The course willincludeavariety Assessment Teaching and Courses 130 and NHStrusts. management withinuniversities development andeducational be responsible for curriculum appropriate to thosewho will Diploma andMasters Level is School ofMedicine. Postgraduate teachers intheKeele University and isexpected ofnew clinical professionals involved inteaching a national standard for health Medical Education isbecoming A Postgraduate Certificate in Information Career Destination

PART TIME Courses Courses

Medicine Medical Ethics & Law

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Medical Ethics & Law Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA, Postgraduate Diploma Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/law

Overview Course Aims Course Content The course provides an opportunity The course aims to deepen The MA in Medical Law and to study in-depth some of the students’ understanding of Ethics includes both taught ethical and legal issues that arise in healthcare ethics and law, and to sessions and a chance for healthcare and related fi elds. enhance their ability to think students to write a dissertation systematically about the moral on a topic in healthcare ethics Teaching is delivered in intensive and legal issues that they may face or law. Teaching occurs in four blocks, enabling those in full-time in the course of their work. It aims three-day blocks that run employment to study part-time and also to provide a foundation for between September and May. fi t the programme around the pursuing further study at This structure has proved demands of their work. It is taught doctoral level. particularly popular with by staff from the School of Law and healthcare professionals in Centre for Professional Ethics, all of Entry Requirements full-time employment as it whom have research expertise in allows people to combine study healthcare law and ethics and who, Either a good degree in a relevant with full-time work. It also between them, have written subject, or appropriate professional enables students who are based numerous books and articles. qualifi cations and/or experience. in all parts of the UK and beyond In addition to events directly Applications are welcome from to attend. connected to the programme, people with a professional or students are welcome to attend a other serious interest in healthcare The MA requires the successful wide range of research seminars, ethics and law, including (but not completion of 180 M Level credits, workshops, and lectures, and to limited to) doctors, nurses, made up of four 30-credit taught become part of the Keele midwives, healthcare managers, modules and a 60-credit graduate community. physiotherapists, radiographers, dissertation. It can be taken either chaplains, and voluntary workers. full-time or part-time. When taken In designing and presenting this part-time, the four taught modules programme, we are always mindful English Language are completed in the fi rst year, with of the challenges which sometimes the dissertation being completed face mature students and those Requirements in the second year. If the course combining study with full-time International students whose is taken full-time, it can be work, and do our utmost to offer fi rst language is not English must completed within one year with a supportive and stimulating have at least IELTS 6.5 with a the dissertation being submitted environment which will allow such minimum of 5.5 in each sub-test at the start of September. students to succeed. or equivalent. An alternative route is to take just the four taught modules. Successful completion of these will lead to the award of a Postgraduate Diploma in Medical Ethics and Law.

131 Courses Courses

Course Modules Public Health: Introduction to Moral and Areas covered in this module Legal Concepts: include: justice and resource allocation; research ethics; This provides an introduction to discrimination and healthcare; the concepts and theories used and ‘paternalism’ in public health TIME/FULLPART TIME on the course. It explores various policy. This module normally different ethical theories, the includes several sessions relationship between law and examining a topical issue in morality, the nature of moral and public health policy. legal rights. It also provides an introduction to some basic legal Assessment: concepts and to the structure of Each module is assessed by the English legal system. a single piece of coursework. Autonomy and Paternalism: All modules must be passed in order to proceed to Topics covered in this module the dissertation. include: ethical and legal issues raised by consent to treatment, confidentiality, and patient choice. Among the questions considered are: Is paternalism ever acceptable? Is lying to patients always wrong? To what extent should patients have control over their own medical treatment? To what extent should doctors use their discretion to keep information from the patient?

Life and Death:

This module examines a variety of difficult ethical issues relating to the creation and destruction of life. For example, does the law currently strike the right balance between protecting the foetus and respecting women’s autonomy? And should ‘physician assisted suicide’ be permitted? Topics covered include: the moral and legal status of the embryo; reproductive technologies; death and dying; ‘physician assisted suicide’, euthanasia, and the withdrawal of life-prolonging medical treatment.

132 Courses Courses

Medicine Medical Science

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Medical Science Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MMedSci, Postgraduate Diploma, Sophie Hunter www.keele.ac.uk/health/ Postgraduate Certifi cate, schoolofmedicine/ Postgraduate Award postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview Entry Requirements Course Modules (each 15 credits): This award has been designed You will need to be a doctor in to facilitate the learning of the active clinical practice to apply • Clinical Effectiveness generic skills and knowledge for this award. Certain individual essential to successful higher modules are open to other • Contemporary Challenges clinical practice. These areas health professionals with in Healthcare Ethics and Law include an understanding of appropriate experience. • Strategic Management medical education, ability to of Patients with appraise research and assess Course Structure Long-Term Conditions clinical effectiveness, an and Content appreciation of medical ethics • Refl ective Practice and management and leadership Each module is given a credit • Medical Education skills in the healthcare setting. rating within the national master’s Each module consists of a mixture framework. These may be • The Interface between Primary of types of delivery, some online transferable from or to other and Secondary Care learning and some face-to-face institutions where the learning blocks of teaching, utilising a outcomes are comparable. • Health Informatics mixture of seminars, group work • Communication Skills for Health and short lectures. Postgraduate Certifi cate in Medical Science: 60 credits Professionals in Clinical Practice There are a number of core Postgraduate Diploma in • Contemporary Mental Health modules and then a wide range Medical Science: 120 credits Issues in Primary Care of modules that are optional. Masters in Medical Science: We have designed the award to total 180 credits • Leadership and Management for be as fl exible as possible, including Healthcare Professionals enabling students to study some (The Masters degree must modules from other Keele awards. be completed within fi ve years • Statistics and Epidemiology of registration, the Diploma This award has been mapped • Research Methods in Health against the revised Good Medical within four years and the Practice from the General Medical Certifi cate within three years. • Independent Council and can help you It will be possible to complete Practice-based Study demonstrate your commitment to a Masters Degree in Medical • Rational Prescribing maintaining your fi tness to practice Science in two years.) for when recertifi cation is introduced as part of medical relicensing.

133 Courses Regional andNational meetings. or presented theirdissertation at Candidates have often published component oftheDegree. us that thisisanextremely popular Previous experience hasshown provided by theaward team. supervision willcontinue to be for theirproject andeducational to have alocalclinicalsupervisor All candidates willbeexpected publication oftheirfindings. all students to consider aimingfor piece ofwork andwe encourage It isexpected to beasignificant or exploration ofethical dilemmas. setting, educational projects, changes implemented inaclinical possibility, suchasevaluation of A practice-based project isanother and Epidemiologymodules. Methods andusuallytheStatistics to have completed the Research candidates willalsobeexpected speciality, inwhichcaseall related to theindividual’s research dissertation inasubject learning. This latter may bea further 60credits worth of Science andsubmission ofa make uptheDiplomainMedical of thetaught moduleswhich follows successful completion The award ofanMMedSci Dissertation Courses 134

PART TIME Courses Courses

Medicine Medical Science (Anatomical Sciences) Intercalated

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Medical Science (Anatomical Full-time [email protected] Sciences) Intercalated Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Rachel Parkin www.keele.ac.uk/health/ MMedSci, Postgraduate Diploma, schoolofmedicine/ Postgraduate Certifi cate postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview Course Structure research and pathology laboratories and seminars involve This award has been designed and Content critical analysis of the literature to facilitate the learning of the A total of 180 credits are and applications to project design generic skills and knowledge required to achieve the MMedSci and research grant funding. essential to successful higher (Anatomical Sciences) Intercalated. clinical practice and careers in Applied Clinical Anatomy 1 One third of the credits are academic medicine by applying (15 credits) associated with the major the principles of the scientifi c dissertation/project, one third are A six-day module spread over method to studies in both anatomy-related taught modules semester 1, covering practical, anatomical research and with practical content, and one theoretical and applied aspects clinically-applied anatomy. third comprises a combination of of the anatomy and development Anatomy encompasses all levels core generic methodology of the muscular, nervous, of structural organisation, modules and a choice of modules cardiovascular and respiratory topographical, neuroanatomical, in areas of cell and molecular systems. The unit includes histological, cellular and biology or applied clinical science. anatomy prosection practicals, developmental, as well as anthropometry, ultrasound imaging providing a basis for studies Course Modules and critical analysis of the research in radiological imaging and literature particularly in the fi eld of pathology. This approach allows THREE CORE modules which are neuromuscular anatomy, variations, students to integrate recent compulsory: anomalies, and applied anatomy. advances in molecular genetics, cell biology, microscopy, imaging Morphological Research Methods Applied Surgical Anatomy and computer simulation to & Imaging (30 credits) (15 credits) biological and clinical problems This module, taken early in the concerning the human body. This module, spread over both semester, introduces some of the semesters, provides students key research techniques employed Entry Requirements with the opportunity to acquire a in anatomical, experimental and thorough knowledge of anatomy You will need to be undertaking a pathological investigations, as applied to surgical diagnoses Keele or other UK undergraduate including whole body methods, and procedures as a foundation Medical Degree course and wishing optical, confocal and electron for understanding and developing to take a year out of your studies microscopy, histochemical and the scientifi c and evidence base of to pursue a thorough grounding immunocytochemical staining current practice. Activities include of scientifi c enquiry in the methods, and quantitative anatomy dissection labs, small anatomical sciences and research techniques such as morphometry group work and presentations, methodologies relevant to and stereology. In general, half-day case-based discussions and critical experimental and clinical sciences. theory sessions are followed by appraisal work on the anatomical practicals and visits to various and surgical literature and self-directed learning.

135 Courses Courses

FOUR OPTIONAL modules, ideally Dissertation/Project ONE from each of groups A, B, and C and ONE other from this list by This may take the form of one

discussion with the course tutors: long (9 month) dissection or FULL TIME laboratory-based research topic Group A written up to include a literature • Statistics and Epidemiology review, methodologies, results and (15 credits) discussion. Alternatively, this could comprise a short dissection or • Health Informatics (15 credits) laboratory research project and a related medical education research • Research Methods in Health project written up as above. (15 credits) Some short exploratory anatomy Group B lab research projects may be undertaken in the style of Applied • Stem Cells: Types, Diagnoses and Clinical Anatomy 2. Applications (15 credits)

• Cell & Tissue Engineering (15 credits)

Group C

• Physiology of Neuromusculoskeletal Tissue (15 credits)

• Psychosocial Aspects of Pain 1 (15 credits)

• Concepts of Neurological Rehabilitation (15 credits)

• Physiology and Pharmacology of Pain (15 credits)

• Assistive Technologies in Neuromuscular Rehabilitation (15 credits)

136 Courses Courses

Medicine Medical Science (Medical Leadership & Management)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Medical Science (Medical Part-time [email protected] Leadership & Management) Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Sophie Hunter www.keele.ac.uk/health/ Postgraduate Certifi cate schoolofmedicine/ postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview • have acquired a range of following implementation of the leadership skills, through both Health & Social Care Bill will be For those in clinical practice, an study of the theory and by critical to this module. appreciation of leadership and applying these concepts in management skills in the healthcare practice during the second and Assessment by 3,000-word essay. setting is increasingly important. third modules of the programme Independent Practice-Based This award is focused on developing • have had the opportunity to study Service Improvement Project the knowledge, skills and values (30 credits) to enable you to practice more an element of healthcare practice confi dently and to become an in depth, through your choice of This module is a portfolio effective clinical leader, if you so the third module. assessment of a workplace-based wish. The three modules have been project. You will negotiate with designed specifi cally to enable you Entry Requirements a personal tutor to draw up a to think creatively and to challenge personalised action plan and a You will need to be a healthcare how healthcare services are programme of activity to design, professional in active practice or currently delivered. carry out and evaluate a leadership healthcare leadership role to apply project with direct impact on for this award. Course Aims service redesign or patient care in your workplace. By the end of your programme, Course Structure participants will: and Content Assessment by personal portfolio including a project report. • be better informed about Three modules over a minimum of healthcare policy and the one year, as follows: A choice of one of the following operation of the service after the options:- Health and Social Care Act is Leadership and Management for Medical Education (15 credits) implemented Healthcare Professionals (15 credits) Much of a doctor’s professional life • understand how the NHS is This module will provide the is concerned with facilitating the funded and the key issues around foundation to the award and in it learning of junior medical staff, the new commissioning we will explore the theoretical as well as contributing to the arrangements background to leadership and management including education of other health • understand how organisations self-awareness and people skills. professionals and patients. work and the challenges The effect of recent policy initiatives This module starts with a teaching involved in leading and managing including the new White Paper the teachers course (which you clever people – Equity and Excellence: Liberating may have already completed) the NHS – will be considered. How and continues with a virtual the NHS organisation might work learning environment online to enable you to study at a time and

137 Courses Courses

place more convenient to you, Assessment by production of a so that no further attendance completed Critically Appraised is required. Topic (‘CAT’). PART TIME PART Assessment by observation and reflection on teaching practice.

Contemporary Challenges in Healthcare Ethics and Law (15 credits)

In this module students will gain a high-quality introduction to ethical and legal issues in healthcare and the knowledge and skills to enable further work on the subject.

Assessment by case-based discussion.

Clinical Audit (15 credits)

This module considers what constitutes robust clinical audit (at both strategy, programme and project level) and explores the value of clinical audit at all levels of an organisation – locating this within the wider-quality framework for an organisation or team. The module also provides an opportunity for students to critically review the key stages within the clinical audit cycle, develop their skills in planning and undertaking audits and identify the key challenges involved in managing clinical audit projects and programmes.

Assessment by online case review and 3,000-word essay.

Clinical Effectiveness (15 credits)

This module aims to familiarise students with the methods and processes of critical evaluation of the professional literature and how this may be applied clinically and as a self-learning model.

138 Courses Courses

Medicine Medical Science (Clinical Audit)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Medical Science (Clinical Audit) Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Certifi cate Sophie Hunter www.keele.ac.uk/health/ schoolofmedicine/ postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview • enable participants to effectively Entry Requirements engage and motivate others so The one-year, part-time as to bring about change and The programme is designed Postgraduate Certifi cate offers quality improvement for graduate (or equivalent) an exciting opportunity for those professionals currently engaged in working within clinical audit to • actively support the clinical audit. A clinical qualifi cation pursue a taught postgraduate development of clinical audit is not necessary for entry to this qualifi cation. The overall aims of within the NHS (or other, course and it is expected that the course are to improve the health-related) organisations students will be drawn from a range quality and effectiveness of clinical The PG Certifi cate will normally of different roles. Entry routes will audit projects and programmes; be available part-time, over one be fl exible and have been designed enhance the value of clinical audit year. However, it may be possible to recognise appropriate prior at individual, team and organisation for students to take the PG experience. Please contact the level and to support the Certifi cate over two years, School for detailed information professional development of those by agreement. A variety of and to check whether your own working in clinical audit – whether teaching methods will be used in experience and professional at clinical or non-clinical level. both the face-to-face and online development is appropriate elements of the course. In addition for entry. Course Aims to lectures, presentations and Course Structure The programme will: tutor-led discussion, there will be opportunities for students to and Content • explore clinical audit within undertake group exercises as well wider health policy and as complete an extended project The PG Certifi cate requires regulatory contexts relevant to their own role. successful completion of four, 15-credit modules: • promote greater understanding of governance, quality, assurance and the management of risk within and between healthcare organisations

• equip students with an appreciation of system design, thereby enabling the critical review and further development of clinical audit frameworks

• develop practical skills in clinical audit

139 Courses in theUnited Kingdom. placed onhealthcare organisations have influenced the requirements sectors andcountries, asthese draw on developments inother NHS, althoughthemodulewill governance andhealthcare inthe assurance. The key focus willbeon clinical auditasasource of within thistherole andvalue of to healthcare organisations and regulatory frameworks whichapply the governance requirements and participants to criticallyconsider This modulewillenable Assurance inHealthcare Governance and audit projects andprogrammes. involved inmanagingclinical identify thekey challenges and undertakingaudits develop theirskills in planning within theclinicalauditcycle, critically review thekey stages an opportunity for students to team. The modulealsoprovides framework for anorganisation or this withinthewider-quality levels ofanorganisation –locating the value ofclinicalauditat all and project level) andexplores (at bothstrategy, programme constitutes robust clinicalaudit This moduleconsiders what Clinical Audit develop arelated action plan. specific work-related problem and empirical issue or, preferably, a critically examine aself-chosen Students willberequired to well-researched, extended project. purposefully applytheseina programme ofstudy andto and skillsfrom earlierintheir bring together theknowledge This modulerequires students to of ClinicalAudit Realising thePotential hierarchical boundaries. across professional, functional and delivery ofsustainable change contribute to thesuccessful which together enablethemto of different tools andtechniques and (ii)beableto applyarange develop strategies andactions The aimisfor students to (i) improvement programmes. associated withauditandquality and organisational issues effectively managethebehavioural so asto enablestudents to concepts associated withchange This moduleexplores thecore Quality Improvement Managing Changeand Courses 140 the Faculty ofHealthat Keele. Masters inMedicalScience within progress onto theDiplomaor PG Certificate can, for example, who successfully complete the study at Keele University. Students precursor to furtheracademic has beendesignedto act asa continue theirstudies, thecourse However, shouldstudents wishto is aqualification inits own right. audit at postgraduate level and a bespoke introduction to clinical Science (Clinical Audit) provides The PGCertificate inMedical Further Study

PART TIME Courses Courses

Medicine End of Life Care in Non-Specialist Settings

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: End of Life Care in Part-time [email protected] Non-Specialist Settings Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Sophie Hunter www.keele.ac.uk/health/ Postgraduate Award schoolofmedicine/ postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview Course Aims Course Structure The Keele postgraduate award The academic programme will allow and Content is a Masters-Level course at participants to: The Keele Postgraduate Award in End Keele University, within the of Life Care in Non-Specialist Settings Postgraduate Medicine Taught • Demonstrate how they have is a 30-credit programme based on Courses programme. refl ected on their clinical experiences and teaching our Independent Studies module that The emphasis of this course opportunities to extend the can also be used to build towards a is to stretch participants – to breadth and depth of learning. full Master’s award. In common with develop further, scholarly other postgraduate courses at Keele, knowledge and competence • Demonstrate a proactive this offers fl exibility and the ability to over and above important clinical approach to planning and transfer M-level credits between and professional teaching. consolidating learning activities. courses, subject to individual course regulations. For example these 30 • Show how they have synthesised Participants will be in a training credits can be directly transferred all sources of learning and programme such as the Consultants into the Masters of Medical Science transferred this into their with a Special Interest (CwaSI) (MMedSci) award. programme run by the West professional practice to impact Midlands Deanery. The teaching and on patient care. The taught component is clinical practice that is accredited delivered by both clinicians and through this award will be provided Entry Requirements academic teaching staff in the workplace. The added element for within the Deanery Programme, This programme is only intended students enrolling on this award not by Keele. for healthcare professionals in will be a private study, refl ective active clinical practice who are learning component to the existing involved in supervising or delivering teaching and learning activities end of life care. without requiring any more time out of practice.

Additional study skills support and some teaching will be given in small groups, with one or two facilitators. Most teaching is based on interactive small group methods, interspersed with practical tasks. Students are asked to contribute their own views and experiences, either informally during group discussions or by giving short presentations to the group.

141 Courses role inendoflife care. elements from allaspects oftheir Participants are free to submit for appraisal andrevalidation. practice to assist inpreparation the headingsofgoodmedical This may beorganised under may bebasedaround casereviews. involvement inteamwork which evidence ofpeerdiscussions and critical incidents inpractice; of reading; significant events and reflective journalincluding evidence on theteaching programme asa as aminimum:report reflecting form andcontent. Itwillinclude document, exhibiting variation in portfolio. This willbeapersonal Assessment ofthismoduleisby Assessment

Courses 142

PART TIME Courses Courses

Medicine Medical Science (Obstetrics and Gynaecology)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Medical Science (Obstetrics and Part-time [email protected] Gynaecology) Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Sophie Hunter www.keele.ac.uk/health/ MMedSci, Postgraduate Diploma, schoolofmedicine/ Postgraduate Certifi cate postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview Entry Requirements Core Modules: This award has been designed You will need to be a doctor Practical Surgical Skills (Obstetrics to facilitate the learning of the actively engaged in surgical and Gynaecology) (15 credits) generic skills and knowledge training in Obstetrics and essential to successful higher Gynaecology to apply for this This module enables students to clinical practice. The emphasis is award. Certain individual modules augment their professional on Obstetrics and Gynaecology are open to other professionals portfolio with further academic but also covers areas such as an with appropriate experience. study in order to develop a greater understanding of Medical understanding of the various Education, Leadership for Health Course Structure components of this. Students will develop essential, softer skills of Professionals, Clinical Effectiveness and Content and Research Methodology. refl ection and feedback not available in regular teaching on Each module is given a credit Each module consists of a mixture obstetrics and gynaecology. rating within the national Masters of different types of delivery, The ability to look closer into framework. These may be with some online learning and evidence-based clinical practice transferable from or to other face-to-face teaching, utilising a will enable the student to develop institutions where the learning mixture of seminars, group work their career into research and outcomes are comparable. or short lectures. teaching of this speciality whilst Postgraduate Certifi cate in undertaking their required There are a number of CORE Medical Science: 60 credits professional training. modules and then a wide range Postgraduate Diploma in of other generic modules that are Advanced Training Skills Medical Science: 120 credits optional. We have designed the (Obstetrics and Gynaecology) Masters in Medical Science: award to be as fl exible as possible, (15 credits) 180 credits. including enabling students to This module will allow students study some modules from other (The Masters Degree must to study to a much higher level Keele awards. The award and be completed within fi ve years than their standard professional modules have been mapped onto of registration, the Diploma qualifi cations. This will allow them the Royal College of Obstetrics and within four years and the to illustrate their academic interest Gynaecology professional curriculum. Certifi cate within three years. and ability above that of a normal It will be possible to complete specialist in training. This will a Masters Degree in Medical stimulate their self-directed learning Science in two years.) and the diversifi cation of training into academic and teaching which will benefi t both the student’s career development and the teaching and research interests within the hospital.

143 Courses • • • • • • • Option Modules(each 15credits): their educational supervisor. negotiated withthestudent and learning outcomes previously the evidence provided against area. Students willbeassessed on present day care intheirchosen their own thoughts to challenge best practice andevidence and learning planbasedonanalysis of to develop andexecute apersonal with aneducational supervisor, Allows thestudent, inconsultation (30 credits) Independent Practice-based Study • • Professionals inClinicalPractice Healthcare Ethics andLaw Reflectiv Clinical Effec Healthcare Professionals Leadership andManagemen Health Informa Medical Education Communication Skillsf Research Me Statis Cont emporary Challengesin tics andEpidemiology e Practice thods inHealth tiveness tics or Health t for National meetings. dissertation at Regional and published orpresented their the Degree. Candidates have often extremely popularcomponent of has shown usthat thisisan award team. Previous experience continue to beprovided by the educational supervisionwill supervisor for theirproject and expected to have alocalclinical findings. Allcandidates will be aiming for publication oftheir encourage allstudents to consider significant piece of work, and we or practice. Itisexpected to bea of ethical dilemmasinpolicy and/ educational projects, orexploration implemented inaclinicalsetting, such asevaluation ofchanges project isanotherpossibility, modules. Apractice-based the Statistics andEpidemiology Research Methods andusually expected to have completed the case candidates willalsobe the individual’s speciality, inwhich dissertation onasubject related to This latter may bearesearch 60 credits worth oflearning. and submission ofafurther up theDiplomainMedicalScience the taught moduleswhichmake follows successful completion of (Obstetrics andGynaecology) The award ofanMMedSci Dissertation Courses 144

PART TIME Courses Courses

Medicine Medical Science (Stroke)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Medical Science (Stoke) Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Certifi cate Rachel Parkin www.keele.ac.uk/health/ schoolofmedicine/ postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview Entry Requirements (The Masters Degree must be completed within fi ve years of This award has been designed to You will need to have an registration, the Diploma within facilitate the learning of the generic undergraduate degree or equivalent four years and the Certifi cate within skills and knowledge essential to in a healthcare-related discipline three years. It will be possible to successful higher clinical practice. and be actively involved in stroke complete a Masters Degree in The emphasis is on stroke care, care or research to apply for this Medical Science in two years.) but also covers areas such as an award. Stroke patients and carers, understanding of Leadership for and individuals without formal Core Modules (each 15 credits): Health Professionals, Clinical undergraduate qualifi cations who Effectiveness, Healthcare Ethics have completed the Stroke School Acute and and Clinical Research. or Stroke Rehabilitation course at Hyperacute Stroke Staffordshire University are eligible Each module consists of a mixture to participate in the teaching The aim of this module is to of different types of delivery, sessions on an attendance basis at develop the knowledge, skills with some online learning and the discretion of the course director. and critical abilities to enable face-to-face teaching, utilising a participants to play a leading mixture of seminars, group work Course Structure role in the care of acute and or short lectures. and Content hyperacute stroke in a changing There are a number of CORE health environment. modules and then a wide range Each module is given a credit of other generic modules that are rating within the national Masters Community Stroke: optional. We have designed the framework. These may be Prevention and Life award to be as fl exible as possible, transferable from or to other including enabling students to institutions where the learning after Stroke study some modules from other outcomes are comparable. This module, through a refl ective Keele awards. Postgraduate Certifi cate in portfolio of cases will enable Medical Science: 60 credits students to develop as critical Postgraduate Diploma in thinkers and use those skills to Medical Science: 120 credits develop project proposals for Masters in Medical Science: changes to practice. Employers will 180 credits see their staff develop the skills to research, argue for and develop projects that they can see will make a difference in the areas of stroke prevention and life after stroke. Students will learn the skills to turn their ideas into practice.

145 Courses the student. implemented andevaluated by result ofapilotdeveloped, output ofthemodulewillbea services needto change. The key to implement theirideasfor how of patients willhave the chance those closest to theneeds Prevention andLife After Stroke, the moduleCommunity Stroke: service provision. Buildingon managers inthefieldof stroke become leaders andchange the ability ofparticipants to This modulefurtherdevelops Improvement Development and Stroke Service • • • • • • • • Option Modules(each 15credits) develop theirown research project understand stroke research andto necessary for students to develop theknowledge andskills The aimofthismoduleisto Stroke Research • • and Synthesis The Int Conditions Patients withLong-Term Stra Statis Healthcare Ethics andLaw Cont Clinical Effec Leadership andManagemen Research Me Neuromuscular Rehabilitation Assistiv Rehabilitation Concepts ofNeur Litera and Secondary Care Healthcare Professionals tegic Management of emporary Challengesin tics andEpidemiology ture Searching erface between Primary e Technologies in Courses thods inHealth tiveness 146 ological t for award team. continue to beprovided by the educational supervisionwill supervisor for theirproject and expected to have alocalclinical findings. Allcandidates will be aiming for publication oftheir encourage allstudents to consider significant piece of work, and we or practice. Itisexpected to bea of ethical dilemmasinpolicy and/ educational projects, orexploration implemented inaclinicalsetting, such asevaluation ofchanges project isanotherpossibility, of research. Apractice-based modules dependingonthetype Statistics andEpidemiology Searching andSynthesis, orthe the Research Methods, Literature be expected to have completed in whichcasecandidates will also to theindividual’s speciality, dissertation onasubject-related This latter may bearesearch 60 credits worth oflearning. and submission ofafurther up theDiplomainMedicalScience the taught moduleswhichmake follows successful completion of The award ofanMMedSci(Stroke) Dissertation

PART TIME Courses Courses

Medicine Medical Science (Surgery)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Medical Science (Surgery) Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MMedSci, Postgraduate Rachel Parkin www.keele.ac.uk/health/ Diploma,Postgraduate Certifi cate schoolofmedicine/ postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview Course Structure own surgical technique and practice, that they understand This award has been designed to and Content what constitutes an appropriate facilitate the learning of the Each module is given a credit surgical environment and know generic skills and knowledge rating within the national Masters the ethical basis of consent issues essential to successful higher framework. These may be for surgery. clinical practice. With an emphasis transferable from or to other on surgery, it also covers areas institutions where the learning Applied Surgical such as an understanding of outcomes are comparable. medical education, ability to Anatomy appraise research and assess Postgraduate Certifi cate in The aim of this module is to clinical effectiveness, and Medical Science: 60 credits acquire a thorough knowledge of management and leadership Postgraduate Diploma in anatomy as applied to surgical skills in the healthcare setting. Medical Science: 120 credits diagnoses and procedures, as a Each module consists of a mixture Masters in Medical Science: foundation for understanding and of different types of delivery, total 180 credits with some online learning and developing the scientifi c and some face-to-face blocks of (The Masters Degree must be evidence base of current practice. teaching, utilising a mixture completed within fi ve years A fi rm grounding in anatomy is a of seminars, group work and of registration, the Diploma prerequisite for safe and effective short lectures. within four years and the surgical practice. This module will Certifi cate within three years. augment existing structured There are a number of core It will be possible to complete training programmes for surgical modules and then a wide range of a Masters Degree in Medical trainees by offering academic modules that are optional. We have Science in two years.) support for professional training. designed the award to be as fl exible Core Modules (each 15 credits) as possible, including enabling Core Skills in the students to study some modules from other Keele awards. This Basic Skills in Care of Critically Ill award has been mapped against Surgical Practice Surgical Patients the revised Good Medical Practice from the General Medical Council. This module will extend students The aim of this module is to beyond acquisition of essential demonstrate understanding and Entry Requirements knowledge and skills to also application of the knowledge, skills develop the scholarly skills of and attitudes required for the safe, You will need to be a doctor in active refl ection and critical thinking effective and evidence-based care clinical practice to apply for this essential for independent clinical of critically ill surgical patients. award. Certain individual modules practice. Students will be able to are open to other professionals with demonstrate that they have appropriate experience. refl ected on and developed their

147 Courses • • • • • • • Option Modules(each 15credits): in thisfield. limitations anddevelopments and know thetechnological laparoscopic surgical environment what constitutes anappropriate and practice, that they understand laparoscopic surgical technique abilities andskillsintheirown reflected onanddeveloped demonstrate that they have Students willbeableto Surgical Practice Laparoscopic Skillsin • • Professionals inClinicalPractice Healthcare Ethics andLaw Reflectiv Clinical Effec Healthcare Professionals Leadership andManagemen Health Informa Medical Education Communication Skillsf Research Me Statis Cont emporary Challengesin tics andEpidemiology e Practice thods inHealth tiveness tics or Health t for Regional andNational meetings. or presented theirdissertation at Candidates have often published component oftheDegree. that thisisanextremely popular Previous experience hasshown us provided by theaward team. supervision willcontinue to be for theirproject andeducational to have alocalclinicalsupervisor All candidates willbeexpected publication oftheirfindings. students to consider aimingfor of work, andwe encourage all expected to beasignificant piece in policy and/or practice. Itis or exploration ofethical dilemmas setting, educational projects, changes implemented inaclinical possibility, suchasevaluation of A practice-based project isanother and Epidemiologymodules. Methods andusuallytheStatistics completed theResearch will alsobeexpected to have speciality, inwhichcasecandidates related to theindividual’s research dissertation onasubject learning. This latter may bea of afurther60credits worth of Medical Science andsubmission which make uptheDiplomain completion ofthetaught modules (Surgery) follows successful The award ofanMMedSci Dissertation Courses 148

PART TIME Courses Courses

Nursing Advancing Professional Practice

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Advancing Professional Practice Part-time [email protected] (AHPs, Nursing and Midwifery) Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Val Samways www.keele.ac.uk/ MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, nursingandmidwifery Postgraduate Certifi cate

Overview is a contemporary, state-of-the-art, • Promote and enhance their skills building which houses not only the in critical refl ection, evaluation, This exciting, contemporary School of Nursing and Midwifery, professional decision-making and and new Faculty-based fl exible but also incorporates part of the leadership to inform best practice programme focuses on higher well-established Undergraduate and • Promote effective collaboration, academic study underpinning a Postgraduate School of Medicine. higher level of professional interdisciplinary and interagency practice in healthcare. It is The spacious and light interior of the working practices building consists of seminar rooms, designed to provide the health • Engage with work-based learning extensive clinical skills laboratories, and social care practitioner a to support the development and interprofessional Health Library and stimulating and rigorous analysis implementation of evidence- IT laboratories, which not only of healthcare practice. It will based practice; establish and lead provide high-tech learning and have an interdisciplinary and projects in their practice setting interprofessional focus and aim teaching facilities, but also allow and to prepare practitioners to lead encourage multidisciplinary learning Entry Requirements and team working, an approach that and manage change in a global Potential/prospective students we believe is key to developing a healthcare environment. will normally: professional healthcare workforce It will combine conceptual, for the future. Hold current fi rst level Professional theoretical and practical work based Registration with a relevant learning approaches to the study of Course Aims regulatory body e.g. Nursing and health and social care practice and Broad educational aims of the Midwifery Council (NMC); Health provide the opportunity for the programme are to: Professional Council (HPC); General practitioner to develop skills and Social Care Council (GSCC). expertise to an advanced level. • Demonstrate the capacity for The student will be able to map out critical enquiry, analysis, and Have an identifi ed work-based a series of learning outcomes based application of knowledge in facilitator within their practice area, on learning opportunities available in their practice and to support who will support and guide their the workplace which represents an innovations in health and development throughout the exploration of work-focused and social care phases of the programme. work-related issues complemented • Demonstrate effective self Be working in clinical practice. by taught modules. management and leadership skills Some potential/prospective Facilities to effect change in health and student’s maybe managers/ social care educators within the Keele University School of Nursing healthcare arena. and Midwifery is based at the • Engage within a work based Clinical Education Centre within the learning programme consolidating Hold an undergraduate degree University Hospital of North and extending theoretical ideally 2.2 or higher in a related Staffordshire (NHS) Trust. knowledge and practice skills subject with a period of two years relevant to their own discipline, time in professional practice. The Clinical Education Centre, facilitating academic and Practitioners with extensive which opened in September 2004, professional development to practice experience and no formal enhance the delivery of quality care undergraduate degree will be

149 Courses Courses

considered by evidence presented expressed in the form of learning contribute to service enhancement within their professional portfolio outcomes focused on the overall and contribute to the individual’s and discussion at interview. module aims and that can be own continuing professional linked to the work or placement. development. Accreditation of Prior Certificated Learning (APCL)/Prior NUR – 40020 – Practice The specific focus will be Experiential Learning (APEL) Development and Advancement negotiated with the student Through Work-based Learning according to their particular

In some cases the student may be TIME PART professional interests as allowed to apply for accreditation This 30 credit, Level 7, Work-based demonstrated within their of prior learning, undertaken either Learning core module provides an professional portfolio, in at Keele or at another higher opportunity for the student to conjunction with their work-based education institution. These credits demonstrate critical and creative facilitator and the module leader. must have been gained within five thinking through their approach to It promotes an opportunity for years previous to their joining the practice-based initiatives. It the student to demonstrate current programme of study. demands the demonstration of the systematic acquisition and critical and creative thinking understanding of a focused body through their approach to English Language practice-based initiatives. Requirements of knowledge at the forefront of a discipline or practice area through The module will be underpinned by International students whose first the development of a professional the work-based learning philosophy, language is not English must have portfolio. It enables the student to which will be incorporated as a IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in demonstrate their ability to make stimulating and challenging each sub-test or equivalent. informed judgements about approach. This module will draw Course Content practice-based issues and together the professional learning communicate ideas to their that has occurred during the first The most important value work-based learning facilitator, two years of the MSc Advancing which informs this programme specialist and non-specialist fellow Professional Practice (WBL). is work-based learning which will professionals. Evaluative reflection be incorporated as a stimulating will be integral to this. Teaching and and challenging approach to Assessment programme delivery. This NUR – 40023 – Advanced Work programme is distinctive because Based Practice Project A range of learning and teaching it will centre on the application of This 45 credit, level 7, will form the methods will be used in the learning in the workplace and structure for the dissertation year programme. In order to promote evidence based assessment of of the MSc Advancing Professional and realise work-based learning practice and achievement, in order Practice through a work-based opportunities, a range of strategies to relate the programme of learning route (in conjunction with will be drawn upon in different study to the individual’s role of the clinical effectiveness module). combinations. The Programme the practitioner. This master’s core optional Lead, Personal Tutor, Module dissertation year has been Leaders and Work-based Course Modules specifically structured to take into Facilitators will take into Work-based Learning is core, account a number of factors consideration the student’s with an additional optional core affecting education and prior experience in determining module of Clinical Leadership, professional role development for which strategies to implement. or Leadership and Management. health-care professionals to Work-based facilitators are Research Methods; Practice embody an emphasis on the experienced clinical staff who Development and Advancement researching professional as a will be involved in supporting through Work-based Learning, reflective practitioner. The route is the student learning in the grounded in professional practice workplace. There will be ongoing NUR – 40021 – Work-based and will offer the student the opportunities for work-based Learning opportunity to negotiate, design, facilitators to attend training This 30 credit, Level 7, Work-based implement and evaluate the updates and regular meetings with Learning core module is dynamic effectiveness upon service of an the Programme Lead, and Module and flexible, primarily concerned advanced work-based project This Leader to discuss student progress. with identifying relevant and will inform the development of appropriately assessed learning, professional practice, significantly

150 Courses Courses

Nursing End of Life Care

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: End of Life Care Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Award Sophie Hunter www.keele.ac.uk/health/ schoolofmedicine/ postgraduatetaughtcourses

Overview Course Aims fl exibility and the ability to transfer M-level credits between courses, The Keele postgraduate award The academic programme will subject to individual course is a Masters level course at allow participants to: regulations. For example these Keele University, within the 30 credits can be directly • Demonstrate how they have Postgraduate Medicine Taught transferred into the Masters of refl ected on their clinical Courses programme. Medical Science (MMedSci) award. experiences and teaching The emphasis of this course is to opportunities to extend the The taught component is delivered stretch participants – to develop breadth and depth of learning. by both clinicians and academic further scholarly knowledge and teaching staff in the workplace. • Demonstrate a proactive competence, over and above The added element for students approach to planning and important clinical and enrolling on this award will be a consolidating learning activities. professional teaching. private study, refl ective learning component to the existing Participants will be in a training • Show how they have synthesised teaching and learning activities programme such as the all sources of learning and without requiring any more time Consultants with a Special transferred this into their out of practice. Interest (CwaSI) programme run professional practice to impact on patient care. by the West Midlands Deanery. Additional study skills support and The teaching and clinical practice some teaching will be given in that is accredited through this Entry Requirements small groups, with one or two award will be provided within the This programme is only intended facilitators. Most teaching is based Deanery Programme, not by Keele. for healthcare professionals in on interactive small group methods, active clinical practice who are interspersed with practical tasks. involved in supervising or Students are asked to contribute delivering end of life care. their own views and experiences, either informally during group Course Structure discussions or by giving short presentations to the group. and Content The Keele Postgraduate Award in End of Life Care in Non-Specialist Settings is a 30-credit programme based on our Independent Studies module that can also be used to build towards a full Master’s award. In common with other postgraduate courses at Keele, this offers

151 Courses Courses

Assessment Assessment of this module is by

portfolio. This will be a personal TIME PART document, exhibiting variation in form and content. It will include as a minimum: a report reflecting on the teaching programme as a reflective journal including evidence of reading; significant events and critical incidents in practice; evidence of peer discussions and involvement in teamwork which may be based around case reviews.

This may be organised under the headings of good medical practice to assist in preparation for appraisal and revalidation. Participants are free to submit elements from all aspects of their role in end of life care.

152 Courses Courses

Nursing Postgraduate Diploma/MSc in Rheumatology Nursing

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Postgraduate Diploma/MSc in Part-time [email protected] Rheumatology Nursing Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Kath Jones www.keele.ac.uk/ MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, nursingandmidwifery Postgraduate Certifi cate

Overview Course Aims • Promote effective collaborative, interdisciplinary and interagency This programme will enable Broad educational aims of the working practices. experienced clinical nurses and programme are to: allied health professionals to Entry Requirements manage the ongoing care of people • Demonstrate the capacity with rheumatoid arthritis and other for critical enquiry, analysis, Potential/prospective students will musculoskeletal conditions. This will and application of knowledge normally: Hold current fi rst level include the interpretation of in their practice and to support Professional Registration with a haematological, biochemical and innovations in health and relevant regulatory body e.g. Nursing radiological investigations as well as social care and Midwifery Council (NMC); Health Professional Council (HPC); General making and receiving referrals from • Engage in effective clinical Social Care Council (GSCC). a host of colleagues in secondary musculoskeletal examination. and community care settings. Be working in clinical practice In accordance with current health • Demonstrate the use and effect for a period of two years. Some policy, the course will also develop of medicines, and make decisions potential/prospective students may clinical leadership skills. on drug administration based on be managers/educators within the research evidence. Healthcare arena. Facilities • Demonstrate the interplay Have signifi cant experience of the between psycho-social issues Keele University School of Nursing management of patients presenting and patient functioning, and and Midwifery is based at the with musculoskeletal disorders. Clinical Education Centre within the develop assessment and University Hospital of North management strategies that Have an undergraduate degree Staffordshire (NHS) Trust. address these issues. ideally 2.2 or higher in a related subject or an equivalent • Promote the knowledge and The main academic venue for this professional qualifi cation such as a skills required to be an effective course will be the Haywood postgraduate diploma. Rheumatology Centre at the clinical leader. Haywood Hospital in Stoke (www. Accreditation of Prior Certifi cated • Engage in the research process haywoodrheumatology.org.uk). Learning (APCL)/Prior Experiential and contribute to research within Learning (APEL) their practice. In some cases the student may be • Promote and enhance their allowed to apply for accreditation skills in critical refl ection, of prior learning, undertaken either evaluation, professional decision at Keele or at another higher making and leadership to inform education institution. These credits best practice. must have been gained within fi ve years previous to their joining the current programme of study.

153 Courses Courses

English Language Aimed at increasing the student’s 15,000 word research project knowledge of anti-rheumatic drugs, dissertation. The student will Requirements their side effects and the basis for identify a supervisor locally.

International students whose first their use in clinical practice. Provides several plenary TIME PART content days when students language is not English may be Psychological and Social Aspects asked to undertake an IELTS 6.5 present and discuss their work of Care in Rheumatological with course tutors. with a minimum of 5.5 in each Practice (CLM40024): 15 Credits, sub-test or equivalent. Level 7 Module. Teaching and Course Content Examines the effects that Assessment rheumatological illness can The main themes of the programme have on psychological and Modules will be taught through a will focus upon: leadership and social functioning. mixture of lectures, interactive clinical management, evidence- tutorials, problems-based learning, based practice, research and Clinical Leadership (CLM40026): workshops, formal presentations professional role development. 15 Credits, Level 7 Module. and guided study. Course Modules Explores the evidence base that A range of assessments will include promotes effective clinical written assignments, presentations, An Introduction To Clinical leadership and developing OSCEs, clinical scenarios and a Effectiveness in Rheumatology knowledge and skills to lead a research dissertation. Nursing (CLM40021): 15 Credits, clinical team. Level 7 Module. Physical Assessment (CLM40066 An essential foundation for the OPTIONAL MODULE): 15 Credits, rest of the course. Students will Level 7 Module. develop skills in critical appraisal, Provides the student with the in understanding statistical knowledge and skills required to principles and will gain a practical undertake a clinical assessment and insight into the research process. examination of the spine, pelvis and Physical Assessment in feet complexes in patients with Rheumatology Nursing rheumatological disorders. (CLM40022): 15 Credits, Principles and Practice of Joint and Level 7 Module. Soft Tissue Injection (PTY40015 Provides the student with the OPTIONAL MODULE): 15 Credits, knowledge and skills required to Level 7 Module. undertake a clinical assessment and Research (CLM40025): 15 Credits, examination of the shoulder, knee Level 7 Module. and hand complexes in patients with rheumatological disorders. Enables the student to examine the processes involved in designing a Drug Therapy in Rheumatological research proposal, to examine Practice (CLM40023): 30 Credits, outcome measures and their Level 7 Module. relevance to clinical practice.

Master’s Option (CLM40043): 60 Credits, Level 7 Module.

154 Courses Courses

Nursing MSc Advancing Professional Practice (End of Life Care)

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MSc Advancing Professional Practice Part-time [email protected] (End of Life Care) Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Val Samways www.keele.ac.uk/ MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, nursingandmidwifery Postgraduate Certifi cate

Overview The spacious and light interior of entry requirements will be invited the building consists of seminar to an interview with the Programme The recent End of Life Strategy rooms, extensive clinical skills Lead or Admissions Tutor and a (DH, 2008) recognises the need for laboratories, interprofessional Senior representative from the education to ensure that health and Health Library and IT laboratories, funding/supporting employer. social care staff have the necessary which not only provide high-tech The interview will focus upon the knowledge, skills and attitudes to learning and teaching facilities, planned programme modules, provide high-quality and effective but also allow and encourage work-based learning activities care for the dying, and that such multidisciplinary learning and team and future research projects. education will be critical to the working, an approach that we success of improving end of life believe is key to developing a Potential/prospective students care for all. professional healthcare workforce will normally: for the future. This End of Life Care Pathway is Hold current fi rst-level Professional a new and exciting response to Registration with a relevant recent Department of Health Course Aims regulatory body e.g. Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC); Health policy initiatives. It is open to any This dynamic and fl exible Professional Council (HPC); experienced qualifi ed professional interprofessional course aims General Social Care Council (GSCC). who is currently involved in to provide students with an delivering end of life care within opportunity to develop a Have an identifi ed work-based their area of practice, and who comprehensive academic and facilitator within their practice area, meets the entry requirements. evidence-based approach to their who will support and guide their work, critically exploring the development throughout the Facilities provision of end of life care. phases of the programme.

Keele University School of Nursing Upon successful completion of the Be working in clinical practice. and Midwifery is based at the PGCert course students will obtain Some potential/prospective Clinical Education Centre within a Postgraduate Certifi cate students may be Managers within the University Hospital of North in End of Life Care from Keele a healthcare setting. Staffordshire (NHS) Trust. University with a view to progress on to the MSc. Hold an undergraduate second- The Clinical Education Centre, class honours degree or higher which opened in September 2004, Entry Requirements in a related subject with minimum is a contemporary, state-of-the-art, of two years’ experience in building which houses not only the The programme is designed for professional practice. School of Nursing and Midwifery, experienced health and social care but also incorporates part of the professionals, involved in leading Practitioners with extensive well-established Undergraduate and and developing contemporary practice experience and no formal Postgraduate School of Medicine. professional practice. All students undergraduate degree will be who have applied and meet the considered for entry on the basis

155 Courses Courses

of evidence presented within NUR – 40022 – Independent Students will then progress their professional portfolio and Practice Professional Development on to the PGDip and MSc where discussion at interview. (30 Level 7 Credits) further modules will include:

Clinical Leadership, Research TIME PART English Language This 30-credit, Level 7, work-based Methods; Practice Development learning module provides an Requirements and Advancement through opportunity for the student to Work-based Learning. demonstrate critical and creative International students whose first thinking through their approach language is not English must have Teaching and to developing specific learning IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in outcomes and the achievement Assessment each sub-test or equivalent. of these through practice-based Studying at Keele University initiatives. This will have relevance provides access to a library with Core Modules (PGCert) to their own practice in order to an extensive multidisciplinary enhance their own professional NUR – 40016 – Recognising the healthcare section. This course will standing. It enables the student End of Life (15 Level 7 credits) be delivered utilising a blended to demonstrate their ability to learning approach. The teaching This module provides an make informed judgements team is multi-professional and has introduction to the political agenda about practice-based issues and extensive clinical experience in surrounding end of life care. communicate ideas to their delivering palliative and end of It discusses the clinical challenges work-based learning facilitator life care. of recognising the end of life and (as appropriate), specialist and critically examines the complexity non-specialist fellow professionals. and principles of interdisciplinary Evaluative reflection will be end of life care. This module runs integral to this in determining at Keele University, School of further and future learning needs. Nursing and Midwifery. The module will be underpinned NUR – 40018 – Holistic support by the work-based learning through to End of Life philosophy, which will be (15 Level 7 credits) incorporated as a stimulating and challenging approach to This module offers a critical practice-based learning. understanding of palliative symptom management in end of life care. Students will develop a critical appreciation of the importance of place of care and patient choice at the end of life and critically consider responses to grief and bereavement. The module promotes the importance and complexity of evaluating quality and outcomes in end of life care. This module runs at Keele University, School of Nursing and Midwifery.

156 Courses Courses

Pharmacy Clinical Pharmacy Programme

Course Title: Mode of Study: Clinical Pharmacy Programme Part-time Website: www.keele.ac.uk/pharmacy/ Course Type: Contact Details: education Postgraduate Certifi cate/Diploma/ Postgraduate Co-ordinator MSc & short course Contact Email: [email protected]

Overview Course Aims • Provide you with a structured learning programme that will Our distance learning programme Keele’s Postgraduate Clinical help you apply your knowledge in Clinical Pharmacy for hospital Pharmacy Programme broadly and skills in daily practice. pharmacists aims to provide you aims to: with a wider view of healthcare, • Encourage you to develop a and equip you with suffi cient • Build on your existing knowledge refl ective approach to your knowledge, skills and confi dence of disease states, pharmacology clinical pharmacy practice. and pharmacokinetics to to be able to develop and extend • Encourage you to develop the your clinical and professional role enable you to apply this in a clinical setting. self-discipline of private study as part of a multidisciplinary and self-directed learning that healthcare team. In the fast- • Equip you to assess drug will be continued beyond Keele’s changing world of pharmacy and therapy for effectiveness, Programme in your Continuing healthcare provision, standing safety, compatibility, patient Professional Development (CPD) still is not an option, but you acceptability and cost, and as an independent learner. may, understandably, feel use this information to make under-equipped to meet the effective interventions and In addition, you will develop new challenges. Let Keele help develop and document valuable practical skills including you meet the challenges set by pharmaceutical care plans. written and oral communication, the Government’s plan for the and the ability to design a project, profession, Pharmacy in England. • Encourage you to develop an collect, analyse and interpret data. The programme links to the NHS understanding of the principles Knowledge and Skills Framework of pharmaceutical care and Entry Requirements to enable you to meet the relevant problem-solvingapproach to competencies and provide clinical practice. Applicants must be pharmacists evidence for your continued practicing in hospital pharmacy, • Provide you with a wider view professional development. working in the UK and registered of healthcare and equip you with with the GPhC. The Clinical Pharmacy Programme suffi cient knowledge and skills to is designed to allow you be able to develop and extend choice and fl exibility in your your professional role. progression to Certifi cate, • Increase your confi dence Diploma and Masters awards, to in your ability to contribute to meet your specifi c professional patient care as part of the development needs and advance multidisciplinary healthcare team. your professional practice.

157 Courses Courses

Course Content Teaching and The Clinical Pharmacy Programme Assessment is designed principally for distance Practice-based assignments TIME PART learning (DL). We provide mainly (problem-solving questions/ online DL materials so that you can case presentations/project study where and when it is most assignments). Completion of a convenient for you. Our methods reflective portfolio. of delivery allow us to revise and update the course quickly to meet your changing needs as a pharmacist. You have the flexibility of registering on courses for 9, 21, or 33 months, part-time, depending on your needs and the end qualification you want to attain from Keele. There is also the possibility of extending the overall period of study if you wish. Course Modules We offer a highly flexible range of modules/short courses to meet the needs of hospital pharmacists who wish to register on a course to meet their CPD needs PLUS accumulate credits that can be used towards an academic award at a pace that suits you.

CPD Plus+ Open Learn provides hospital pharmacists with the opportunity to negotiate some or all of the content and learning outcomes of the module/short course with a Keele tutor to meet specific needs that you have identified. These are available as 15 and 30 credit modules, and normally use CPD Plus+ fixed content modules as their basis.

158 Courses Courses

Pharmacy Community Pharmacy Programme

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Community Pharmacy Programme Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Certifi cate/Diploma/ Postgraduate Co-ordinator www.keele.ac.uk/pharmacy/education MSc & short courses

Overview Provide you with a structured update the course quickly to meet learning programme that will help your changing needs as a Our distance learning programme you apply your knowledge and pharmacist. You have the fl exibility in Community Pharmacy aims skills in daily practice of registering on courses for 9, 21, to provide you with a wider view or 33 months, part-time, of medicines management and Encourage you to develop the depending on your needs and the healthcare. We aim to equip you self-discipline of private study and end qualifi cation you want to with suffi cient knowledge, skills self-directed learning that will be attain from Keele. There is also the and confi dence to be able to continued beyond Keele’s possibility of extending the overall develop and extend your clinical Programme in your Continuing period of study if you wish. and professional role as part of Professional Development (CPD) the primary healthcare team. In addition, you will develop Course Modules In the fast-changing world of valuable practical skills including Communication and Consultation pharmacy and healthcare provision written and oral communication, Skills – develops your interpersonal standing still is not an option, and the ability to design a project, skills with patients, special patient but you may, understandably, collect, analyse and interpret data. feel under-equipped to meet the groups, doctors and other new challenges. healthcare professionals. Entry Requirements The concept of concordance is Course Aims Applicants must be pharmacists addressed in detail. Marketing, practicing in community and/or in relation to professional services Keele’s Postgraduate Community primary care, working in the UK is also covered. Pharmacy Programme aims to: and registered with the GPhC. Clinical Pharmacy for Medicines Provide you with a broad view of Management – aims to provide the issues relevant to pharmacy Course Content you with a clear understanding of practice in primary care and The Community Pharmacy medicines management and medicines management in Programme is designed principally pharmaceutical care in the context community pharmacy and for distance learning (DL). of clinical pharmacy practice in primary care We provide mainly printed and primary care. You’ll look in detail at some of the most common disease Equip you with the clinical and online DL materials so that you states that you’ll come across in professional knowledge base and can study where and when your daily practice, and their skills necessary to fulfi l and extend it is most convenient for you. treatment, set in the contexts of your role in community pharmacy For some of our modules, you pharmaceutical care, medicines and primary care will study online, in our Virtual Learning Environment, using management, and National Service structured computer-mediated Frameworks (NSFs). communication. Our methods of delivery allow us to revise and

159 Courses Courses

Promoting Health through Community Pharmacy – you will look at the role of pharmacists in

promoting and supporting healthy TIME PART lifestyles. Key areas where health promotion advice may lead to improved health in the general population are examined in detail. These are set in the context of the national public health agenda.

Working with Prescribers in Primary Care – gives you a ‘toolkit’ to get you started working with GPs on prescribing and rationalising drug therapy. The module includes sections on the NHS, the general practice environment, influences on prescribing and prescribing management tools e.g. PACT data.

Clinical Pharmacy for Medicines Management (2) – this module aims to provide you with an understanding of clinical pharmacy and therapeutics in relation to specific patient groups.

Developing and Delivering High Quality Services – looks in depth at changes in the NHS and the future delivery of healthcare services, including pharmacy services. The module also provides a starter toolkit of resources for developing pharmacy practice, set in the context of clinical governance and practice research. Teaching and Assessment Practice-based assignments (problem-solving questions/case presentations/project assignments). Completion of a reflective portfolio.

160 Courses Courses

Pharmacy Professional Doctorate in Pharmacy

Course Title: Mode of Study: Doctorate in Pharmacy (DPharm) Part-time Contact Email: [email protected] Course Type: Contact Details: Professional Doctorate Bev Oakden, Programme Website: Co-ordinator. www.keele.ac.uk/pharmacy/ Tel. +44 (0) 1782 734207 education

Overview Course Aims • Enable you to further develop the self-discipline of private study, This course is new from Keele’s Professional Doctorate in self-directed learning and autumn 2012. Pharmacy (DPharm) Programme refl ective practice that will be aims to: The move to senior career grades continued beyond Keele’s and Consultant Pharmacist posts • Enable you to acquire and apply Programme in your Continuing indicates the need for doctoral level the clinical and professional Professional Development (CPD). qualifi cations to be the norm for knowledge base and skills that you those seeking promotion in this have identifi ed as necessary to Entry Requirements respect. A professional doctorate develop your role as an advanced/ Candidates for the DPharm provides a rigorous programme of consultant level practitioner. programme must be pharmacists or advanced study and research, • Enable you to develop and use pharmacy technicians who are equally rigorous to the purely research skills to become an registered with the General research-oriented PhD. independent, refl ective and Pharmaceutical Council (GPhC), It is designed to meet the needs of a competent researcher capable or equivalent for applicants working practising pharmacist wishing to of undertaking doctoral research overseas, and working full or attain the highest level of relevant to your area of part-time in an appropriate professional and academic professional practice. organisation where they are achievement, that is clearly relevant permitted to conduct work-based • Enable you to conceptualise, to their professional practice, will research and evaluation. In addition, design and implement projects for support them in producing a candidates must have a: contribution to professional the generation of signifi cant new • Postgraduate master’s degree in knowledge, and will enable their knowledge and/or understanding. a relevant subject, career development. • Develop your ability to make or The DPharm is a natural extension informed judgments on complex • MPharm, minimum 2:1, and a to the existing postgraduate taught issues in your specialist fi eld and Postgraduate Pharmacy Diploma, portfolio provided by the School of adopt an innovative approach to or Pharmacy at Keele, building on our tackling and solving problems. expertise in delivering the Advanced • Provide you with a structured • Postgraduate Pharmacy Diploma Professional Practice programme learning programme that will and evidence of experience of and supporting postgraduate enable you to understand and professional practice research or research, scholarship and evaluation. evaluate critically advanced evaluation (e.g. postgraduate The DPharm will provide the academic work, and that meets Certifi cate in Research and opportunity for pharmacists to your personal professional Evaluation, published papers), achieve the highest academic development needs for at the discretion of the qualifi cation in a progressive way career enhancement. programme manager* or related to their professional and career development.

161 Courses Courses

• Senior practitioner with evidence • Researching and Evaluating on, your own performance and of an advanced practice role and/ Practice for the Advanced CPD needs. Each of the modes of or evidence of experience of Practitioner assessment in Part 1 contributes

pharmacy practice research or • DPharm Initial Study to the overall development of the TIME PART evaluation (e.g. postgraduate cognitive, intellectual and practical Certificate in Research and You will be able to tailor these to skills that you will require to pursue Evaluation, published papers), your own area of advanced and a doctoral thesis in Part 2. at the discretion of the specialist practice. In accordance with University programme manager* Part 2 (Years 3 and 4) Regulations, you will attend a viva voce as part of the formal Course Content Once you have successfully completed Part 1 you will undertake examination of your final thesis. The Programme will be taught over research in Part 2 to produce your Each method of assessment is 4 years in two Parts. doctoral thesis for the DPharm. You supported by clear criteria for Part 1 (Years 1 and 2) is the ‘taught’ will be supported by a supervisory marking; these are explained in element of the programme where team, members of which will have the relevant Course Handbooks. you will achieve the key learning completed the University’s training outcomes/competencies required requirements for supervisors of Thesis for the DPharm programme in research projects, and further training The overall outcome of the DPharm relation to advanced professional specific to professional doctorates. is for candidates to produce an practice in your chosen area of You will be assigned to a member of account of their research in the form expert professional practice, academic staff, according to the of a thesis in the range of 50,000 leadership, management and general thematic area of your to 60,000 words The final thesis professional relationships, and research, who will be your principal should form a contribution to research and evaluation. Part 1 will supervisor. As well as receiving knowledge and/or professional conclude with your report of an personal support from your practice in a subject of relevance to Initial study that will inform your supervisor, you will be able to share the profession of pharmacy and doctoral research for Part 2 and discuss your work with other show evidence of originality, either (Years 3 and 4) of the programme. students and tutors during by including the discovery of new occasional face-to-face seminars During Part 1, you will study specific evidence and/or by the exercise of and tutorials at Keele. modules using a variety of learning independent critical analysis applied media and tools, at a distance from Intermediate award to the practice of pharmacy in the the University in your home and candidate’s area of research. Students who, for any reason, do not workplace. You will also attend some Pride in Our Reputation workshops at the University where to proceed to Year 3 may be given you will share progress with other the opportunity to submit a Our DPharm programme was students and staff through group dissertation for the MSc in Advanced externally reviewed during the work and presentations. Professional Practice award. development process:

The following modules are all core Assessment *Candidates unable to provide for Part 1: A variety of formative and evidence will normally be able to • Compet ency Frameworks for the summative assessment methods are complete relevant research and Advanced Practitioner used in Part 1 including reflective advanced practice development • Building Working Relationships for essays, project proposal and a modules to be eligible for entry the Advanced Practitioner project report. A Reflective Portfolio if necessary. In any case, please that spans Years 1 and 2 of the contact the Programme Manager • Leadership and Management for programme is key to assessing your or Programme Co-ordinator/ Healthcare Professionals ability to relate theory to practice, Administrator for a chat to discuss • Advanced Practice Development and self-evaluation of, and reflection your options.

162 Courses Courses

Physiotherapy Applied Clinical Anatomy

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Applied Clinical Anatomy Full-time and part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Postgraduate Certifi cate Sarah Skinner www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ appliedclinicalanatomypgcert

Overview Facilities English Language The certifi cate is designed to The School of Health & Requirements allow choice and foster personal Rehabilitation is based on Keele For students whose fi rst language development. Plenty of opportunity campus and has a well-established is not English, evidence will be will be given to students to develop undergraduate physiotherapy required of successful completion their skills in anatomy and dissections programme. It has strong of an English Language qualifi cation using human cadaveric specimens. connections both with local clinical such as TOEFL (minimum 600) or units and with other Schools within IELTS (minimum 6.5 with at least 6 The Postgraduate Certifi cate the University such as the Schools in each sub-test). All applications in Applied Clinical Anatomy of Nursing & Midwifery, Medicine, are assessed on an individual basis. (60 M Level credits) consists of and Pharmacy. three modules, the two core modules are compulsory; Applied Course Aims Course Content Clinical Anatomy 1 worth 15 M Level The certifi cate consists of three credits, and Applied Clinical To promote the acquisition of modules (two core compulsory Anatomy 2 worth 30 M Level applied anatomical knowledge and plus one option). credits. To facilitate ongoing skills and the application of personal development and make up anatomical science. • Applied Clinical Anatomy 1 (core) the required 60 Masters Level worth 15 M Level credits. This credits, the student can choose a Entry Requirements module will cover histology, further optional module related to embryology, identifi cation of the aims of the certifi cate. Students The course is aimed at students who prosections, gross anatomy may transfer their credits to an have studied some basic anatomy of various systems, radiology, MSc (Health Sciences) or an MSc within their fi rst degree, for example: preserving, and embalming. (Neuromusculoskeletal Healthcare). medical doctors, allied health The gross anatomy will be linked There are many Masters Level professionals, nurses, midwives, to functional and clinical relevance modules available to choose from other health-related professionals, within the University. graduates in biology, cell biology, • Applied Clinical Anatomy 2 (core) biomedical science, sports science, worth 30 M Level credits. Through medical illustrators etc. Candidates student-led tutorials, theoretical should normally have a fi rst or and practical studies including second-class honours degree in a dissections, the student will cover relevant subject and/or recognised in-depth, the theoretical and professional qualifi cation. practical aspects of knowledge relating to the student’s chosen Applicants should ensure that their anatomical focus personal statements identify why they wish to study this course.

163 Courses Courses

• One option module to the value and dissections to address of 15 credits at Masters Level theoretical and practical aspects of applied clinical anatomical Course Modules knowledge. The student is expected to complete at least double the Core Modules (each 15 credits amount of self-directed study. totalling 105 credits) TIME/FULLPART TIME A variety of modes of assessment Applied Clinical Anatomy 1 are offered. For the Applied Clinical (15 credits) Anatomy 1 module – the student Applied Clinical Anatomy 2 can choose their own mode of (30 credits) assessment from the selection given, for example, assignment, Option Modules (60 credits) presentation or an interactive required for MSc and PgDip) practical examination. For the Applied Clinical Anatomy 2, There are many Masters Level the student will present a portfolio modules available within the of evidence of their experiential Faculty and the wider University. learning during the process of The academic year starts in exploring in-depth the theoretical September, and is divided into and practical aspects of clinical two semesters; one core module anatomical knowledge relating to will be available in each semester. the students chosen fi eld of This allows the student the freedom knowledge. This will include a to select an optional module within 4,000-word assignment, either semester. four laboratory reports including Candidates can also apply for such activities as dissections, assessment of prior learning (APL) clinical meetings etc, a 2,500 word exemptions against option modules, refl ective piece demonstrating or choose to take option modules experiential learning and fi nally the from a range offered by other evidence of experiential learning. Faculties in the University, or other Universities, provided they are consistent with the aims of the programme and are approved by the Course Team. “Now that the Applied Clinical Teaching and Anatomy has fi nished, I can defi nitely Assessment say that it was by far the most interesting thing I have ever done in The programme of study will be delivered through block teaching my entire (short though) academic life. sessions and self-directed study Thank you so much for this opportunity.” (See individual modular specifi cation for details of hours Alexandros, full-time student etc). Teaching format will be lecturers, seminars, discussions, 2011-2012 problem-solving sessions, tutorials,

164 Courses Courses

Physiotherapy Neuromusculoskeletal Healthcare

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Neuromusculoskeletal Healthcare Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Sarah Skinner www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ Postgraduate Certifi cate neuromusculoskeletalhealthcare

Overview Course Aims If registration is not obtained this will limit your choice of options since This course enables students to The aim of this fl exible modular you will not be able to undertake study the healthcare of patients course is to broaden the student’s practical clinical modules. with neuromusculoskeletal knowledge and understanding of problems from a dynamic and neuromusculoskeletal healthcare, Forms for UK Professional Council expanding perspective. and encourage personal registration are available from the development. It is also about Health Professions Council (HPC), The course provides students fostering greater insight into how at www.hpc-uk.org General Medical with a sound academic core to different disciplines, through a Council (GMC) information obtained their relevant clinical practice, programme of shared learning and from www.gmc-uk.org and Nursing encourages a broad approach teaching, can contribute to this aim. and Midwifery Council (NMC) to health provision, and gives a This course facilitates analysis, via www.nmc-uk.org thorough understanding of research discussion and critical appraisal of Applicants should ensure that their methodology. The overall philosophy scientifi c and clinical knowledge. is to encourage an analytical, personal statements identify why they wish to study this course. questioning attitude, which in Entry Requirements turn will lead to an increase in evidence-based practice together The course is open to therapists, English Language with innovation in clinical practice. (e.g. physiotherapists, occupational Requirements therapists), other allied health This fl exible course is available professionals and members of For students whose fi rst language part-time, or modules can be taken other related disciplines such as is not English, evidence will be as independent stand-alone doctors, nurses, pharmacists and required of successful completion programmes of study. psychologists. Applicants should of an English Language qualifi cation normally have a fi rst or second-class such as TOEFL (minimum 600) or Facilities honours degree (2.1 or 2.2) (or IELTS (minimum 6.5 with at least 6 in each sub-test). All applications The School of Health & overseas equivalent) in a relevant are assessed on an individual basis. Rehabilitation is based on Keele subject such as Physiotherapy, campus and has a well-established Occupational Therapy, Medicine, undergraduate physiotherapy Nursing, Psychology, or an Course Content equivalent professional qualifi cation. programme. It has strong The MSc programme comprises connections both with local clinical In addition, applicants must have taught modules to the value of 120 units and with other Schools within completed at least 12 months of M Level credits and a dissertation of the University such as the Schools professional work experience by 60 M Level credits, giving a total of of Nursing & Midwifery, Medicine, 30 June prior to admission or be 180 credits. Students may choose to and Pharmacy. registered with the UK Professional fi nish their studies after completing Council or overseas equivalent. 60 taught credits (Postgraduate Certifi cate) or 120 taught credits

165 Courses Courses

(Postgraduate Diploma), or they Dissertation (60 credits) may study any module on a stand-alone basis and obtain the A dissertation of 15,000 words on a topic related to the course.

relevant credits. The part-time MSc TIME PART programme can be completed in Dissertation workshops provide two years, but students may take up support for students. to fi ve years if they wish (modular). The structure of the course therefore Teaching and Assessment allows fl exible learning in accordance Lecture sessions are led by a variety with individual student interests of experienced authorities in their and needs. fi eld. Therefore, the student receives a wide knowledge base from Course Modules academics and practising experts.

Core Modules (each 15 credits The programme is assessed by a totalling 60 credits) variety of techniques chosen to • Research Methods in Health refl ect the aims and objectives and teaching methods of individual • Evidence-Based Practice – this is modules, for example: essay, critical delivered electronically entirely evaluation, paper review, seminar via distance-learning presentations, examination, the use of the Virtual Learning Environment, • Applied Clinical Anatomy 1 and dissertation. The pass mark for • Physiology of all modules is 50%. Neuromusculoskeletal Tissue

The core modules meet the needs of individuals to review and evaluate the scientifi c background of their own specialism and to integrate this into their clinical practice.

Option Modules – (60 credits required for MSc and PgDip)

A list of modules run by the Faculty of Health can be found at the Faculty Health Module Listings. Candidates can also apply for “This exciting modular programme assessment of prior learning (APL) exemptions against option modules, provides an opportunity to select from or choose to take option modules a range of varied modules to enhance from a range offered by other knowledge and practice in areas of Schools in the University provided they are consistent with the aims of professional and personal interest.” the programme and are approved by the Course Team. Dr Sue Hunter, Senior Lecturer

166 Courses Courses

Physiotherapy Pain Science and Management

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Pain Science and Management Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Sarah Skinner www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ Postgraduate Certifi cate painscienceandmanagement

Overview teaching, can contribute to this obtained from www.gmc-uk.org aim. This course facilitates analysis, and Nursing and Midwifery Council This course provides students discussion and critical appraisal of (NMC) via www.nmc-uk.org with a sound understanding scientifi c and clinical knowledge. of the physiology and Applicants should ensure that their pharmacology of pain, Entry Requirements personal statements identify why the psychosocial aspects of they wish to study this course. pain, and the assessment of The course is open to therapists, pain. It also provides a (e.g. physiotherapists, occupational English Language thorough understanding of therapists), other allied health Requirements research methodology. professionals and members of other related disciplines such as For students whose fi rst language Facilities doctors, nurses, pharmacists and is not English, evidence will be psychologists. Applicants should required of successful completion The School of Health & normally have a fi rst or second- of an English Language Rehabilitation is based on Keele class honours degree (2.1 or 2.2) qualifi cation such as TOEFL campus and has a well-established (or overseas equivalent) in a (minimum 600) or IELTS undergraduate physiotherapy relevant subject such as (minimum 6.5 with at least programme. It has strong Physiotherapy, Occupational 6 in each sub-test). All applications connections both with local clinical Therapy, Medicine, Nursing, are assessed on an individual basis. units and with other Schools within Psychology, or an equivalent the University such as the Schools professional qualifi cation. Course Content of Nursing & Midwifery, Medicine, and Pharmacy. In addition, applicants must have The MSc programme comprises completed at least 12 months of taught modules to the value of 120 Course Aims professional work experience by M Level credits and a dissertation 30 June prior to admission or be of 60 M Level credits, giving a total The aim of this fl exible modular registered with the UK Professional of 180 credits. Students may course is to broaden the student’s Council or overseas equivalent. choose to fi nish their studies after knowledge and understanding in If registration is not obtained this will completing 60 taught credits Pain Science and Management, limit your choice of options since (Postgraduate Certifi cate) or 120 plus encourage personal you will not be able to undertake taught credits (Postgraduate development. The IASP core practical clinical modules. Diploma), or they may study any curriculum for professional module on a stand-alone basis and education in pain is refl ected in Forms for UK Professional Council obtain the relevant credits. this programme. It is also about registration are available from the The part-time MSc programme fostering greater insight into how Health Professions Council (HPC), can be completed in two years, different disciplines, through a at www.hpc-uk.org General but students may take up to fi ve programme of shared learning and Medical Council (GMC) information years if they wish (modular).

167 Courses Courses

The structure of the course A list of modules run by the Teaching and therefore allows fl exible learning in Faculty of Health can be found at accordance with individual student the Faculty Health Module listings. Assessment

interests and needs. TIME PART Candidates can also apply for Lecture sessions are led by a variety of experienced authorities Course Modules assessment of prior learning (APL) exemptions against option in their fi eld. Therefore, the Core Modules (each 15 credits modules, or choose to take option student receives a wide knowledge totalling 60 credits) modules from a range offered by base from academics and other Schools in the University practising experts. The core modules meet the needs provided they are consistent with of individuals to review and The programme is assessed by the aims of the programme and a variety of techniques chosen to evaluate the scientifi c background are approved by the Course Team. of their own specialism and to refl ect the aims and objectives integrate this into their clinical Dissertation (60 credits) and teaching methods of individual practice. The option modules modules, for example: essay, A dissertation of 15,000 words on allow students to devise a critical evaluation, paper review, a topic related to the course. programme to suit their own seminar presentations, Dissertation workshops provide specifi c requirements in terms examination, the use of the support for students. of professional and personal Virtual Learning Environment, development. The Research and dissertation. The pass mark module and Evidence-Based for all modules is 50%. Practice module, together with the dissertation, develop the student’s research capabilities and critical evaluation skills.

The following indicate the range of modules that may be offered.

Core Modules (each 15 credits, totalling 75 credits)

• Research Methods in Health

• Evidence-Based Practice – this is delivered electronically, entirely via distance-learning

• Physiology & Pharmacology of Pain

• Psychosocial Aspects of Pain “It’s a really good innovative course

• Assessment and Measurement that offers the opportunity for practitioners to develop their skills and Option Modules (45 credits) required for MSc and PgDip) knowledge in an interdisciplinary forum.” Dr Jackie Waterfi eld, Senior Lecturer

168 Courses Courses

Physiotherapy Physiotherapy

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Physiotherapy Full-time and part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Sarah Skinner www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ Postgraduate Certifi cate physiotherapyfull-time

Overview Facilities Entry Requirements The philosophy of this course is The School of Health & The course is open to to broaden and extend knowledge Rehabilitation is based on Keele appropriately qualifi ed and skills within the fi eld of campus and has a well-established physiotherapists who are interested physiotherapy and encourage undergraduate physiotherapy in acquiring new knowledge and/or personal and professional programme. It has strong deepening existing knowledge in the development. This programme is connections both with local clinical fi eld of physiotherapy. Applicants designed to provide opportunity units and with other Schools within should normally have a fi rst or for students to question and the University such as the Schools second-class honours degree challenge current practice in of Nursing & Midwifery, Medicine, (2.1 or 2.2) (or overseas equivalent) aspects of physiotherapy and to and Pharmacy. in Physiotherapy. enable students to explore in-depth, areas of professional Course Aims Applicants should ensure that their interest. It also aims to enable personal statements identify why students to evaluate evidence Provide an environment where they wish to study this course. both for current practice and the student is supported and for new approaches in motivated to develop academically, English Language physiotherapy practice. professionally and personally. Requirements Promote refl ective thinking, The structure of the core modules refl ective practice and For students whose fi rst language meets the needs of individuals to self-evaluation. is not English, evidence will be review and evaluate the background required of successful completion Develop the process of the physiotherapy profession and of an English Language of critical and evaluative thinking, to integrate this into their clinical qualifi cation such as TOEFL writing, and communication. practice where appropriate. (minimum 600) or IELTS Transfer scientifi c knowledge The option module choice allows (minimum 6.5 with at least from theory into practice. students to select the module 6 in each sub-test). All applications that best suits their own specifi c Develop research skills to provide are assessed on an individual basis. requirements in terms of personal students with a sound academic and professional development. core to their clinical practice in Course Content The research module and physiotherapy. Develop a scientifi c The full-time course comprises dissertation, together with core approach to the evaluation of of seven core modules and one modules such as Evidence-Based current practice in physiotherapy. Practice or Assessment and 15 credit optional module. Measurement, develop the student’s Promote interdisciplinary The part-time/modular route research capabilities and critical perspectives and an holistic comprises of three core modules evaluation skills. approach to the management and 75 credits of optional modules. and rehabilitation of person.

169 Courses Courses

The MSc programme comprises Dissertation Teaching and taught modules to the value of 120 M Level credits and a dissertation Full-time Option Modules Assessment 15 credits required for MSc of 60 M Level credits, giving a total Lecture sessions are led by and PgDip of 180 credits. Students may a variety of experienced authorities choose to fi nish their studies after Choose from the following in their fi eld. Therefore, the TIME/FULLPART TIME completing 60 taught credits student receives a wide knowledge (Postgraduate Certifi cate) or Assistive Technologies in base from academics and 120 taught credits (Postgraduate Neurological Rehabilitation, practising experts. Diploma), or they may study any Dynamic Ultrasound Imaging, module on a stand-alone basis Performance Stability, or The programme is assessed by a and obtain the relevant credits. another in discussion with the variety of techniques chosen to The part-time MSc programme Programme Leader. refl ect the aims and objectives and can be completed in two years, teaching methods of individual but students may take up to fi ve Part-time/Modular modules, for example: essay, critical years if they wish (modular). evaluation, paper review, seminar The structure of the course course Modules presentations, examination, the use therefore allows fl exible learning Core Modules (each 15 credits of the Virtual Learning Environment, in accordance with individual totalling 45 credits) and dissertation. The pass mark for student interests and needs. all modules is 50%. Research Methods in Health, Full-time Applied Clinical Anatomy 1 and Assessment and Measurement OR Course Modules Evidence Based Practise Core Modules (each 15 credits Option Modules (75 credits totalling 105 credits) required for MSc and PgDip) Research Methods in Health, A list of modules run by the Applied Clinical Anatomy 1, Faculty of Health can be found at Concepts of Neurological www.keele.ac.uk/health Rehabilitation, Physiology of Neuromusculoskeletal Tissue, Psychosocial Aspects of Pain

Essentials of Manual Therapy Assessment for Peripheral Joint Dysfunction OR Essentials of Manual Therapy Assessment for Spinal Dysfunction (these modules “This fl exible programme enables run alternate years) students to advance their knowledge Assessment and Measurement and skills that underpin evidence- OR Evidence-Based Practice – this is delivered electronically entirely based professional practice in a rapidly via distance learning. changing healthcare environment.” Dr Linda Chesterton, Senior Lecturer

170 Courses Courses

Physiotherapy Neurological Rehabilitation

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Neurological Rehabilitation Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Sarah Skinner www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ Postgraduate Certifi cate neurologicalrehabilitation

Overview Facilities Entry Requirements This course enables students to The School of Health & The course is open to therapists, study health care, management Rehabilitation is based on Keele (e.g. physiotherapists, occupational and rehabilitation of people with campus and has a well-established therapists), other health neurological and neuromuscular undergraduate physiotherapy professionals. Applicants problems from a dynamic and programme. It has strong should normally have a fi rst or expanding perspective. The course connections both with local clinical second-class honours degree provides students with a sound units and with other Schools within (2.1 or 2.2) (or overseas equivalent) academic core to their relevant the University such as the Schools in a relevant subject such as clinical practice, encourages a of Nursing & Midwifery, Medicine, Physiotherapy, Occupational broad approach to health provision, and Pharmacy. Therapy, or an equivalent and gives a thorough understanding professional qualifi cation. of research methodology. Course Aims The overall philosophy is to In addition, applicants must encourage an analytical, Although based in the School of have completed at least 12 months questioning attitude, which in Health and Rehabilitation, this of professional work experience turn will lead to an increase in course draws on modules from by 30 June prior to admission evidence-based practice together across the Faculty of Health and or be registered with the UK with innovation in clinical practice. the wider University encouraging Professional Council or overseas interprofessional training. The aim equivalent. Registration with your Allied Health Professionals and of this fl exible modular course is to Professional Council is strongly members of other related broaden the student’s knowledge recommended, if this is not disciplines often require both and understanding of neurological obtained then this may limit your academic accreditation and and neuromuscular healthcare choice of options since you will not fl exibility when seeking continuing management and rehabilitation, be able to undertake practical professional development (CPD) and encourage personal clinical modules. and our postgraduate courses development. It is also about Forms for UK Professional Council endeavour to fulfi l these needs. fostering greater insight into how registration are available from the This fl exible course is available on different disciplines, through a Health Professions Council (HPC), full-time, part-time, or modular programme of shared learning and at www.hpc-uk.org General Medical route. Additionally, modules can be teaching, can contribute to this aim. Council (GMC) information obtained taken as independent standalone This course facilitates analysis, from www.gmc-uk.org and Nursing programmes of study. discussion and critical appraisal of and Midwifery Council (NMC) via scientifi c and clinical knowledge. www.nmc-uk.org

Applicants should ensure that their personal statements identify why they wish to study this course.

171 Courses Courses

English Language Course Modules Teaching and Requirements Core Modules (each 15 credits Assessment

totalling 75 credits) TIME PART For students whose first language Lecture sessions are led by a is not English, evidence will be • Research Methods in Health variety of experienced authorities required of successful completion in their field. Therefore, the student of an English Language • Evidence-B ased Practice receives a wide knowledge qualification such as TOEFL base from academics and • Concepts of Neurological (minimum 600) or IELTS practising experts. Rehabilitation (minimum 6.5 with at least 6 in Teaching methods include: lead each sub-test). All applications are • Assistiv e Technologies in lectures, tutor and student-led assessed on an individual basis. Neuromuscular Rehabilitation tutorials, problem solving scenarios, Course Content • Assessment and Measurement case study, presentations, small group work and the use of the Option Modules (45 credits required The MSc programme comprises Virtual Learning Environment – for MSc and PgDip) taught modules to the value of 120 discussion groups, conditional M Level credits and a dissertation A list of modules run by the Faculty released tasks. of 60 M Level credits, giving a total of Health can be found at the The programme is assessed by of 180 credits. Students may Faculty Health Module listings. a variety of techniques chosen to choose to finish their studies after reflect the aims and objectives and completing 60 taught credits Candidates can also apply for teaching methods of individual (Postgraduate Certificate) or 120 assessment of prior learning (APL) modules, for example: critical review taught credits (Postgraduate exemptions against option modules, papers, essays, portfolios, Diploma), or they may study any or choose to take option modules presentations, interactive practical module on a stand-alone basis and from a range offered by other examinations, assessment in the obtain the relevant credits. schools in the University provided field and use of the Virtual Learning The part-time MSc programme can they are consistent with the aims of Environment – online assessments be completed in two years, the programme and are approved and dissertation. The pass mark for but students may take up to five by the Course Team. all modules is 50%. years if they wish (modular). Dissertation (60 credits) The structure of the course therefore allows flexible learning in A dissertation of 15,000 words accordance with individual student on a topic related to the course. interests and needs. Dissertation workshops provide support for students. The core modules meet the needs of individuals to review and evaluate the scientific background of their own specialism and to integrate this into their clinical practice. The option modules allow students to devise a programme to suit their own specific requirements in terms of professional and personal development. The research module and Evidence Based Practice module together with the dissertation develop the student’s research capabilities and critical evaluation skills.

172 Courses Courses

Politics MA in Dialogue Studies

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MA in Dialogue Studies Full-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MA Professor Chris Bailey www.keele.ac.uk/spire/ postgraduate/madialoguestudies

Overview cohesion and proactive citizenship. degree in Politics or International It aims to develop refl ective Relations. For students who fall The context underpinning this practitioners and students of short of this requirement, relevant MA is the need to understand and dialogue equipped to examine work experience, or evidence of respond to the problems and and evaluate theories of dialogue experience in the fi eld, can be challenges generated by the UK’s and carry them forward with considered as an alternative. diverse society. Cultural and appropriate adaptations and religious diversity is capable of innovations. A distinctive and Course Content promoting a culturally rich, innovative feature of the open-minded society able to draw programme is a placement with The structure of the MA in on a wide range of perspectives in the Dialogue Society in London Dialogue Studies is as follows: confronting social, economic and during which students will Semester 1 political challenges at local, develop their skills through national and international levels. active participation in the work Approaches in Dialogue Conversely, a diverse society has of this charity. (30 credits) core module the capacity to harbour deep divisions which can lead to Course Aims Learning and Research Skills problems of ghettoisation, social (30 credits) core module The aim of the programme is to and political disengagement, Students to choose equip students with the inequality, resentment, mistrust, one optional module knowledge, understanding and insecurity and discrimination. (15 credits each) The need to address such skills to engage effectively in and diffi culties and the aspiration to lead meaningful dialogue Optional modules can be achieve a thriving diversity advancing intercultural interaction, drawn from modules such as demands dialogue to increase community cohesion, and those listed below, although interaction and understanding proactive citizenship. It seeks to the precise list of modules may between different sectors of develop refl ective practitioners, vary from year to year. the community. and students of dialogue, equipped to examine and evaluate theories • Comparative European Politics The MA in Dialogue Studies will of dialogue and carry them • Diplomatic Law provide Masters Level teaching and forward with appropriate experience catered to the demands adaptations and innovations. • The Changing of such efforts. It is intended to International Agenda equip students with the knowledge, Entry Requirements understanding and skills to effectively engage in and lead Students should have a good meaningful dialogue advancing degree of a 2:2 from an awarding intercultural interaction, community UK institution, or its equivalent. It is not necessary to hold the

173 Courses Courses

Semester 2 The dissertation will be on a topic of the student’s choice relating to Dialogue Work Placement intercultural dialogue, community (45 credits) core module

cohesion, diversity, citizenship or FULL TIME Summer conflict resolution. Students will be assigned supervisors who they will Dissertation meet on a regular basis. (60 credits) core module School of Politics, International Teaching and Relations and Philosophy (SPIRE) is a thoroughly international Assessment school, and is particularly welcoming to international The programme has three students. It also provides plenty of components: taught modules opportunities for home students to in the 1st semester; a placement broaden their horizons. at the Dialogue Society in the 2nd semester; and a dissertation We have staff with educational to be completed by a backgrounds in a wide variety September deadline. of countries, such as Canada, Bulgaria, Italy, Austria, Romania, The taught modules consist of a and Turkey, who present their number of weekly two hour research all around the world. seminars. These modules provide Students also have the opportunity students with theoretical and to attend lectures and seminars substantive knowledge, key given by lectures visiting Keele learning and research skills, and an from other countries as part of the opportunity to interact with staff ERASMUS partnerships. and other students. Assessment will vary between modules but International students will join typically will involve presentations, established international coursework, and essays. communities at Keele, and will find plenty of support mechanisms in The placement with the Dialogue place to help them make the Society in the 2nd semester will transition to study in the UK. allow students to gain experience working for an NGO. Students will be involved in planning, organising and evaluating seminars; planning, organising and evaluating community events; and attending Dialogue Society training events which provide key leadership and communications skills. The placement will be assessed by a reflective diary.

174 Courses Courses

Politics MA in Politics and International Relations

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MA in Politics and Full-time or part-time [email protected] International Relations Contact Details: Website: Course Type: Postgraduate Co-ordinator www.keele.ac.uk/spire/ MA/MRes postgraduate

Overview study and less research training Politics will gain a foundation in the than an MRes degree. The MA is theoretical and practical dimensions School of Politics, International therefore more suited to students of this challenging, interdisciplinary Relations and Philosophy (SPIRE) who wish to continue their studies fi eld. European Politics and Culture currently offers seven specialised beyond undergraduate level and to focuses on the political and cultural pathways to a Masters in Politics develop an in-depth understanding dynamics of contemporary Europe, and International Relations: of a particular aspect of Politics viewed in a global, regional and and International Relations. national context. Global Security Comparative Public Policy The MRes includes a substantial students will be introduced to Diplomatic Studies research training component. the theory and politics of global Global Security It is specifi cally designed to security and focus on the latest European Politics and Culture provide students with the skills trends in security studies. A focus International Relations necessary to pursue further on International Relations will Environmental Politics research after their Masters, provide you with an innovative either in a PhD or in employment grounding in the central theoretical Political Parties and Elections where research skills are and practical aspects of both the Our postgraduate learning and particularly important. traditional and the expanded teaching is designed to let you conceptions of International develop specialised knowledge Course Aims Relations. Finally, Political Parties in your chosen fi eld whilst and Elections will enable you to The MA in Politics and International gaining a solid grounding in refl ect critically on the manner in Relations aims to provide students relevant social science theories, which political parties and elections in all pathways with both the approaches and research skills. operate in the modern world. conceptual tools and the factual You will take three core modules knowledge required to think and three optional modules and Entry Requirements critically and develop their complete an independent understanding of their chosen area Prospective students should have a dissertation project. The course of specialisation. Comparative fi rst or good second-class honours can be completed full-time Public Policy focuses on the degree, or its equivalent. This fi rst (one year) or part-time (two years) challenges of policy making and degree should be in Politics or and provides many opportunities governance reform across states. International Relations, or any other for working closely with academics Diplomatic Studies students social science subject (e.g. Law or and fellow students in a friendly, will focus on the central legal, Sociology), or a humanities subject research-oriented environment. theoretical and practical aspects (e.g. History, Philosophy, English, All seven pathways can be taken of diplomacy within a context of or Modern Languages). either as an MA (Masters of Arts) a more general understanding of or an MRes (Masters of Research). International Relations. Students An MA offers more subject-based specialising in Environmental

175 Courses Courses

Where English is not a first • Right-Wing Radical Parties International Character language, proof of English language • The Changing SPIRE is a thoroughly international competence will be required (IELTS International Agenda 6.5 or equivalent, with a minimum school, and is particularly of 6 in each sub-test). • The European Union and the welcoming to international Global Commons students. It also provides plenty of PART TIME/FULLPART TIME Course Content • The Politics of Global Security opportunities for home students to broaden their horizons. Semester 1 • The Theory of Global Security We have staff with educational Power, Knowledge and the World • US Environmental Politics backgrounds in a wide variety of (30 credits) core module and Policy countries, such as, Canada, Bulgaria, Students to choose Teaching and Italy, Austria, Romania, and Turkey, two optional modules Assessment who present their research all (15 credits each) around the world. Students have Postgraduate teaching and the opportunity to hear visiting Semester 2 learning generally takes place in lecturers from various different a combination of large seminars Perspectives in Politics and countries, arranged through our and smaller discussion groups. International Relations ERASMUS partnerships. Our academics typically lead the (30 credits) core module sessions, encouraging discussion International students will join Research in Action between all students. Sometimes established international (15 credits) core module students will give presentations, communities at Keele, and will find either individually or in groups. plenty of support mechanisms in Students to choose place to help them make the one optional module There is a strong emphasis on transition to study in the UK. (15 credits each) independent learning and students are expected to work on their own Summer to produce their essays and Dissertation dissertation. Most modules are (60 credits) core module assessed by a diverse range of coursework (e.g. essays, critiques, Optional modules include: reports, presentations), though some modules may also be • Approaches to European assessed by seminar contributions Integration: History and Practice and/or written exams. Students • Comparative Public take three modules in each Management Reform semester. The taught modules are • Comparative European Politics completed by May, leaving the summer months for students to • Diplomatic Law write their dissertation. • Diplomatic Practice • Dimensions of Environmental Politics • Environmental Diplomacy • Environmental Movements: North and South • Parties and Democracy

176 Courses Courses

Psychology Child Social Development

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Child Social Development Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc Bev Davies www.keele.ac.uk/psychology/ forapplicants/mscourses

Overview Facilities • To develop advanced research expertise in the psychology of The MSc in Child Social Postgraduate students benefi t child social development Development provides research from a wide range of support training and taught content in child including accessible academic staff • To provide students with the social development, building on with a wide range of expertise, opportunities of working with areas of staff research expertise laboratory and other research community agencies and at Keele. It prepares students for space, study space and access partners pertinent to child a PhD in Child Social Development to IT and research tools. social development and other psychology-related child Entry Requirements social development careers. Psychology is one of the Our training is based closely on longest-established academic This course is open to graduates our staff research interests. disciplines at Keele University, with a fi rst or upper second-class These currently refl ect strengths having appointed our fi rst degree in psychology or overseas in bullying in schools, loneliness, Professor over 50 years ago. equivalent. Individuals without trust and written emotional There are approximately 20 such qualifi cations but with other expression in adolescents, how an full-time academic staff in the relevant experience should contact understanding of the nature of School all of whom are actively the course director to discuss knowledge and beliefs develops involved in a wide range of whether they would benefi t from in children and young adults, internally and externally funded the course. and young people in education. research (see website for details). This course aims to build on our English Language Course Aims research expertise by providing Requirements structured psychological training This course provides an in child social development so that opportunity to obtain advanced International students whose fi rst those successfully completing the training in the psychology of child language is not English must have course can proceed along a career social development along with the IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in path related to the psychology of opportunity to conduct research each sub-test or equivalent. child social development. This may in a variety of settings. The course be in the form of a PhD, or may aims are: Course Content form a fi rst stage of graduate training for those wishing to • To develop students’ In order to obtain a Masters proceed to a professional career understanding of different degree, students are required to in psychology. theoretical perspectives and obtain 180 credits, including a methodological approaches 60-credit dissertation. Course within the psychology of child content is spread across three core social development modules, three specialist modules and the dissertation module.

177 Courses Courses

Course Modules • Research Apprenticeship (20 credits): Students work on Core Modules (70 credits) a staff-led research project as an apprentice, gaining experience • Theory and Methodology of designing and conducting in Psychology (30 credits): psychological research

Focuses on philosophical issues TIME/FULLPART TIME in social science and psychology Dissertation (60 credits) and specific research techniques in psychology Students may select any appropriate topic in the area • Qualitative Data Analysis of Child Social Development, (20 credits): Covers how to providing that specialist design and carry out a qualitative supervision is available. research interview, and how It is normally expected that to analyse qualitative data. Psychology students will Emphasis on how investigators undertake an empirical can affect the research dissertation, designing, process and how to reflect on conducting, and reporting on this positively an original piece of psychological research using appropriate • Quantitative Data Analysis II design, methods, and data (advanced) (20 credits): Covers analysis strategies. a variety of analytic methods including extensions of the regression model, analysis of Teaching and variance and multivariate data Assessment reduction techniques such as factor analysis The course is assessed through written coursework, Specialist Modules (50 credits) unseen examination, verbal presentation of research, • Special topics in Psychology 1 and independent research (15 credits): Students choose written up as a dissertation from currently available Level 3 (15,000-20,000 words). modules in Social Development in Children, Disclosure Processes in Children and Adolescents, The Social Self, and Peer Relationships in Childhood and Adolescence

• Special topics in Psychology 2 (15 credits): The second special topic is based on independent study, leading to the preparation of an essay under one-to-one supervision of a Special Topic supervisor

178 Courses Courses

Psychology Clinical Psychological Research

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Clinical Psychological Research Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc Bev Davies www.keele.ac.uk/psychology/ forapplicants/mscourses

Overview Facilities • To provide students with the opportunities of working in The MSc in Clinical Psychological Postgraduate students benefi t a setting pertinent to clinical Research provides research from a wide range of support psychological research training and taught content in including accessible academic staff clinical psychological research, with a wide range of expertise, Entry Requirements building on areas of staff research laboratory and other research expertise at Keele. It prepares space, study space and access to This course is open to graduates students for a Clinical Doctorate, IT and research tools. with a fi rst or upper second-class a PhD in psychological research degree in psychology or overseas relevant to clinical psychology and Psychology is one of the equivalent. Individuals without other relevant careers. Our training longest-established academic such qualifi cations but with other is based closely on our staff disciplines at Keele University, relevant experience should contact research interests. Some members having appointed our fi rst the course director to discuss of the course team are practicing Professor over 50 years ago. whether they would benefi t from clinical psychologists and There are approximately 20 the course. offer supervision allied to this full-time academic staff in the specialism. Other staff are School all of whom are actively English Language involved in a wide range of research-active in clinical areas Requirements including neuropsychological internally and externally funded investigations of memory and research (see website for details). International students whose fi rst executive function in patients language is not English must have with Parkinson’s Disease, anterior Course Aims IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in medial thalamic lesions, McArdle’s This course provides an opportunity each sub-test or equivalent. Disease, psycho-oncology, and to obtain advanced training in therapeutic interventions. clinical psychological research along Course Content This course aims to build on our with the opportunity to conduct research expertise by providing In order to obtain a Masters research in a variety of settings. degree, students are required to structured psychological training The course aims are: in clinical psychological research obtain 180 credits, including a so that those successfully • To develop students’ 60-credit dissertation. Course completing the course can proceed understanding of different content is spread across three core along a career path related to theoretical perspectives modules, three specialist modules clinical psychology. and methodological and the dissertation module. approaches within clinical psychological research

• To develop advanced expertise relevant to clinical psychological research

179 Courses Courses

Course Modules • Research Apprenticeship (20 credits): Students work on Core Modules (70 credits) a staff-led research project as an apprentice, gaining experience • Theory and Methodology in of designing and conducting Psychology (30 credits): Focuses psychological research on philosophical issues in social TIME/FULLPART TIME science and psychology and Dissertation (60 credits) specific research techniques in psychology Students may select any appropriate topic in the area of • Qualitative Data Analysis (20 Clinical Psychological Research, credits): Covers how to design providing that specialist and carry out a qualitative supervision is available. It is research interview, and how normally expected that Psychology to analyse qualitative data. students will undertake an Emphasis on how investigators empirical dissertation, designing, can affect the research conducting, and reporting on an process and how to reflect original piece of psychological on this positively research using appropriate design, methods, and data • Quantitative Data Analysis II analysis strategies. (advanced) (20 credits): Covers a variety of analytic methods including extensions of the Teaching and regression model, analysis of Assessment variance and multivariate data reduction techniques such as The course is assessed factor analysis through written coursework, unseen examination, verbal Specialist Modules (50 credits) presentation of research, and independent research • Special topics in Psychology 1 written up as a dissertation (15 credits): Students choose (15,000-20,000 words). from currently available Level 3 modules in Cognitive Neuropsychology, Behaviour Analysis in Clinical Psychology, or Health Psychology

• Special topics in Psychology 2 (15 credits): The second special topic is based on independent study, leading to the preparation of an essay under one-to-one supervision of a Special Topic supervisor

180 Courses Courses

Psychology Psychology

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Psychology Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc Bev Davies www.keele.ac.uk/psychology/ forapplicants/mscourses/

Overview Facilities • To enable students to understand the strengths and weaknesses of For psychology graduates, Postgraduate students benefi t different research methods and this MSc provides taught content from a wide range of support different forms of data, and to and research training in a range of including accessible academic evaluate their appropriateness areas of psychology, building on staff with a wide range of for different research problems areas of staff research expertise expertise, laboratory and other at Keele. It prepares students in research space, study space and • To provide students with readiness to undertake a PhD in access to IT and research tools. knowledge of quantitative Psychology and other psychology- and qualitative approaches related careers. The training Psychology is one of the longest to research and data provided on the MSc in Psychology established academic disciplines at analysis techniques is based closely on our staff Keele University, having appointed research interests and strengths in our fi rst Professor over 50 years Entry Requirements cognitive and social psychology. ago. There are approximately 20 This course is open to graduates Strengths in cognitive psychology full-time academic staff in the with a fi rst or upper second-class include memory, false memory, school all of whom are actively degree in psychology or overseas mechanisms underlying language involved in a wide range of equivalent. Individuals without processing, infl uences on human internally and externally funded such qualifi cations but with other cognitive performance (particularly research (see website for details). relevant experience should contact alcohol and repetitive movements the course director to discuss such as chewing) and cognitive Course Aims whether they would benefi t from control processes (i.e. executive This course provides an the course. functions). Strengths in social opportunity to obtain advanced psychology include reputations, training in psychology. The course English Language group processes, and the aims are: acquisition of new members to Requirements groups. This course aims to build • To provide students with a range International students whose fi rst on our research expertise by of opportunities to engage with language is not English must have providing structured training in advanced research in substantive IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in psychology so that those areas relevant to their own each sub-test or equivalent. successfully completing the research interests and to the course can proceed to undertake discipline of psychology psychological research in a variety • To provide students with of settings. opportunities to enhance and develop their written and communication skills, independent learning skills, and critical refl ection and evaluation skills

181 Courses Courses

Course Content Peer Relationships in Childhood Teaching and & Adolescence, The Social In order to obtain a Masters Self and Recognising and Assessment degree, students are required to Remembering words The course is assessed obtain 180 credits, including a through written coursework, 60-credit dissertation. Course • Special topics in Psychology

unseen examination, verbal TIME/FULLPART TIME content is spread across 3 core 2 (15 credits): The second special presentation of research, modules, 3 specialist modules and topic is based on independent and independent research the dissertation module. study, leading to the preparation of an essay under one-to-one written up as a dissertation Course Modules supervision of a Special (15,000-20,000 words). Topic supervisor Core Modules (70 credits) • Research Apprenticeship • Theory and Methodology in (20 credits): Students work on Psychology (30 credits): Focuses a staff-led research project as an on philosophical issues in social apprentice, gaining experience science and psychology and of designing and conducting specific research techniques psychological research in psychology Dissertation (60 credits) • Qualitative Data Analysis (20 credits): Covers how Students may select any to design and carry out a appropriate Psychology research qualitative research interview, topic, providing that specialist and how to analyse qualitative supervision is available. It is data. Emphasis on how normally expected that Psychology investigators can affect the will undertake an empirical research process and how to dissertation, designing, reflect on this positively. conducting, and reporting on a n original piece of psychological • Quantitative Data Analysis II research using appropriate (advanced) (20 credits): Covers design, methods, and data a variety of analytic methods analysis strategies. including extensions of the regression model, analysis of variance and multivariate data reduction techniques such as factor analysis

Specialist Modules (50 credits)

• Special topics in Psychology 1 (15 credits): Students choose from currently available Level 3 modules, such as Research in Music Psychology, Psychobiology, Disclosure Processes in Children and Adolescents, Thinking about Knowledge and the Mind,

182 Courses Courses

Psychology Psychology of Health and Wellbeing

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Psychology of Health and Wellbeing Full-time or part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc Bev Davies www.keele.ac.uk/psychology/ forapplicants/mscourses

Overview offenders. This course aims to • To develop students’ build on our research expertise by understanding of different The MSc in Psychology of Health providing structured psychological theoretical perspectives and and Wellbeing provides research training in psychological aspects of methodological approaches training and taught content in the health and wellbeing so that those within the psychology of health psychology of health and successfully completing the course and wellbeing wellbeing, building on areas of can proceed along a relevant staff research expertise at Keele. career path. • To develop advanced It prepares students for a PhD in expertise relevant to researching psychological aspects of health Facilities the psychology of health and wellbeing and other and wellbeing Postgraduate students benefi t psychology-related careers. • To provide students with the from a wide range of support Our training is based closely on opportunities of working in a including accessible academic our staff research interests. setting pertinent to psychology staff with a wide range of These currently refl ect strengths of health and wellbeing research in the critical social psychological expertise, laboratory and other approach to the study of health, research space, study space and Entry Requirements illness, ageing and wellbeing; access to IT and research tools. qualitative, participatory and arts Psychology is one of the longest This course is open to graduates based research approaches; social established academic disciplines with a fi rst or upper second-class engagement among older people; at Keele University, having degree in psychology or overseas the changing role of theatre in appointed our fi rst Professor equivalent. Individuals without representing and constructing over 50 years ago. There are such qualifi cations but with other ageing; health promotion and approximately 20 full-time relevant experience should contact community development; academic staff in the School all the course director to discuss the impact of material deprivation of whom are actively involved whether they would benefi t and social exclusion on health and in a wide range of internally and from the course. wellbeing; participatory action externally funded research research; health promotion (see website for details). English Language research and evaluation projects Requirements (e.g. on smoking cessation, Course Aims healthy eating and healthy weight International students whose fi rst maintenance); ecopsychology – This course provides an language is not English must have people’s relationship with the opportunity to obtain advanced IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in natural world and how it can help training in psychological aspects of each sub-test or equivalent. in healing; mental health, primary health and wellbeing along with care and service user involvement; the opportunity to conduct and the mental health of young research in a variety of settings. The course aims are:

183 Courses Courses

Course Content • Research Apprenticeship (20 credits): Students work on a In order to obtain a Masters staff-led research project as an degree, students are required to apprentice, gaining experience obtain 180 credits, including a of designing and conducting 60-credit dissertation. Course psychological research content is spread across three core TIME/FULLPART TIME modules, three specialist modules Dissertation (60 credits) and the dissertation module. Students may select any appropriate topic in the area Course Modules of Psychology of Health and Core Modules (70 credits) Wellbeing, providing that specialist supervision is available. • Theory and Methodology It is normally expected that in Psychology (30 credits): psychology students will undertake Focuses on philosophical issues an empirical dissertation, in social science and psychology designing, conducting, and and specifi c research techniques reporting on an original piece of in psychology psychological research using appropriate design, methods, • Qualitative Data Analysis and data analysis strategies. (20 credits): Covers practical application of interpretative methodologies Teaching and • Quantitative Data Analysis II Assessment (advanced) (20 credits): Covers The course is assessed a variety of analytic methods through written coursework, including extensions of the unseen examination, verbal regression model, analysis of presentation of research, variance and multivariate data and independent research reduction techniques such as written up as a dissertation factor analysis (15,000 – 20,000 words). Specialist Modules (50 credits) • Special topics in Psychology 1 (15 credits): Students choose from currently available Level 3 modules in Societal Psychology, Health Psychology, Ecopsychology, and Infl uences on Human Cognitive Performance “My supervisor was great and • Special topics in Psychology 2 working in collaboration with another (15 credits): The second special topic is based on independent student was excellent.” study, leading to the preparation of an essay under one-to-one Student, July 2010 supervision of a Special Topic supervisor

184 Courses Courses

Science Chemical Sciences

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Chemical Sciences Full-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: MSc Monica Heaney www.keele.ac.uk/chemistry

Overview variety of research equipment therefore has a shared common within the School, including fi rst semester which incorporates Keele’s MSc in Chemical Sciences is infrared, ultraviolet/visible, courses in knowledge-based and an innovative programme that will Fluorescence and nuclear generic transferable skills with provide you with an excellent start magnetic resonance some discipline-specifi c orientation, to your career or help to further spectrometers, a variety of whilst the majority of the scientifi c your career plans, either in chromatography techniques and research-specifi c skills will be research or in any workplace using including GC, HPLC, SFC & acquired within the extensive 5-6 a chemistry-related discipline. ICP-OES, ICP-MS, LC-MS, GC-MS, month research project. This MSc This MSc will enhance your skills in catalyst testing apparatus, programme also provides an three important areas: knowledge, Laser Flash Photolysis, Raman excellent foundation for pursuing transferable skills and research/ microscopy, and X-ray diffraction further study at doctoral level. laboratory skills. You will be instruments. Extensive computing trained in various advanced and facilities are available for Entry Requirements state-of-the-art chemical MSc students within the sciences-related disciplines that Lennard-Jones Laboratories. In order to apply, students must are aligned to your interests and have an honours degree in career aspirations, alongside taking Postgraduate students will also chemistry or a chemistry-related courses to develop your benefi t from a high level of support discipline (UK second-class transferable skills. from research staff and their honours degree or equivalent supervisors. Research collaborations or above). Students with a dual An integral part of the are numerous with academic and honours degree should have programme is the independent industrial partners in the UK and a 2:2 profi le in module marks research project which will not overseas, including the world’s in chemistry or in their only give you valuable lab leading facility in neutron science chemistry-related subject. experience but also an excellent and technology and one of the advantage in the job market. world’s foremost pharmaceutical English Language companies (please see our website Facilities for details). Requirements Where English is not a fi rst Postgraduate students will Course Aims undertake their research in one language, proof of English language competence will be of the state-of-the-art research The overarching educational aim required (IELTS 6.5 or equivalent, laboratories including the recently of this programme is to train with a minimum of 6 in each refurbished Birchall Centre for students in those transferable and sub-test). Inorganic Materials, the analytical discipline-specifi c research skills chemistry suite or the Shelton which will prepare and develop Laboratory for Organic Synthesis. them for a career in research and Students will have access to a wide development. The programme

185 Courses Courses

Course Content • asymmetric synthesis In this module students will carry out an independent research • structural characterisation Students will undertake project. This will involve consulting of both organic and inorganic

150 credits of core modules scientifi c literature to devise FULL TIME compounds including Advanced Research hypotheses, designing and Topics in Chemical Sciences • supramolecular chemistry conducting a series of experiments (30 credits), Masters Research and interpreting the results to test • computer modelling of Training (30 credits) and a Masters them, before presenting the main inorganic compounds research project (90 credits). fi ndings in a dissertation and In addition, students will choose CHE-40018 Masters Research defending them in an oral two additional modules (minimum Training (30 credits) examination. Research projects 30 credits from a selection of will be offered across the optional modules), allowing This module is a core module for breadth of chemical sciences you to tailor the course to their the MSc Chemical Sciences and is including materials, specifi c interests. designed to increase students’ environmental, and medicinal critical understanding of chemistries, photochemistry, The course is completed over one appropriate chemical sciences and analytical chemistry. year full-time. In order to obtain an literature and the research MSc degree, students are required process. This will be achieved Teaching and to obtain 180 M-level credits, through a variety of assessment including a 90-credit research methods including writing a Assessment project. A Postgraduate diploma scientifi c literature review, a The course is assessed through in Research Training will be research proposal and delivering coursework, unseen exam, verbal awarded to students obtaining at an oral presentation to a presentation of research results, least 120 credits in core modules. specialist audience. Students obtaining 60 credits in and a dissertation. core modules will be awarded CHE-40019 Masters Research a Postgraduate Certifi cate in project (90 credits) Chemical Sciences. Students obtaining 60 credits with only 30 credits in core modules will be awarded a Postgraduate Certifi cate in Further Chemistry. Course Modules CHE-40017 Advanced Research “Keele’s MSc Chemical Sciences offers Topics in Chemical Sciences excellent preparation for a career in (30 credits) research or another aspect of Chemistry. This module covers a diverse series of research topics that are The balance of taught, transferable of key importance to research in skills and project-based work allows modern chemistry, and students students to develop the key areas desired are encouraged to select topics closest to their research interests. by employers.” The topics covered are drawn from the research interests and Katherine Haxton, Lecturer expertise of chemistry academic staff and include topics such as

186 Courses Courses

Science Molecular Parasitology and Vector Biology

Course Title: Mode of Study: Fees 2013/14: Molecular Parasitology Full-time or part-time Set by Salford University and Vector Biology Contact Details: Website: Course type: Margot Sullivan www.els.salford.ac.uk/ MSc, Postgraduate Diploma, Contact email: postgraduate/bioscience Postgraduate Certifi cate [email protected]

Overview Facilities Course Aims The three contributing universities In Keele, postgraduate students The aims of the course are of Keele, Salford and Manchester benefi t from a wide range of to provide: have considerable complementary support including research training, research experience in the biology accessible staff supervisors, a new • A sound insight into the biology of parasites and the vectors which law library, a postgraduate study of parasitic diseases their transmit them. This has led to the room and access to IT and legal transmission and control of development of this unique, research tools. the vectors, and into current pioneering joint MSc degree research on immunological between the three institutions, Research at Keele is organised and molecular aspects of focusing on molecular biology, within seven Research Institutes selected parasites and vector/ aspects of parasite infections and with the School of Life Sciences parasite relationships contributing mainly to the Institute vector biology. The initial teaching • Training in research and modern is based at Salford but is for Science and Technology in Medicine (ISTM) which techniques in the study of undertaken by staff from all vectors and parasites three institutions. Students are incorporates the Centre for Applied Entomology and Parasitology then able to carry out an extensive Entry Requirements research project in one of the (CAEP) which is world-renowned. three universities. The course In the UK Research Assessment Bachelor Degree with an overall focuses on the molecular aspects Exercise 2008, 90% of the average of 60% or greater or of parasitic infections and on Institute’s staff were rated as equivalent (for example vector biology and control and will international quality researcher, professional qualifi cations) in appeal to recent graduates wishing with 10% ranked as world leading. medicine or veterinary sciences. to further their training before The research facilities were embarking upon a research career commended as ‘internationally English Language recognised, excellent standard’. in Entomology, Parasitology, Requirements Molecular Biology or Immunology; to those considering a career in IELTS score of at least 6.0 Biotechnology; and to overseas (with at least 5.0 in each sub-test students seeking specialist training or equivalent). before entering a career in managing parasitological or vector-related research and control appropriate to their own country.

187 Courses Courses

Course Content regulation of immunity, Erasmus Study immunoevasion and The programme is as follows: vaccine development. There is the possibility for students to undertake a three-month Semester 1 Vector biology of Parasites – Erasmus study period as part of Genome analysis in parasites, the research project. Module 1 – Core Parasitology and molecular taxonomy, antigen TIME/FULLPART TIME Vector Biology (30 credits) cloning and molecular approaches Teaching and Continues through semester 2 to parasite/vector cell biology. Assessment Module 2 – Immunology of Research Skills I – Methods for Parasitic Infections (15 credits) assimilation and analysis of Assessment is through a variety scientifi c information, oral of methods including exams, Module 3 – Vector Biology and presentations, critical analysis of essays and practical work. Control (15 credits) research papers, use of information Students will be required to carry out a research project and write it Module 4 – Molecular Biology of technology, databases, intellectual up as dissertation. Parasites (15 credits) property protection, etc. All Masters students must pass Semester 2 Research Skills II – Hands-on experience in modern molecular modules 1-6 at 50% equivalent Module 5 – Research Skills module techniques including cDNA library to 180 credits. Students gaining comprising Research manipulation, PCR, Immunoassays 120 credits will be awarded a and separation techniques. Postgraduate Diploma. Students Skill Applications and Analytical gaining 60 credits will be awarded Parasitology (45 credits) Research Project – Research a Postgraduate Certifi cate. projects carried out at one of the Semester 3 three institutes and which will be presented as a dissertation for the Module 6 – Research Project fi nal examination. – 5 months (60 credits) PgDip students only

Modules 1-5 are compulsory for all “…this MSc was the ideal bridge between students. If Modules are passed at my undergraduate studies and a 50% or higher, students may progress to module 6. Students Doctorate degree.” also successfully completing Module 6 will be awarded an MSc. Joe Turner, PhD student Module Descriptions University of Salford

Core Parasitology and Vector “The course was well-structured and Biology – Introduction to parasites covered an immense spectrum of topics and vectors concentrating on life cycles, transmission, pathology and techniques. It’s a great foundation and control of parasitic infections. to an exciting career.” Immunology of Parasitic Infections – Immunological aspects of Tracy Nevatte, PhD student parasitic infections including University of Keele immunity, immunodiagnosis,

188 Courses Courses

Science MScs in Scientifi c Research Training with International Placement Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact email: MScs in Scientifi c Full-time [email protected] Research Training with International Placement Contact Details: Website: Dave Hoole www.keele.ac.uk/srt Course type: MScs

Comprises the Following in an international research Course Aims institute as laboratory research Masters Programmes: assistants, working on projects The aim of the courses is to enhance the employment prospects MSc Biosciences Research Training in the host institution and of science graduates within their (with international placement) pursuing a programme of research training. Financial support may be chosen research discipline by MSc Neuroscience available for some students during developing and improving their Research Training their placements. scientifi c, laboratory and language (with international placement) skills. The courses will also provide Facilities basic skills in vocational and MSc Chemistry Research Training education training through the (with international placement) You will be based in a School at Keele students’ work programmes. University appropriate to your MSc Geosciences Research Training MSc discipline. This School has a (with international placement) Entry Requirements strong record of excellent quality MSc Forensic Sciences of postgraduate teaching and Applicants are expected to have Research Training world-class research which means an honours degree in a science (with international placement) that you will be taught by academics discipline, normally fi rst or at the cutting edge of their discipline. second-class (or overseas MSc Mathematics Research Training Many schools have benefi ted from equivalent) appropriate to their (with international placement) substantial fi nancial investment which MSc. The programme is offered as has refurbished laboratories and an intercalated degree to medical Overview research facilities. Schools have students who have completed strong connections with international their 4th year of study at Keele University has developed industrial, research institutes and the time of undertaking the collaborative relationships with a university partners, and every postgraduate programme. number of international research postgraduate student is guaranteed institutes which has enabled the support of a personal tutor English Language well-qualifi ed students to develop throughout their study. their scientifi c training and Requirements employment skills within an Students for whom English is international context. We believe not their fi rst language will be that this will help to develop future required to fulfi l the normal English employees with an international Language requirements of the outlook, competent in at least one University (IELTS 6.5). international language in addition to English. Students will spend the fi rst part of the course at Keele, and will undertake a placement

189 Courses portfolio inSeptember. submit theirfinaldissertation and or at Keele University. Students take theirplacement withintheUK International students may optto international host institution. (about 30weeks) isspent ina the periodFebruary to August January, isspent at Keele, and The first period,September to months, starting inSeptember. The course isfull-timefor 12 Course Content 1) take thefollowing modules: of theprogramme, students will During thefirst Keele-based part (30 credits) Semester 1Keele-based Programme Course Modules (150 credits) Research-based Programme Semester 2/3 International reassessed duringApril. but willberequired to be module may take uptheplacement Students whofail thelanguage in preparation for theirplacement. training andlanguageneeds, appropriate to theirresearch Students willtake modules 2) LanguageTraining (15credits) extensive research project. disciplines inpreparation for their research practice intheirchosen ethics, inadditionto laboratory scientific writing,project design, generic research skillsincluding receive training inarange of Attended by allstudents whowill (15 credits)

Post graduate Research Skills

disciplines appropriate to theMSc. Projects: Available inarange of (110 credits) Research Report/Dissertation (40 credits) Research Training Portfolio completion oftwo modules: The placement willleadto responsible for theirprogramme. and willhave anamedtutor programmes ofthehost institution, integrated into thetraining the placement. Students willbe and agreed by allpartiespriorto which willhave beennegotiated laboratory-based research project training andpursuing aspecific teams, undertakinglaboratory laboratories alongsideresearch will beworking withinresearch During theplacement, students out research intheUKorat Keele. international student, optto carry MSc award, or, inthecaseofan for theirscientific disciplineand institution/industry appropriate in aninternational host research Students willtake upaplacement Courses 190

abilities andrequirements. language appropriate to their where student willbetrained ina related to thelanguage component one examination withinthecourse the ERASMUS Scheme. There is a Europass Certificate through placement inEurope alsoreceive Those students undertakinga research training portfolio. on placement isincludedina a project. Othertraining taken when application for financialsupport for and anassignment basedonan appraisal report, literature review of assessment includealiterature worth 110credits. The otherforms a 20,000 word maximumandis laboratory. This report comprises and working withinaresearch undertaken whilst onplacement completed ontheresearch work assessment istheproject report The majorcomponent of Assessment Teaching and

FULL TIME Courses Courses

Social Sciences Criminology and Criminal Justice

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Criminology and Criminal Justice Full-time or part-time sociologyandcriminologymasters@ keele.ac.uk Course Type: Contact Details: MA, MRes, Postgraduate Diploma, Postgraduate Administrator Website: Postgraduate Certifi cate, www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ Postgraduate Award criminologyandcriminaljustice

Overview Course Aims Course Content This course is designed for all Our aim is to introduce students to The taught Masters programme those who want to acquire a recent and contemporary theorising requires satisfactory completion thorough understanding of the in criminology and governance of at least 180 credits. The MA more recent and often complex studies and to show how this programme in Criminology and trends and developments in crime, theorising is attempting to describe, Criminal Justice includes four criminal justice, and governance analyse and interpret recent and 30-credit module blocks and one more broadly. Combining emerging developments in criminal 60-credit dissertation of 15-20,000 theoretical refl ection and practical justice, transnational justice, words. All module blocks include application, the course aims to international justice, and at least 12 teaching sessions. provide you with an opportunity governance more broadly. The programme includes, to specialise in the latest in chronological order: developments in criminology, Entry Requirements criminal justice and governance • ‘Contemporary Criminology: studies. The programme welcomes Applicants should have an Theory and Practice’ honours degree at 2:2 class or recent graduates (whether • ‘Researching Crime and higher (or international equivalent) UK-based or international Criminal Justice’ students), mature students, and in one of the humanities or social professionals in one of the relevant sciences subjects (e.g. law, criminal • ‘Contemporary Challenges in fi elds (e.g. police offi cers, prison justice, criminology, sociology, Criminal Justice’ offi cers, probation offi cers, social history, political science). • ‘Advanced Topics in Criminology workers, lawyers, magistrates). However, applicants with other and Criminal Justice’. qualifi cations and appropriate Facilities experience will be considered on Each module block comprises three days of intensive face-to-face The programme is delivered by a case-by-case basis. contact between staff and Criminology staff mostly, although students. Each day is sub-divided staff based in other disciplines English Language into four thematically linked or subjects (e.g. Sociology, Requirements sessions and several members Politics, or Law) may contribute of staff contribute to each day. occasionally. The programme International students whose makes full use of Keele University’s fi rst language is not English must The MRes route deviates slightly excellent IT and Library facilities, have IELTS 6.5. from the aforementioned format, and students are thoroughly but still requires satisfactory introduced to Keele’s electronic completion of at least 180 credits. Learning Environment (KLE) at the Students who choose this route start of the programme. will focus much more on research methodologies and strategies.

191 Courses Courses

The MRes programme includes criminology and criminal justice; Teaching and two three day module blocks of researching fear of crime; 30 credits each (i.e. module researching courts and prisons; Assessment Block 2 mentioned below, researching immigration and crime; Each of the taught modules is and one other module block), ethics in criminological research. assessed by written, summative three specialised research modules coursework assignments of up TIME/FULLPART TIME of 20 credits each, and one Module Block 3: Contemporary Challenges in Criminal Justice to 5,000 words (essay, literature 60-credit dissertation. review, case-study, and research This module block will introduce proposal). The pass mark is 50% Course Modules you to a number of contemporary and students must pass each of issues and developments in In the MA programme the module the modules in order to progress criminal justice and governance. blocks are as follows: to the dissertation stage, which The module includes sessions on involves writing a dissertation of Module Block 1: Contemporary issues such as (e.g.): risk society, 15,000 – 20,000 words. Criminology: Theory and Practice surveillance, and actuarial justice; plural policing and There are no exams. This module block will introduce nodal governance; the you to recent and indeed emerging Coursework assignments are precautionary principle; discussed, negotiated and agreed criminological theories and technology and criminal justice; perspectives. This module block between the individual student fines and fixed penalties; criminal and the module block leader will thus include sessions on topics injustice and miscarriages of such as (e.g.): biopolitics and crime immediately after the taught justice; the expanding prison block sessions. control; crime and the governance complex; prison life and prison of space; crime and consumer work; community and criminal society; the phenomenology of justice; policing the state of ‘edgework’; complexity theory, exception; transitional justice terrorism and organised crime; and reconciliation. cultural and critical criminology; post-structuralist theories of crime Module Block 4: Advanced and criminal justice; crime and the Topics in Criminology and popular imagination; the local and Criminal Justice the global dimension of crime This module block consists of and criminal justice; the political sessions on topics proposed by economy of crime and crime students themselves, as well as control in the 21st century. sessions based on individual staff Module Block 2: Researching members’ and dissertation Crime and Criminal Justice supervisors’ expertise.

This module block includes Resources permitting, 2013-14 sessions on topics such as (e.g.): will see the introduction of a research strategies; databases second, alternative module in and datasets in criminology and Block 4 which students would criminal justice; quantitative data be allowed to take instead of analysis lab; qualitative methods ‘Advanced Topics in Criminology and ethnographic research; and Criminal Justice’. This should research in cultural and critical offer students additional choice criminology; feminist research in in their final module block.

192 Courses Courses

Social Sciences MA Gerontology

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MA in Gerontology Part-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Masters Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/pgtcourses/ gerontology

Overview Course Aims Entry Requirements Eight 15-credit M-Level The course aims to: The course is aimed at anyone modules form the basis of the with an interest in ageing. Diploma and students must • Broaden students’ knowledge It appeals to people wishing to successfully complete these about ageing and older people, pursue studies or a career in before undertaking a dissertation, their needs, the services ageing research or practice. which carries a further 60 M-Level provided for them, and the skills Participants typically include credits and leads to the MA in necessary for effective health, professionals working with older Gerontology award. social and voluntary work people, as well as people who • Provide students with a critical have recently completed a Facilities perspective on growing older fi rst degree. The course is also suitable for older people and those Short, intensive teaching sessions • Integrate advances in knowledge with non-traditional academic are held at Keele for each module. about social, psychological, backgrounds. Postgraduate students benefi t health and biological aspects of from a wide range of support ageing, with an update and English Language including comprehensive teaching review of developments in policy materials, research training, and service delivery Requirements accessible staff supervisors, International students whose fi rst and access to Keele’s library • Develop students’ skills and language is not English must have and online resources. The Keele awareness of the importance of IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in Learning Environment provides research and evaluation each sub-test or equivalent. the opportunity to access • Provide students with the additional support and resources. opportunity to enhance and develop their written and communication skills

• Provide students with a stimulating intellectual environment

193 Courses Courses

Course Content Teaching and The course comprises eight Assessment

15-credit M-Level modules that TIME PART A range of different teaching form the basis of the Diploma and learning methods are used, in Gerontology. Students must including lectures, seminars, successfully complete these eight workshops, debates, self-directed modules before undertaking their study, and poster presentations. dissertation, which carries a further The teaching team is 60 M-Level credits and leads to multidisciplinary and is drawn the MA in Gerontology award. from a group of international Students are also able to register scholars in the field of ageing. for, and build up their credits, It also includes a wide variety of module by module. expert practitioners based both Course Modules inside and outside the University. Assessment is continuous and is The following modules comprise based upon a variety of written the full MA programme: assignments and the completion • Ageing Societies I of a research dissertation.

• Ageing Societies II **

• Policies for Ageing Societies I

• Policies for Ageing Societies II **

• Research Methods

• Researching Ageing Societies **

• Theory to Practice in an Ageing Society I

• Theory to Practice in an Ageing Society II**

(**These modules emphasise self-directed learning, and participants will address the content of the module through individual tutorials, directed reading and a range of self-study tasks building on the learning achieved in the previous linked, taught module).

194 Courses Courses

Social Sciences PhD, MPhil and Professional Doctorates in Social Sciences Subject Areas Course Title: Mode of Study: PhD, MPhil and Professional Full-time or part-time Contact Email: Doctorates in Social Sciences [email protected] Subject Areas Contact Details: Course Type: Postgraduate Research Website: Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/research

Overview the University and beyond to enabling postgraduate researchers attend the regular programme of to participate fully in all aspects of Keele’s Research Institute for seminars, conferences and the research process. Research Social Sciences brings together workshops advertised elsewhere students are a very valuable part over 100 academic staff and 200 on this site. of the Research Institute and we postgraduate students working aim to provide an environment across a range of social science Environment where your research can develop disciplines. Staff and research and fl ourish. students are grouped within fi ve and Training Research training is provided Research Centres, which provide The Research Institute for Social in many different parts of the a focus for seminars, grant activity, Sciences is a thriving academic University and has several purposes; student support and supervision: community made up of active most directly it is to help you researchers in a wide variety of • Centre for Economics and complete your thesis or project i.e. areas. We welcome postgraduate Management subject-specifi c research training research students from around (RT). Equally important is the • Centre for Law, Ethics the world as members of this development of other, broader and Society community and provide support capabilities – generic skills – in and facilities to enable them to managing your research, personal • Centre for the Study of Politics, achieve their full potential in a effectiveness, communication, International Relations and stimulating and lively environment. Environment networking and team-working, The Research Institute offers a accessing research funding and • Centre for high standard of facilities to its career management. These are the Psychological Research postgraduates, including skills that you may develop directly as part of your everyday research • Centre for Social Policy well-equipped offi ce space, postgraduate seminars, access to work (in the archive, the laboratory, In the Research Assessment research funding, an annual the hospital, the fi eld, the Exercise of 2008, 85-95% of postgraduate colloquium, classroom), but they can be research across the main areas social events and a weekly signifi cantly enhanced through submitted was judged to be of networking meetings, where dedicated courses and specialist international quality. Members of postgraduate issues can be training. In addition to the training the Research Institute currently explored in an informal provided at Keele, we support hold major grants from the atmosphere. The interdisciplinary our postgraduates to undertake Economic and Social Research nature of the Institute provides specialist training offered at Council, the Medical Research excellent opportunities for other institutions. Council, the British Academy and networking both with other the European Union. The RI postgraduates and with the welcomes researchers from across academic staff at Keele, thus

195 Courses Courses

Research Areas Research Degree (PhD) Professional Doctorates We offer courses at both full These are degrees by research Professional doctorate programmes and part-time across a range of alone, with a high level of are increasingly the choice of research areas: research training. professionals in a number of fields, particularly health, social work • Business Administration • You will produce a thesis, and education. TIME/FULLPART TIME (Professional Doctorate) which at PhD level is a work of original scholarship worthy of Professional doctorates are • Criminology (PhD and MPhil) publication in a learned journal structured programmes divided • Economics (PhD and MPhil) into two stages. Stage 1 is a two • You work closely with your year programme of research • Education (PhD, MPhil and supervisors who will provide training and interaction with a Professional Doctorate) guidance and support cohort of peers. This is formalised • Employment Policy and • Most of our research degrees can within modules which have Equalities (PhD and MPhil) be undertaken by full-time or assessment, though the number of • Ethics (PhD and MPhil) part-time study credits and modules will vary with the programme. At the end of • Human Geography (PhD • Research PhDs are three years in Stage 1 there is a progression and MPhil) duration (six years part-time) process before participants may commence to Stage 2. • Health Policy and Governance • You will register for a number of (PhD and MPhil) formal research training modules, Stage 2 (minimum two years) • Law (PhD and MPhil) which will help you develop skills constitutes the research project you need to carry out your which is based on the participant’s • Management (PhD and MPhil) research and broaden your generic professional practice. Research • Nursing (PhD and MPhil) skills as a professional researcher findings should be broadly transferable to the workplace. • Philosophy (PhD and MPhil) • Most research degrees normally The final degree is awarded on the require a good first degree • Politics and International basis of a thesis which sets out (usually at least a 2:1) and a Relations (PhD and MPhil) the definition, purpose, methods, Masters degree or equivalent results and conclusions of the • Psychology (PhD and MPhil) qualifications in a relevant research project in the same way subject – some also require • Public Policy (PhD and MPhil) as for a PhD. additional criteria such as relevant • Social Gerontology work experience. (PhD and MPhil) Entry Requirements • Social Policy (PhD and MPhil) Research Degree (MPhil) Please visit the University webpages for full details: These programmes comprise of • Social Work (PhD, MPhil and www.keele.ac.uk/pgresearch/ a thesis on a specified research Professional Doctorate) entryrequirements topic, together with a selection of • Sociology (PhD and MPhil) taught modules. They offer a broad For full details on each of our training in the skills and techniques Research Areas, please visit: of contemporary research and can www.keele.ac.uk/researchsubjects be taken as stand-alone degrees or as a step towards a higher research qualification. MPhil programmes are usually one year in duration, two years part-time.

196 Courses Courses

Social Sciences Social Science Research Methods

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: Social Science Research Methods Full-time or part-time Sociologyandcriminology.masters@ keele.ac.uk Course Type: Contact Details: MRes, Postgraduate Diploma, Postgraduate Administrator Website: Postgraduate Certifi cate, www.keele.ac.uk/sociology/ Postgraduate Award prospectivepostgraduates

Please note that the MRes Social Facilities knowledge, develops their research Science Research Methods is being skills and refl ectivity, and it leads redesigned for delivery from 2013/14 Postgraduate students benefi t from students through a journey of and the course modules listed here a wide range of support, including discovering the theoretical and are subject to approval. accessible supervisors, access to practical dimensions of social a good library and IT facilities, science research. Students develop Overview training in technological resources subject-specifi c and generic The MRes (Masters in Research) that support research project knowledge and skills, with emphasis in Social Science Research development, management and on transferability and broadening Methods provides a coherent data analysis. The programme draws analytical capacity. The programme programme of training in a range of on the practical and theoretically provides a foundation for pursuing social science research skills and embedded research expertise of further study at the doctoral level. methodologies. This programme is social science researchers from intended for those wishing to develop across the social science faculty. Entry Requirements their research training, with a view This is a well-established programme The course is open to all graduates towards entering professions in which with a successful track record in with a fi rst or second-class (2.1 or research and problem-solving will be training social science researchers. 2.2) honours degree or equivalent. an important facet of the work The Faculty of Social Sciences is undertaken. It is undertaken by highly research active, with English Language professionals wishing to attain formal researchers working on projects training in social science research funded by the Economic and Social Requirements methods with a view towards Research Council, the Arts and International students whose fi rst progressing in their own fi eld or Humanities Research Council, language is not English must have beyond, and by postgraduate the European Research Council, IELTS 6.5 with a minimum of 5.5 in research students who wish to the British Academy, and various each sub-test or equivalent. develop their research training. charities. The Faculty’s research Course Content The University offers this MRes is of an international standard There is both a taught and a Social Science Research Methods and guided through an active research component (the in the following subjects: Research Institute, which provides a creative environment for dissertation project). Teaching Criminology postgraduate projects and research. is provided fl exibly through Education The programme is administered face-to-face teaching and Geography through the School of Sociology online provision. It is organised and Criminology. to accommodate full-time and Human Resource Management and part-time modes of study, Industrial Relations Course Aims in addition to distance learning Management This Masters degree programme and CPD. Sociology provides a practical and theoretical The MRes Social Sciences degree understanding of social science Social Policy requires 180 credits, made up of research methodology and methods. 15 and 30-credit modules and a Social Work The course engages students in the 60-credit dissertation. Students philosophical underpinnings of choosing to complete their studies

197 Courses Course Modules contact theCourse Director. study oneortwo modulesshould second year. Any student wishingto the dissertation at theendoftheir the programme, withsubmission of typically take two years to complete September. Part-time students dissertation by themiddleof submission oftheMasters is completed in12months, with award. Iftaken full-time, thecourse for finishingwithaPG or certificate Diploma, andthere are alsooptions modules may beawarded thePG after acquiring 120credits ontaught social research, including to the principles ofquantitative This moduleoffers anintroduction Analysis (15credits) Quantitative Research andData 15 credits for each. of themoduleseparately andaccrue may attempt thesetwo dimensions research. CPDandPGRstudents philosophy underlyingsocialscience think coherently aboutthe associated withthem.They also as thepractical research issues underlying thesedesignsaswell and they thinkabouttheprinciples employed inthesocialsciences, diverse research designsthat are familiarise themselves withthe During thismodule, students Research (30credits) Principles ofSocialScience accrue 10credits for each. three dimensionsseparately and PGR students may attempt these ethics onsocialresearch. CPDand will engagewithquestions about development work. Finally, students elements ofthis,andreflect onthis development plan,implement researchers need,develop apersonal think aboutthetypes ofskills meaning. Students willfurther the central concepts ofcauseand social science research, including to themainprinciplesunderlying This moduleintroduces students Research (30credits) Introduction to SocialScience

Research andData Analysis module, delivered aspartoftheQualitative This modulebuildsuponthetraining Data Analysis Advanced Qualitative Research and research training to ahigherlevel. wishing to develop theirstatistical methods, andisintended for those multivariate statistical research This moduledelivers training in Multivariate Methods data analysis withSPSS. sampling, instrument designand questions onoperationalisation, moves students to more advanced Research andData Analysis, and delivered duringQuantitative This modulebuildsuponthetraining Research andData Analysis Advanced Quantitative identified training needs. students to accommodate their These are opento PGRandCPD the following optionalmodules. 120, MRes students may optfrom Building uptheiraccrued credit to subject-specific skills. student’s theoretical andanalytical The selected moduleswilldevelop a furthersubject-specific module. interests, andthey may optto do module from thefieldoftheir will select onesubject-specific Students ontheMRes programme Subject-Specific Modules management anddata analysis. packages for qualitative project one oftheleadingsoftware receive anintroduction to NVivo, and itsanalysis. Students will includes thegeneration ofdata conduct practical work that and they willthinkaboutand of qualitative socialresearch the approaches andprinciples Students willbeintroduced to Analysis (15credits) Qualitative Research andData using SPSS. in quantitative data analysis will receive anintroduction instrument design,andstudents operationalisation, sampling, Courses 198

for work on thedissertation. programme provides thefoundation that ispartofthemodular science interests, andassessment assessment withtheirown social to merge therequirements ofthe Students are actively encouraged 10-credit modules. through to shorter pieces for 15and – word pieces for 30-credit modules of themodule, varying from 5,000 commensurate withthecredit rating and substance oftheassessment is reports andthedissertation. The size and includesessays, portfolios, Assessment ontheMRes isvaried, Teaching andAssessment at what level the‘mixing’canoccur. grounding, andaddressing theissue triangulation andepistemological considering e.g. thethemesof that are at stake in‘mixingmethods’, offers students afocus ontheissues reflects thesedevelopments and social science research. This module within these, isagrowth area in different data generation techniques qualitative work, orworking with the boundariesofquantitative and science research projects, crossing research designswithinsocial Interest incombining different Mixed Methods dynamics ofethnographic research. to theinteractional and power ethnographic reflection, and attend development through fieldwork and It willexplore theissue ofknowledge practices ofethnographic research. coherent way theprinciplesand This modulewillexamine ina Ethnography completion oftheiranalysis work. about theirintegration inthe NVivo software inorder to think the more advanced tools inthe data. Students willengagewith the generation andanalysis of research practice that includes work in thefieldofqualitative advanced questions andpractical and moves students to more

PART TIME/FULL TIME Courses Courses

Social Sciences MA Social Work

Course Title: Mode of Study: Contact Email: MA Social Work Full-time [email protected]

Course Type: Contact Details: Website: Masters Postgraduate Administrator www.keele.ac.uk/socialwork

Overview Course Aims English Language The University offers (at both The course prepares students at Requirements undergraduate and postgraduate postgraduate level for employment International students whose fi rst levels) the professional award in as professionally qualifi ed social language is not English must have social work, successful completion workers and lays the foundation IELTS 7 with a minimum of 5.5 in of which enables students to use for their continuing professional each sub-test or equivalent. the title of social worker and development. It also provides an qualifi es them for entrance to academically rigorous education Course Content the register held by the HCPC at Masters level, focusing on critical (Health and Care Professions analysis, research and evaluative This professional qualifying Council). Staff teaching on the skills and provides a foundation programme continues for two MA enjoy good relationships and for pursuing further studies at full calendar years (24 months) collaboration with local employers, doctoral level. full-time, starting in September. and MA students have always Teaching methods include shown high rates of progression Entry Requirements seminars, lectures, workshops into relevant employment. including skills workshops, Applicants must usually have a The MA Social Work, in addition video recording, group work and minimum 2.1 honours degree. to fulfi lling the professional simulation exercises. All parts A professional/postgraduate requirements, will continue to of the course are compulsory. relevant qualifi cation may be develop the high-level research The programme incorporates considered as an equivalent if the and analytical skills expected of the following elements: any Masters degree. candidate can also demonstrate relevant experience in a social care • 180 M-level credits, of which 60 Facilities setting. In addition, the HCPC credits are awarded on the basis requires that we admit only of a dissertation and 120 credits Postgraduate students benefi t from students who have English through taught modules – these a wide range of support including Language and Maths GCSE are to be passed at Masters level, research training, accessible staff Grade C and above or equivalent, with a pass mark of 50%, for the supervisors, and access to the Keele have satisfactory enhanced award of MA. Library and IT facilities. CRB (Criminal Records Bureau) disclosures, have satisfi ed health • Assessment in line with the Social Work @ Keele is ranked 3rd checks by student self-declaration National Occupational Standards in the country by Guardian League and Occupational Health referral for Social Work to the level Tables and 4th in the Complete where appropriate, and in all required by the GSCC comprising University Guide. Social Work @ other respects meet the HCPC practice learning of 200 days and Keele is part of the highly requirements for registration. practice associated assignments successful School of Public Policy (to be passed at Undergraduate and Professional Practice. level with a pass mark of 40%).

199 Courses Courses

• The core curriculum content Year Two Taught Modules Dissertation as specifi ed by the HCPC Assessed at Masters level 15,000 words dissertation • Compliance with QAA (total 50 Level 4 credits)

(60 Level 4 credits) FULL TIME benchmark statement for social work • Social Work Theory and Methods 2 (10) Teaching and In year one of the course, students Assessment must demonstrate their suitability • Social Work Research (10) Students are required to pass for professional training in order to • Area of Practice 2: Children & written assignments including essays progress to the next stage of the Families (Law, Disability, Mental and case studies, and examinations, award. Year One introduces Health, Interprofessional together with a dissertation. students to the general principles Working, Risk) (15) of social work, while Year Two aims They also have to reach a to develop analytical, research and • Area of Practice 2: Adults satisfactory level of competence in evaluation skills. Each year includes (Law, Disability, Mental Health, relation to the National Occupational 100-days of practice learning in Interprofessional Working, Standards for Social Work. a social work setting. Risk) (15) • Personal and Professional Course Modules Development (100-days practice Year One Taught Modules learning and associated Assessed at Masters level assignments assessed at (total 70 Level 4 credits) undergraduate level) • Power and Discrimination (10) “There is a mass of anecdotal and written • Introduction to Legal Processes (10) material from Keele social work students that alludes to their positive learning • Social Work Theory and Methods 1 (10) experience as leading to ‘a real sense of

• Area of Practice 1: Children achievement’, and prepares them well and Families (15) for ‘success in the workplace’. Further • Area of Practice 1: Adults to this, students note that the teaching/ (Social Science, Law, Policy learning leads to self-discovery and and Practice) (15) self-development, often to the extent • Life Course Development (10) that ‘I am a different person’.” • Personal and Professional Development (100-days practice This is evidence of the all-round learning and associated assignments assessed at education experience provided by Keele’s undergraduate level) social work programmes.” • Taught element Dr Denise Wolstenholme, Programme (interpersonal skills, preparation for practice learning) Director, MA Social Work

200 201